Professional Documents
Culture Documents
R021
Revision Record
R022.1
Index
R008
Chapter
Fundamentals
The SLAC ES&H Program
R017
Citizen Committees
R021
R021
Self Assessment
R017
1
31
2
33
Topics
Accidents, Injuries, Illnesses, and Exposures
R013
Air Quality
R010
Asbestos
R018
Biohazards
R014
R014
Compressed Gases
(under development)
Confined Space
R018
Cryogenic Safety
R014
Electrical Safety
R022
Emergencies
R022.1
R006
Excavations
R017
Fire Safety
R007
Guarding, Mechanical
(under development)
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
28
30
27
34
35
38
6
36
8
37
7
11
12
14
Table of Contents
Chapter
R012
Hazard Communication
Hazardous Material
(under development)
Hazardous Waste
R019
R000
R015
R022
R009
R005
Laser Safety
R013
Lead
R010
Medical
R022
R017
R010
(under development)
Radiological Safety
R020
Respirator Program
R010
R016
R015
(under development)
ii
R011
R011
Training
R013
R012
R008
Stormwater
R021
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
4
40
17
18
41
43
5
15
10
20
3
32
19
39
9
29
21
16
42
25
13
24
23
22
26
Revision Record
Revision
Number
Date of Revision
Chapters Affected
Description of Change
R001
29 April 1992
Chapter 8, Electrical
Safety
R002
7 June 1993
New.
Table of Contents
Chapter 2, Hazardous
Equipment and Unsafe
Operations
Chapter 3, Medical
R003
New.
New.
New.
Incorporated Bulletin #25, Policy on
Permit Required Confined Spaces.
Index
19 September 2003
New.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
Revision Record
Revision
Number
Date of Revision
Chapters Affected
Description of Change
R004
17 December 1993
Table of Contents
New.
Table of Contents
Index
New.
New.
New.
Reissue.
New.
R005
R006
R007
R008
R009
R010
12 May 1994
14 October 1994
3 January 1995
30 March 1995
14 August 1995
30 October 1995
New.
Table of Contents
New.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
19 September 2003
Revision
Number
Date of Revision
Revision Record
Chapters Affected
Description of Change
17 January 1996
R012
1 February 1996
New.
Table of Contents
R013
R014
1 May 1996
21 October 1996
New.
New.
New.
Table of Contents
Chapter 3, Medical
New.
19 September 2003
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
New.
Revision Record
Revision
Number
R015
Date of Revision
21 March 1997
Chapters Affected
Description of Change
Table of Contents
New.
R016
18 August 1997
New.
Table of Contents
R017
New.
New.
Table of Contents
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
19 September 2003
Revision Record
Revision
Number
Date of Revision
Chapters Affected
Description of Change
R018
4 June 1998
R019
R020
13 December 1999
New.
Table of Contents
Rev Record
13 October 2000
Table of Contents
Rev Record
New.
19 September 2003
Updated.
Rev Record
Updated.
Chapter 3, Medical
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
Revision Record
Revision
Number
Date of Revision
Chapters Affected
Description of Change
Chapter 8, Electrical
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
19 September 2003
Page
1 Purpose
2 Living Document
ii
ii
3.1
Content
ii
3.2
Table of Contents
ii
3.3
Chapters
ii
iii
4.2
Review
iii
4.3
Approval
iii
4.4
Revision Packets
iii
4.5
Comments
iii
5 Manual Maintenance
iii
iii
5.1
iii
5.2
iv
6 Controlled Copies
iv
7 Bulletins
iv
Purpose
This Manual advises and informs SLAC managers, supervisors, and personnel of their responsibilities in the area of environment, safety, and health. It is the first place to look for information on
environment, safety, and health issues.
Manual holders must:
Transmit pertinent information from the Manual to those they supervise.
Make the Manual accessible to those they supervise.
13 October 2000
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
Living Document
This Manual will be updated and revised as necessary. It is designed to accommodate revisions
yet still maintain a sense of order and consistency. Because of its changing nature, references to
this Manual should be restricted to chapter number, chapter title, and document number.
3.1
Content
The content of this Manual ranges from a high-level overview of a topic (with references
to more detailed documents if they exist) to detailed information which is brief enough
not to warrant a stand-alone document.
3.2
Table of Contents
The Table of Contents is divided into two parts: fundamentals and topics. Readers should
scan the chapter titles in the Table of Contents to determine where a particular body of
information can be found.
3.3
Chapters
Chapters are created when there is a sufficient amount of subject matter to address or
when a topic is of particular importance.
3.3.1
Related Chapters
Chapters which contain related information are listed on the first page of the
chapter, below the title.
3.3.2
Chapter Outline
Each chapter has an outline at the beginning, listing the section and subsection
numbers, titles, and pages. The chapter outline provides an overview of the chapter and assists in locating specific information.
3.3.3
Document Number
The document number appears at the bottom of every page. The revision number
is prefixed with an R.
13 October 2000
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
ii
4.2
Review
Drafts of new and revised chapters are submitted to department heads and group leaders
for review. At the end of the review period, all review comments are considered and incorporated as appropriate.
4.3
Approval
The draft (accompanied by a summary of review comments) is sent to the ES&H Coordinating Council (ES&HCC) for approval. The ES&HCC either approves the draft as it is or
stipulates changes. Once approved, the revision is distributed.
4.4
Revision Packets
Revision packets are distributed to all Manual holders. Revision packets include some or
all of the following:
1. Cover memo including:
Highlights of revisions
Revision instructions
2. Revision Acknowledgment form only for holders of controlled copies
(see Section 6)
3. Revision History Sheet, a chronological accounting of all revisions including
brief summaries of each
4. New or revised material
4.5
Comments
Comments about this Manual may be submitted at any time. Please send comments with
your name to ES&H Manual Editor, MS 84. Be sure to include the chapter and section numbers to which each comment applies. Comments are considered when the chapter is
revised.
Manual Maintenance
5.1
13 October 2000
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
iii
5.2
Controlled Copies
Controlled copies of the Manual must remain current. They are distributed to:
ES&H Manual Editor
ES&H Document Room
SLAC Library, serials
Main Control Center (MCC)
SPEAR Control
Each controlled copy has a unique number on the mailing label. All revisions sent to controlled
copy holders include a Revision Acknowledgment form which must be signed by the Manual
holder and returned to the ES&H Document Coordinator.
Bulletins
ES&H Bulletins will be issued when there is an urgency to disseminate information. Bulletin infor-
mation will be incorporated into this Manual when the appropriate chapter is written or revised.
The Bulletin will then be withdrawn.
13 October 2000
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
iv
The following Bulletins have information that has not yet been incorporated into
this Chapter, or has changed since the publication of the Chapter. Information in
the Bulletins supercedes information in this Chapter.
Date
Issued
Bulletin 49A
12/18/00
Title
Important OSHA Reminder (subcontractors)
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
1-2
1-3
1-3
4 General Responsibilities
1-3
4.1
Director
1-3
4.2
Associate Directors
1-4
4.3
1-4
4.4
All Others
1-5
1-5
5.1
1-5
5.2
Project Managers
1-6
5.3
Building Managers
1-6
5.4
1-6
5.5
1-6
5.6
1-7
5.7
1-7
1-7
1-8
7.1
1-8
7.2
Technical Division
1-9
7.3
SSRL Division
1-10
1-10
8.1
Medical Department
1-10
8.2
1-11
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
1-1
1-12
9.2
1-12
9.3
Citizen Committees
1-12
9.4
1-12
1-12
11 Access to SLAC
1-13
11.1 Children
1-13
1-13
1-13
1-14
12.2 Composition
1-14
1-14
12.4 Meetings
1-14
1-12
1-14
13.1 Purpose
1-14
13.2 Composition
1-14
13.3 Functions
1-15
13.4 Meetings
1-15
1-15
Overview
SLAC shall integrate safety and environmental protection into its management and work practices
at all levels so that its mission is accomplished while protecting the worker, the public, and the
environment. To realize this objective, the management of SLAC will take all relevant and necessary actions to:
1-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
The responsibility and authority for complying with ES&H laws, standards and regulations flows
from the Director through the Associate Directors (ADs) and the line management organization to
the first-line managers. The responsibility for ES&H is a line function.
The SLAC ES&H policies described and referenced in this ES&H Manual1 (SLAC-I-720-OA29Z-001)
are applicable to all SLAC operations. All persons at SLAC are required to observe these policies.
Note:
The N&S Set will hereafter be referred to in this document as the Work Smart (WS)2Set.
DOE requires that copies of the Occupational Safety and Health Protection poster be displayed
throughout SLAC. Posters are available from the ES&H Division. Occupational Safety and Health
Complaint forms (referenced in the poster) are available from the DOE site office.
General Responsibilities
4.1
Director
The Director has ultimate responsibility for ES&H at SLAC. The Director has delegated to
appropriate levels of management the responsibility and authority necessary to implement SLAC ES&H policies. The Director:
Interprets laws, standards, regulations, and DOE orders.
Establishes and administers ES&H policies.
Ensures that members of the line management are informed about their
responsibilities for maintaining a safe workplace.
Holds line management accountable for conducting work functions within the
constraints set by the WS Set.
The most recent SLAC ES&H Manual is available in Portable Document Format (PDF) on the World Wide Web (WWW)
at: http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/manuals/manuals.html.
The WS Standards in the N&S Set can be found on the WWW at: http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/
reference/ns-stand.html.
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
1-3
4.2
Associate Directors
The Associate Directors (ADs) are responsible for ensuring that SLAC ES&H policy is
implemented within their own divisions. The ADs:
Ensure that the line managers within their divisions are informed about their
responsibilities for maintaining a safe workplace.
Hold the line managers within their divisions accountable for conducting
work functions within the constraints set by the WS Set.
Ensure that building and line managers conduct the required safety inspections.
4.3
under their supervision. In exercising this responsibility, all managers may delegate
authority and assign responsibility for a particular operation, but they retain accountability for oversights and errors that lead to injury, illness, or damage to property within their
jurisdiction.
SLAC managers:
Define the scope of, analyze the hazards associated with, and develop and
implement appropriate hazard controls for each work process within their
areas of responsibility.
Ensure that the work processes within their areas of responsibility are conducted within the constraints set by the WS Set.
Ensure that all personnel they supervise receive the safety and environmental
protection training appropriate for their work assignments.
Require personnel to wear Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) and monitoring devices that are appropriate for their work assignments.
Must discontinue any activities within their areas of operations that present an
immediate safety hazard or threat to the environment, or are in violation of any
safety or environmental standard contained in the WS Set.
Conduct safety inspections using the Facility Inspection Checklist,3 keep
records of the inspections, and track all corrections. Inspections shall be done
quarterly in buildings that house technical operations, hazardous experiments,
or laboratories. Inspections shall be done annually in all other buildings.
Note:
1-4
The group leaders in the Technical and ES&H Divisions report to department heads. In the
other divisions, the department heads report to group leaders. For the purposes of this
manual, the terms department head and group leader do not include group leaders
in the Technical or ES&H Divisions.
The Facility Inspection Checklist can be found in from the Building Managers Manual, located on the WWW in PDF at
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/manuals/manuals.html.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
4.4
All Others
All other persons on the SLAC premises, including subcontractors, users, and visitors who
are working at SLAC must:
Obtain the safety and environmental protection training appropriate for their
work assignments.
Inform themselves of the physical and chemical hazards in their work area(s),
and the potential environmental implications of their work processes.
Wear PPE and monitoring devices that are appropriate for their work assignments.
Perform their work functions in a safe and environmentally responsible manner and within the constraints set by the WS Set.
Contact Security to stop any activity that presents an immediate safety hazard
or threat to the environment, or is in violation of any safety or environmental
standard contained in the WS Set.
Report, to their supervisors or to Security, any activities that present an immediate safety hazard or threat to the environment, or are in violation of any
safety or environmental standards contained in the WS Set.
Prepare for emergencies by knowing how to summon assistance.
4.4.1
Subcontractors
Subcontractors are defined as individuals who work at SLAC under purchase
order or to perform specific jobs. Subcontractors and their employees must comply with all applicable Federal and state ES&H laws and regulations, as well as
with SLAC-specific rules.
Subcontractors are responsible for providing safety training and PPE for themselves and their employees. Subcontractors must also provide any required medical clearance and surveillance examinations for themselves and their employees.
Note:
4.4.2
The subcontractors should bring their medical clearance to the Medical Department prior to beginning their work assignment at SLAC.
Casual Visitors
Guests, people taking the public SLAC tour, and other very short-term visitors are
required to conduct themselves in a safe and environmentally responsible
manner.
Note:
Casual visitors do not include visiting scientists, faculty, or technicians who are
working or performing experiments at SLAC. Visiting scientists, faculty, and
technicians are covered under Section 4.4, All Others.
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
1-5
5.2
Project Managers
Project Managers for modifications to any of the operating facilities are responsible for
identifying cases where the modification may have impact upon the Accelerator Safety
Envelope of the facility and ensuring that necessary safety reviews are carried out (see
Guidelines for Operations, Guideline 24, Safety Review of Major Modifications.)
They must:
Perform inspections of construction projects (in accordance with the Quality
Assurance and Compliance Design Assurance and Construction Inspection Procedure
(SLAC-I-770-0A22C-001-R001) to verify that subcontractors perform their work
functions in a safe and environmentally responsible manner and in accordance
with their safety plans.
Stop any activity within their areas of operations that presents an immediate
safety hazard or threat to the environment, or is in violation of any safety or
environmental standard contained in the WS Set.
5.3
Building Managers
In the facility for which they are responsible, building managers oversee and coordinate:
Safety and security.
Changes to the structure.
Installation of electrical hardware.
ES&H policies and procedures related to facility operations.
For a more complete description of the roles, responsibilities, and authorities of building
managers, see the Building Manager Manual (SLAC-I-720-0A03Z-001).
5.4
5.5
1-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
ous chemicals and generate hazardous waste in their work area(s). They shall be trained
as necessary to carry out their responsibilities, which are to:
Coordinate and systematically manage hazardous chemicals in the workplace,
from entry of the chemical into a workplace, through storage and generation
of waste, to preparation for waste disposal.
Ensure compliance with all applicable SLAC policies and procedures related to
hazardous material and hazardous waste management.
Ensure that Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) are available in the workplace
for all materials that require an MSDS.
Provide a copy of each MSDS to the Chemical Inventory 5Administrator in
ES&H.
Verify that employees who work with a hazardous material that requires an
MSDS have had the required training.
Ensure that hazardous materials are properly labeled, stored, handled, and
maintained according to SLAC standards.
Ensure that spills and spill cleanups are managed and reported to the appropriate authority. See Spills in this manual for more information.
Ensure that non-compliant conditions or events are reported to line management.
5.6
5.7
MSDS and Chemical Safety Information is available on the WWW under the MSDS Sources Section at
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/esh.html.
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
1-7
The ES&H Division has staff members who are specialists in various environmental and safety disciplines, including electrical safety, construction safety, fire safety, radiation safety, industrial
hygiene, and hazardous material handling. Contracts are administered within the ES&H Division
to provide medical and fire protection services. (See Section 8, Medical and Fire Protection Services, for details.)
To carry out its mission, the ES&H Division will:
Ensure that the laws, regulations, and standards contained in the WS Set are
current for the work processes at SLAC.
Interpret the requirements imposed by the WS Set and propose, where applicable, policies and standards for implementing those requirements at SLAC.
Provide technical assistance to the line organizations to enable them to identify
and control the hazards associated with their work processes and to fulfill
their ES&H responsibilities.
Promote an understanding of ES&H policies and practices by developing and
disseminating guidance documents and by facilitating training and education
of the SLAC staff.
Provide those services that are performed most effectively by a central organization, such as waste management, radiation dosimetry, medical and fire services, radiation shielding, and PPS design and review.
Monitor for compliance with the laws, regulations, and standards contained in
the WS Set by:
Conducting inspections and internal audits.
Coordinating self assessments.
Tracking corrective actions and performance indicators.
Conduct research in the areas of environmental and safety science that are
related to SLACs activities.
Represent SLAC in dealings with the DOE and other regulators in their oversight activities.
7.1
1-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
7.1.1
Security
Security is responsible for:
Issuing dosimeters.
Site security.
Traffic control.
7.1.2
Facilities Office
The Facilities Office has specific site-wide responsibilities that are governed by
ES&H standards and regulations. These responsibilities include, but are not limited to:
Maintaining pest control.
Implementing the SLAC Fire Defense Plan.
Assuring compliance with accessibility requirements.
Maintaining and inspecting:
Emergency lighting.
Fire detection, alarm, and suppression systems.
All buildings to assure the safety of occupants.
Forklift trucks.
Backflow prevention valves to ensure drinking water quality.
Potable, sanitary, and storm water systems.
Coordinating:
Accident reports involving government vehicles.
County sanitation inspection and reporting for the cafeteria.
7.1.3
7.2
Technical Division
In addition to general ES&H responsibilities, some departments within the Technical Division are assigned particular ES&H responsibilities.
7.2.1
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
1-9
Accelerator Department
The Accelerator Department Safety Office has specific responsibilities related to
the operation of the 2-mile accelerator. These responsibilities include, but are not
limited to:
Verification of the operation of the PPS.
Verification of the operation of the accelerator beam safety systems.
Authorization for beam operations.
7.2.3
Controls Department
The Controls Department has specific responsibilities related to the operation of
the 2-mile accelerator. These responsibilities include, but are not limited to:
Maintenance of the PPS.
Maintenance of the accelerator beam safety systems.
7.3
SSRL Division
Several departments within the SSRL Division are assigned particular ES&H responsibilities. These departments are responsible for the safe operation of the SSRL Accelerator
Complex, SSRL beam lines, and management of the SSRL User Safety Program, including,
but not limited to:
Verification of the PPS.
Maintenance of the PPS.
Operation of accelerator and beam line safety systems.
Authorization for beam operations.
8.1
Medical Department
The Medical Department is under the supervision of the ES&H Division. It is operated
under subcontract with the Palo Alto Medical Foundation. All Medical Department personnel are employees of the subcontractor organization, except a part-time counselor, who
is employed by Stanford University.
The Medical Department is located on the ground floor of the Administration and Engineering (A&E) Building, room 135, and is within 100 yards of the Fire Department. The
Medical Department has ambulance access.
The Medical Department is staffed with a half-time physician, two Registered Nurses
(RNs), an Administrative Associate (AA), a part-time health promotion coordinator, and a
half-time counselor.
1-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
The Medical Department consists of a physicians office with an adjacent examining room,
an RN office, and an office for health promotion and the Employee Assistance Program
(EAP). There is a secretarial area with locked chart racks and a reception-waiting room.
There is a treatment room, a lab room with an extra rest bed, a private lavatory, and a
room for EKG, pulmonary function tests, and audiometric and eye examinations. The
treatment room is equipped with a dental chair for ear, nose, and throat care; provision for
ice and heat treatments; beds; and equipment and lighting sufficient for minor surgical
procedures.
The objectives of the Medical Department are to:
Protect the physical and emotional health of employees against the stresses
and hazards of the work environment.
Assist with the placement of job applicants and current employees in work
commensurate with their physical and emotional capabilities and work that
they can perform without danger to themselves, danger to other employees, or
damage to property.
Provide on-site medical care for acutely ill, occupationally ill or injured personnel, and provide emergency on-site medical services.
Maintain the health of SLAC employees and users by promoting and providing
all available elements of good preventive medical practice and making referrals to private care providers.
Assist management and the ES&H Division in ascertaining and controlling
potential health hazards and occupational injuries.
Provide dispensary first-aid for minor conditions to enable employees to complete work shifts with relief from symptoms. See Medical in this manual for
more information.
8.2
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
1-11
9.2
9.3
Citizen Committees
SLAC has a system of citizen committees to assist in meeting ES&H responsibilities where
the expertise of one person or group is not sufficient. One of these citizen committees, the
Safety Overview Committee, reviews concerns and assigns them to the citizen committee(s) with the appropriate expertise. See Citizen Committees in this manual for more
information.
9.4
10
1-12
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
The ES&HCC.
SLAC Citizen Committees.
ES&H Division audits.
Annual self-assessments.
Review by external consultants.
DOE audits and appraisals.
Cognizant Federal, state, and local agencies.
11
Access to SLAC
Access to SLAC is a privilege. Because of the experimental nature of much of the work at SLAC,
programs may use potentially hazardous techniques, equipment, and material. Access to SLAC
and its facilities is therefore limited.
11.1
Children
Children under the age of 18 years are not permitted at SLAC unless:
Accompanied by a responsible adult.
Part of a guided tour that has been approved by management.
Part of a summer employment program.
Note:
11.2
Children who are not employees must be kept under strict supervision at all times. They
must never be left unattended nor allowed to wander around unsupervised.
12
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
1-13
The ES&HCC was established to facilitate that process and to ensure that the directorate is fully
informed about and involved in the laboratorys ES&H program.
12.1
12.2
Composition
The ES&HCC will consist of the associate directors of SLAC. The Chairperson of the
ES&HCC shall be designated by the Director.
12.3
12.4
Meetings
The Council meets as often as necessary but not less frequently than once a month. The
meetings are organized and scheduled by the Chairperson.
13
Purpose
The Operating Safety Committee (OSC) is a group formed to discover, analyze, and propose solutions to hazardous situations excluding those technical areas addressed by
SLACs citizen committees (for example, ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, earthquakes, hoisting and rigging, and hazardous experiments). Any employee can bring
safety matters to the attention of the OSC in the interest of ensuring the general safety of
the laboratory population. For more information on Citizen Committee specifics, see Citizen Committees in this manual.
13.2
Composition
The Committee makeup will be determined by the divisional associate directors; they will
appoint up to five representatives from different areas of their division. In addition, one
member will be appointed from the Directors Office. Members should be chosen for the
following:
Diversity in their responsibilities.
1-14
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
13.3
Functions
The Committee will:
Develop an annual work plan which focuses primarily on non-specialized
fields involving the general safety of the laboratory (that is, areas not covered
by Citizen Committees).
Study accident and injury experience and determine trends where applicable.
Review the individual reports of members regarding concerns expressed by
their divisions safety committees, walk-through observations, and so forth.
Focus attention on potential problem areas by discussing observations with
pertinent building managers or other responsible SLAC personnel, and proposing and tracking solutions that address these concerns.
Invite guest speakers from the ES&H Division or other areas of specialized
knowledge for the purpose of elaborating on a topic of interest.
Review situations and make recommendations to the ES&HCC when policy
issues are involved, or when the gravity of a problem warrants this level of
attention.
13.4
Meetings
The Committee will normally meet once each month. When members are unable to attend
in person, substitutes may be designated to attend specific meetings.
Note:
13.5
If the member, or that members proxy, does not attend at least nine meetings throughout
the calendar year, that member shall be replaced.
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
1-15
Figure 1-1.
1-16
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
2-1
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-4
2-4
2-4
Overview
This chapter outlines SLAC policy related to stop work authority and stopping unsafe activities. Stop work
authority applies to any work performed by a subcontractor under contract with SLAC. Stopping unsafe
activities applies to any activity performed at SLAC.
Any activity or situation that is likely to result in serious injury, death, or significant environmental or property damage.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
2-1
The UTR and SLAC Contract Administrator must also be notified when a stop work is ordered.
If the responsible supervisor is not present when work is stopped by one of the authorized individuals, the
personnel involved in the stopped work must inform the next level of management that is available.
If the responsible supervisor is present and does not agree with the judgment of the authorized individual
who ordered the work stopped, the supervisor must refer the matter immediately to the UTR, who may
request an appeal of the work stoppage through the UTRs chain of command.
2-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
3.1
3.2
3.3
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
2-3
3.4
3.5
3.6
2-4
SLAC departments have the authority to develop procedures for their own operations with actions stronger or equal to this policy.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
Medical, Chapter 3
Bulletin Updates
Note:
The following Bulletins have information that has not yet been incorporated into
this Chapter, or has changed since the publication of the Chapter. Information in
the Bulletins supercedes information in this Chapter.
Date
Issued
Bulletin 64
04/28/03
Title
Medical Surveillance Programs at SLAC
Medical
Related Chapters
Accidents, Injuries, Illnesses,
and Exposures
Respirator Program
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
3-1
2 Emergency Services
3-2
3-2
4 Health Examinations
3-2
4.1
Required Examinations
3-2
4.2
Elective Examinations
3-3
4.3
3-4
3-4
6 Ergonomics Program
3-4
3-5
3-5
3-5
10 Medical Records
3-5
Overview
Important: If you have a medical emergency, dial 9-911 from a SLAC phone.
This chapter outlines the services of the SLAC Medical Department,1 which is located in Building
41, room 135. During regular work days, SLAC Medical hours are 8 AM noon and 1 PM 5 PM,
during regular work days. Nurses are available by pager during the lunch hour. To reach the
Medical Department by phone during business hours, call Ext. 2281.
Some medical services are not provided to subcontractor employees. Check with the Medical Department for specifics.
4 March 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
3-1
3: Medical
To obtain treatment when the Medical Department is not available, you may go to either:
Sequoia Occupational Medicine
633 Veterans Blvd, Redwood City
Stanford Hospital Emergency Room
24-hour service; phone 650-723-5111
The SLAC Medical Department website is located at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/medical/slacmed.html
See Accidents, Injuries, Illnesses, and Exposures in this manual for more information on how to
report accidents and obtain medical attention.
Emergency Services
Call 9-911 to report all emergencies. Medical Department nurses are part of the site Emergency
Response Team, which includes firefighters from the on-site Palo Alto Fire Department. The Team
provides initial treatment, including evaluation of injured personnel with regard to cervical-spinal
precautions, blood-borne pathogen issues, and need for emergency room services.
Health Examinations
The Medical Department Physician performs required, elective, and need-specific examinations
for SLAC employees. Required examinations for subcontractor employees will be performed, upon
request, only for subcontractor employees who have a SLAC supervisor. Although examinations
usually need to be set up in advance, the Department will accept walk-in patients as the schedule
permits.
4.1
Required Examinations
Baseline examinations and annual medical surveillance are required for SLAC employees
who are classified as most exposed to physical hazards in the workplace.2 Managers
and supervisors determine which employees are most exposed by:
Completing the Physical Requirements and Exposures Checklist (PREC) form,
obtained from the Human Resources Department
Completing the Employee Training Assessment
3-2
Industrial hygienists may also use an industrial hygiene survey to determine if other employees need medical
surveillance.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
4 March 2002
3: Medical
Criteria for most exposed reflect best professional opinion and include employees who:
Work with saws, drills, tears, or otherwise disturb asbestos-containing
material
Handle carcinogens outside of a fume hood or closed system for more than 20
hours per year or who have skin contact with carcinogens
Work with Class 3b or Class 4 lasers3
Work with lead. A baseline will be done initially, followed by annual exams if
the employee works with lead:
30 minutes or more per day
at high exposure 30 days out of a quarter-year
Are exposed to noise levels of 80 to 85 dBA more than 60 days per year
Are exposed to noise levels of 85 dBA for 5 days or more per year
Work with the plating shop and are actually or potentially exposed to hazardous materials
Use an air purifying, supplied air, or a self-contained breathing apparatus
(SCBA) respirator
Weld or torch cut metal more than 20 days per year
Managers and supervisors must notify most exposed employees of their status and
arrange for them to receive the required examinations before they are exposed to the hazard. Employees may choose to obtain a physical examination from the Medical Department or from an outside healthcare provider, with the approval of the Medical
Department Physician.
See Respirator Program in this manual for more information regarding requirements for
respirators.
4.2
Elective Examinations
4.2.1
Physical Examinations
The Medical Department offers free physical examinations to SLAC employees.
The frequency of these examinations is determined by age, past health, and job
description.
In addition to receiving a review of their medical and immunization histories,
employees also receive a physical examination that includes the following:
Vital-signs check (blood pressure, pulse)
Stool occult blood screening
Breast and pelvic examinations
Pap smear test
Rectal examination
Blood and urine tests
Prostate exam
Employees may also choose to take the following optional tests:
Hearing tests
Employees are required to take a baseline eye examination before they begin work with lasers and after suspected laserinduced injury to the eyes.
4 March 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
3-3
3: Medical
Exit Examinations
The Medical Department offers complete physical examinations to all employees
who are leaving SLAC, including (for example) those who are retiring.
4.3
Ergonomics Program
The SLAC Ergonomics Program emphasizes changes in work habits and rearrangement/redesign
of workplaces to avoid injuries resulting from repetitive motions. The Program offers work-site
and workstation ergonomic evaluations performed by a registered nurse specializing in ergonomics. In addition, the Medical Department offers ergonomic classes that may be held either at the
Medical Department or at individual work sites. Call Ext. 2281 for an ergonomic evaluation or
contact ES&H Training at Ext. 2688 for CD-based ergonomic information.
3-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
4 March 2002
3: Medical
10
Medical Records
The Medical Department maintains medical records on SLAC employees. The records include
information on employee illnesses, lab test results, and other related documents. Separate, less
detailed records are maintained on non-SLAC employees. Employee Assistance Program (EAP)
records are maintained by the Stanford University HELP Center.
Note:
4 March 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
3-5
Hazard Communication
Related Chapters
Carcinogen Control
Hazardous Material
Hazardous Waste
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
4-2
2 Responsibilities
4-2
2.1
4-2
2.2
4-2
2.3
Supervisors
4-2
2.4
Personnel
4-3
2.5
4-3
2.6
Project Managers
4-3
2.7
Subcontractors
4-3
4-4
3.1
OSHA Requirements
4-4
3.2
Exempt Material
4-4
4-5
5 Container Labeling
4-5
5.1
4-5
5.2
4-5
5.3
4-6
5.4
Labeling Practices
4-6
6 Training
1 February 1996
4-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-011-R012
4-1
4: Hazard Communication
Overview
SLAC is required by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) under Code of
Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 29, 1910.1200, to have a written hazard communication program.
This chapter outlines the SLAC Hazard Communication Program (SLAC HCP). The Program is con-
Responsibilities
2.1
2.2
2.3
Supervisors
Supervisors shall:
Ensure that all hazardous chemicals are adequately labeled.
Maintain a current chemical inventory of hazardous chemicals used in their
work areas.
4-2
Non-SLAC employees include temporary personnel and subcontractors working under a contract.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-011-R012
1 February 1996
4: Hazard Communication
2.4
Personnel
Personnel shall:
Receive the required general and site-specific hazard communication training.
Comply with all safety controls related to hazard communication.
Follow the principles of the SLAC HCP by:
Familiarizing themselves with the contents of MSDSs.
Understanding and using the hazard labeling system.
Knowing the location of work area hazard communication information.
Inform their supervisors of violations of the SLAC HCP.
2.5
with all hazardous material orders. These departments will then submit one copy of each
MSDS they receive to the ES&H Division and include the other copy with the material.
2.6
Project Managers
Project Managers are responsible for informing the subcontractor about the:
Chemical hazards found in the SLAC work area and the appropriate measures
to control them.
Location of MSDSs for chemicals to which they may be exposed at SLAC.
SLAC HCP requirements (including labeling requirements, chemical inventory
requirements, policies on the use of alternate material, and established control
measures that must be implemented by the subcontractor).
2.7
Subcontractors
SLAC subcontractors shall comply with the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard. In
addition, the SLAC HCP requires subcontractors to:
Maintain a file of MSDSs for hazardous chemicals brought to SLAC. Subcontractors shall make the file available to supervisors of any SLAC personnel who
may be exposed to those hazardous chemicals in the work area.
Comply with OSHA provisions for Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) for
their personnel.
1 February 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-011-R012
4-3
4: Hazard Communication
3.1
OSHA Requirements
OSHA requirements specify that chemical inventories shall:
List all work area hazardous chemicals, regardless of volume or physical state.
List the chemical name exactly as it appears on the MSDS and the container
label.
Be updated every time a chemical is added or removed from service.
Other important information that is not required (such as physical form, hazard warnings,
and location of the chemical) may also be included in the inventory.
3.2
Exempt Material
The chemical inventory shall not list chemicals that do not have a potential for exposure,
such as hazardous chemicals that are inextricably bound and cannot be released or are
declared non-hazardous by the manufacturer. In addition, the following hazardous substances are also exempt from the hazard communication requirements in the SLAC HCP:
Hazardous waste (such as waste solvents) and hazardous material (such as
contaminated soil) resulting from remediation or cleanup activities regulated
by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
Tobacco and tobacco products
Wood and wood products (such as paper and assembled furniture), when the
only potential hazard is flammability or combustibility1
Manufactured articles (such as chairs and styrofoam cups) that may release
only very small quantities of hazardous chemicals and do not pose a physical
hazard or health risk to personnel
Any drug in its solid final form (pills or tablets such as aspirin) for direct
administration to patients; drugs packaged for over-the-counter sales; and
drugs intended for personal consumption by employees while in the work
area (such as first aid systems)
Consumer products or hazardous substances (such as hand soap) that are used
in the workplace for the purpose intended by the chemical manufacturer and
at a frequency and duration of use that is not greater than that experienced by
average consumers of the product
Nuisance particulates (such as chalk and sheet rock dust) covered
under the OSHA Standard, when the manufacturer has established
that they do not pose any physical or health hazard
Ionizing and non-ionizing radiation
Biological hazards (such as blood)
1
Wood or wood products that are treated with a hazardous chemical covered under the SLAC HCP or wood
that is cut or sawed (generating dust) are not exempt.
4-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-011-R012
1 February 1996
4: Hazard Communication
manufacturer, related health hazards (such as irritability), and related physical hazards (such as
flammability). In addition, the MSDS explains the correct handling techniques and emergency procedures for the chemical.
Manufacturers determine whether or not a chemical is hazardous and are required to provide
MSDSs for every hazardous chemical that they produce. All chemicals that are issued an MSDS by
the manufacturer are covered under the SLAC HCP.
SLAC Stores and Purchasing Department personnel will submit one copy of each MSDS they
receive to the ES&H Division and send the other copy to the requestor. Managers and supervisors
shall ensure that each work area contains current copies of MSDSs for hazardous chemicals used or
stored in that area. The MSDSs should be available to all shifts.
Personnel can also obtain MSDSs for reference or copying in the ES&H Division Document Room
(Building 24, Room 217).
If an MSDS is missing from the work area or was never received, and a copy is not available from
the ES&H Division, managers and supervisors must request the missing MSDS directly from the
manufacturer.
Note:
ES&H is required to keep MSDSs on file for 30 years. ES&H MSDS files are maintained only as a
central repository, to provide access to information for SLAC users and regulatory agencies. Consult the workplace MSDS files for the most current MSDS information.
Container Labeling
5.1
5.2
1 February 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-011-R012
4-5
4: Hazard Communication
5.3
5.4
Labeling Practices
Personnel must observe the following labeling practices when dealing with hazardous
chemical containers:
Keep the manufacturer-affixed label on any hazardous chemical container. Do
not remove or deface the original label.
Ensure that every container of hazardous chemicals (including a newly purchased item) bears a prominently displayed label providing all the required
information.
Use the label provided by SLAC Stores2 (or an equivalent label) for chemical
containers that do not have their original label. Enter all required information
on the label.
Do not assume that an unlabeled container is not hazardous.
Report all unlabeled containers to the area supervisor.
Training
Personnel shall receive both generalized hazard communication training (provided by ES&H) and
on-the-job training (provided by managers and supervisors). Personnel shall complete both types
of training prior to working in areas containing hazardous chemicals. On-the-job training should
be taken again whenever the hazard conditions change.
1
2
4-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-011-R012
1 February 1996
4: Hazard Communication
the World Wide Web (at http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/training/training.html) or by calling the ES&H Training Secretary. (Refer to the ES&H Resource List for current
telephone extensions.)
1 February 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-011-R012
4-7
The following Bulletins have information that has not yet been incorporated into
this Chapter, or has changed since the publication of the Chapter. Information in
the Bulletins supercedes information in this Chapter.
Date
Issued
Bulletin 64
04/28/03
Title
Medical Surveillance Programs at SLAC
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
5-2
5-2
3 Responsibilities
5-3
3.1
5-3
3.2
5-3
3.3
Personnel
5-4
4 Types of Hazards
5-4
4.1
Chemical Hazards
5-4
4.2
Physical Hazards
5-4
4.3
Biological Hazards
5-4
5 Recognizing Hazards
5-4
6 Evaluating Hazards
5-5
6.1
Required IH Monitoring
5-5
6.2
Types of IH Monitoring
5-6
6.3
Monitoring Results
5-6
7 Training
14 August 1995
5-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R009
5-1
Overview
This chapter is an overview of the SLAC Industrial Hygiene (IH) Program and is intended to familiarize personnel with the general practices of industrial hygiene. The IH Program was developed
in compliance with Department of Energy (DOE) Orders, in order to keep exposure to hazards
below the Permissible Exposure Level (PEL) set by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), or the Threshold Limit Value (TLV) set by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists. Since the risks associated with different health hazards vary
depending on the nature of the hazard, guidelines for recognizing and dealing with specific health
hazards are described in separate chapters of this manual (see Related Chapters).
5-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R009
14 August 1995
Responsibilities
3.1
3.2
14 August 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R009
5-3
3.3
Personnel
All personnel:
Follow safety programs and protocols, as required by SLAC policy.
Make every effort to understand the risks involved in their job by consulting
with their supervisors.
Receive the appropriate safety training.
Wear appropriate PPE provided by SLAC (for example, safety glasses, coveralls, gloves) to prevent exposure to hazards.
Notify their supervisor of new or increased hazards that they may identify in
the workplace.
Inform their supervisor of their concerns regarding hazards in the workplace.
Types of Hazards
The IH Program staff attempt to protect personnel from:
Chemical hazards.
Physical hazards.
Biological hazards.
4.1
Chemical Hazards
Chemical hazards exist when there is the risk of direct skin contact, inhalation, accidental
ingestion, or absorption of hazardous chemicals in the form of liquids, solids, vapors,
gases, dusts, fumes, or mists. In general, the degree of risk associated with handling a specific chemical depends on the toxicity of the chemical and the magnitude and duration of
the exposure. See the Hazard Communication chapter in this manual, which provides
detailed guidelines for identifying, documenting, and handling specific chemical hazards.
4.2
Physical Hazards
Physical hazards monitored by industrial hygienists include excessive levels of noise and
vibration, pressure, temperature extremes, oxygen deficiency, and non-ionizing radiation.
4.3
Biological Hazards
Biological hazards include any virus, bacteria, fungus, protozoan, insect, or other living
organism that can cause a disease in humans, or damage to the environment. Biological
hazards may exist as part of the total environment (for example, in air or water), or they
may be associated with specific operations.
Recognizing Hazards
Industrial Hygienists identify hazards by:
Maintaining familiarity with SLAC processes.
Observing employee activities.
5-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R009
14 August 1995
Evaluating Hazards
IH monitoring is the measurement of hazards in the workplace. An industrial hygienist will deter-
6.1
Required IH Monitoring
IH monitoring is required when industrial hygienists believe that occupational exposures
may exceed the TLV, or 50% of the PEL, whichever is the most stringent standard.
Once industrial hygienists quantify the exposure through IH monitoring, additional monitoring is required, as outlined in the following table:
Table 5-1.
Additional IH Monitoring
Duration of Industrial
Hygiene Monitoring at
Specified Frequency
Industrial Hygiene
Monitoring Frequency
Continuously
Between 50%100%
14 August 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R009
5-5
6.2
Types of IH Monitoring
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.2.3
Wipe Sampling
Industrial hygienists use wipe sampling to measure surface contamination. Wipe
sampling may be used to confirm medical monitoring results when the main
entry route of a chemical is through the skin or mouth. Wipe sampling is also
used to evaluate the effectiveness of decontamination procedures.
6.2.4
Medical Monitoring
The SLAC Medical Group performs medical monitoring, as outlined in Chapter 3,
Medical, of this manual. Medical monitoring measures changes in the composition of body fluids, tissues, or exhaled air, to determine the extent of toxin absorption. An example is the measurement of lead or mercury in blood or urine.
Medical monitoring may also determine the extent of exposure to hazards and the
resulting health effects, by measuring lung capacity, liver function, and hearing
levels.
6.3
Monitoring Results
Industrial hygienists will send IH monitoring results to managers and supervisors,
department heads, and group leaders in a formal memorandum. Personnel will be notified of results, as required by OSHA.
Training
Training is a crucial part of the IH Program. The ES&H Training Team provides occupational hazard safety training for managers, supervisors, and personnel (including the use of appropriate PPE
and the proper response to exposure). Managers and supervisors must ensure that personnel are
fully trained regarding all occupational hazards and must occasionally provide on-the-job training. Consult the Task Hazard Survey to determine personnel training requirements.
5-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R009
14 August 1995
Confined Space
Related Chapters
Hazardous Equipment and
Unsafe Operations
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
6-2
2 Responsibilities
6-3
2.1
6-3
2.2
6-3
2.3
6-3
2.4
6-3
2.5
6-4
2.6
Subcontractor Personnel
6-4
2.7
6-4
2.8
All Others
6-5
6-5
4 Entry Policy
6-6
4.1
Confined Space
6-6
4.2
6-6
6-6
6-7
6-7
6-7
6-8
2 June 1998
6-8
6-8
6-9
6-9
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
6-1
6: Confined Space
Overview
This chapter describes SLAC policy relating to confined spaces and permit-required confined
spaces (PRCSs).1 As confined spaces may pose a potentially serious risk to employees who enter or
work in them, confined-space entry2 and work are governed by rules to ensure the safety of SLAC
employees. This chapter has been revised to include new policy regarding SLAC employee work
and entry into PRCSs. For questions about the characterization of a confined space or a PRCS, contact the Safety, Health, and Assurance (SHA) Department.
A confined space is an enclosed space that meets all of the following criteria:
Is large enough to allow whole-body entry.
Has poor, awkward, or otherwise limited restricted entry and exit way.
Is unequipped and unsuitable for continuous human occupancy, such as when
one or more of the following conditions exist: lack of adequate ventilation or
light, flooding, unstable or non-horizontal walking or working surfaces, or
lack of evacuation alarms.
Not all enclosed spaces are confined spaces.3 The following is a non-exhaustive list of enclosed
spaces at SLAC that are not confined spaces because they are equipped for continuous human
occupancy. The enclosed spaces listed below may contain confined spaces:
Collider Injector Development (CID)
Damping Ring Vaults
Linac
Positron Vault
Beam Switchyard (BSY)
SLAC Linear Collider (SLC) Arcs
Collider Experiment Hall (CEH) pit
Positron-Electron Project (PEP-II) Ring
End Station A (ESA)
Final Focus Test Beam (FFTB)
Next Linear Collider Test Accelerator (NLCTA)
Stanford Positron-Electron Asymmetric Ring (SPEAR) Ring and Injector/
Booster
SLAC confined space policy is based upon the Occupational, Safety, and Health Administration
(OSHA), Title 29; Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 1910.146, Permit-Required Confined
Spaces; other applicable federal, state, and local regulations; and internal policies related to environment, safety, and health at SLAC. For more information on OSHA regulations, see:
http://www.osha-slc.gov/OshStd_toc/OSHA_Std_toc_1910.html
6-2
Confined-space entry occurs anytime a person partially or completely enters a confined space.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
2 June 1998
6: Confined Space
Responsibilities
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2 June 1998
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
6-3
6: Confined Space
Ensure that employees have received the required training to work in a PRCS.
Ensure that employees work in confined spaces only when an attendant is
present outside of the confined space and within two-way verbal communication distance at all times.
Ensure that the atmosphere of confined spaces is tested for atmospheric hazards with the atmospheric testing equipment provided by SHA before SLAC
employees are allowed to enter. Testing should be done either by SHA or by
the department performing the work. SHA provides atmospheric hazard training for Departments upon request.
Notify SHA before allowing any SLAC employees to enter a confined space to
perform work that may generate one or more of the hazards listed in Section 3.
Direct all employees working in confined spaces to exit the space if there is any
indication that a hazard exists or is developing.
Ensure that subcontractors entering PRCSs are aware of the responsibilities
outlined in Section 2.5.
Sign the Certificate of PRCS Declassification and maintain a copy for one year
upon completion of hazard abatement in a PRCS.
Report any PRCS location changes or changes in hazards found in PRCSs to
SHA annually so that SHA can amend the inventory accordingly.
2.5
May not, under any circumstances, enter a PRCS without written permission
from SHA.
Must receive the required training.
Observe all safety rules related to confined spaces.
2.6
Subcontractor Personnel
Subcontractor personnel who do not have a SLAC supervisor and who are required to
enter a PRCS at SLAC shall:
Complete a PRCS entry permit.
Be apprised by the University Technical Representative (UTR) of:
The hazards known to exist in the PRCS.
SLAC experience with the PRCS.
SLAC emergency telephone numbers.
Provisions, if any, for protecting SLAC employees near the PRCS.
Comply with all applicable regulations for work performed in PRCSs.
2.7
6-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
2 June 1998
6: Confined Space
2.8
All Others
All other individuals who enter the SLAC premises shall not enter a PRCS unless qualified
and specifically allowed to do so by contract.
2 June 1998
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
6-5
6: Confined Space
Entry Policy
4.1
Confined Space
SLAC employees may enter a confined space if all of the following conditions are met:5
The work to be performed in the confined space will not produce any of the
hazards listed in Section 3.
Atmospheric testing of the confined space is performed, as a precautionary
measure, prior to entry and indicates that the confined space does not contain
the atmospheric hazards listed in Section 3.
They work in confined spaces only when an attendant is present outside of the
confined space and within two-way verbal communication distance at all
times.
4.2
pleted entry permit and shall be apprised of the particular hazards known to exist in the
PRCS by the department or group requesting the work.
fined spaces and provides training on the use of this equipment to supervisors of work in confined
spaces. Supervisors of work in confined spaces must either call SHA to provide atmospheric testing or ensure that the atmospheric testing equipment is used to test the atmosphere of the confined space for hazards prior to entry by SLAC employees.
6-6
Note that certain types of work such as welding, brazing, solvent use, energized electrical work, or use of internal combustion engines in a confined space changes the space to a PRCS (see Section 6).
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
2 June 1998
6: Confined Space
changes to the inventory from department heads and group leaders. After annual changes to the
inventory are logged, it is re-distributed to department heads and group leaders.
2 June 1998
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
6-7
6: Confined Space
10
10.1
Atmospheric Hazards
Atmospheric hazards7 are the most common hazards in PRCSs. Some PRCSs may contain
more than one atmospheric hazard even if only one atmospheric contaminant is present.
For instance, gasoline vapor is both flammable and toxic.
Atmospheric hazards in PRCSs are abated by purging the atmosphere of the PRCS and/or
disconnecting pipe connections to prevent atmospheric contaminants from leaking into
the PRCS.
The three main types of atmospheric hazards are:
Oxygen deficiency.
Flammability.
Toxicity.
10.1.1 Oxygen Deficiency
An atmosphere is oxygen-deficient if it contains an oxygen concentration less
than 19.5%. Note that normal air contains an oxygen concentration of approximately 21%. An oxygen-deficient atmosphere displays no characteristic odor or
appearance that would warn employees of the hazard. The effects of oxygen deficiency are debilitating and often permanent, and can occur in short periods of
time. Examples of these effects include dizziness, brain damage, and even death.
In confined spaces, oxygen deficiency typically arises from the displacement of air
by inert gases or the consumption of oxygen by decomposition or combustion.
Oxygen-deficient atmospheres often exist in dewars, sumps, and spaces with
uncontained or residual cryogens.
10.1.2 Flammability
Flammable gases may accumulate in PRCSs and, in the presence of an ignition
source, they may burn or explode. When a natural gas line breaks or when bac-
6-8
For more information on atmospheric hazards, see Cryogenic Safety in this manual.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
2 June 1998
6: Confined Space
teria produce methane, the flammable gas can readily collect in a PRCS and create
a substantial hazard. Liquefied petroleum gas is heavier than air and can form
flammable pockets of atmosphere in depressions and other low areas. Organic
solvents like toluene, acetone, naphtha, and ethanol can also produce flammable
vapors. Flammable gases often exist in fuel tanks.
10.1.3 Toxicity
Serious illness or death may result from breathing air that contains even small
concentrations of toxins like hydrogen sulfide and sulfur dioxide. Serious illness
may also result if toxins are absorbed through skin. Carbon monoxide presents a
very serious threat since it has no warning odor and can be found in any PRCS
where combustion has taken place. Relatively safe operations such as welding
and painting can become hazardous when performed in a cramped or poorly ventilated area.
If you have questions about abating atmospheric hazards in a PRCS, contact SHA.
10.2
Physical Hazards
Some PRCSs contain machinery that poses mechanical and electrical hazards. Some PRCSs
also contain radiological hazards. The probability of injury from mechanical, electrical,
and radiation hazards increases in cramped areas where vision, movement, and the ability
to escape possible hazards are impaired.
Mechanical, electrical, and radiation hazards in a PRCS are sometimes abated by locking
and/or tagging electrical circuits, machinery, or equipment. When abating electrical hazards, see the SLAC Lock and Tag Program for the Control of Hazardous Energy (SLAC-I-7300A10Z-001).
10.3
Configurational Hazards
Some PRCSs, such as hoppers and bins, contain walls and floors that slope to a narrow
opening and can crush, trap, or asphyxiate a person. Configurational hazards in PRCSs are
sometimes abated by altering the PRCS configuration to eliminate inwardly-converging
walls or tapering floor outlets.
2 June 1998
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
6-9
6: Confined Space
6-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
2 June 1998
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
7-1
2 Responsibilities
7-2
2.1
7-2
2.2
Facilities Office
7-2
2.3
7-2
2.4
Building Managers
7-2
2.5
Personnel
7-3
3 Evacuation
7-3
4 Exit Paths
7-4
4.1
Exit Signs
7-4
4.2
Exit Doors
7-4
4.3
7-5
4.4
Storage
7-5
4.5
Modifications
7-5
5 Emergency Lighting
7-6
6 Inspections
7-6
Overview
All buildings at SLAC that are designed for human occupancy must have continuously unobstructed exit paths and appropriate emergency lighting to permit prompt evacuation and allow
immediate access for responding emergency personnel.
2 July 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R006
7-1
Responsibilities
2.1
2.2
Facilities Office
The Facilities Office in the Business Services Division (BSD):
Repairs components of exit paths, such as handrails, exit doors, stair treads,
and illuminated exit signs.
Ensures that emergency lighting systems are installed where required and are
operational.
On a monthly basis, tests and maintains all nongenerator-powered emergency
lights except in areas of limited accessibility, where the tests will be scheduled
to coincide with periods when entrance to the area is allowed.
2.3
2.4
Building Managers
Building managers will:
Develop evacuation procedures as specified in the Building Manager Manual
(SLAC-I-720-0A03Z-001).
Develop and post evacuation diagrams.
Conduct annual evacuation drills for their buildings.
Ensure that inspections of exit paths (including exit doors) are performed
twice a year according to the criteria in the Building Manager Manual.
Request Facilities Office services as necessary to repair components of exit
paths.
Review plans for modification of any part of an exit path and obtain a fire
safety review of the plans.
7-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R006
2 July 1997
2.5
Personnel
Personnel will:
In an evacuation, exit the building quickly and in an orderly manner, taking
the safest and most direct route.
Participate in annual evacuation drills.
Review their Facility Emergency Plan annually.
Know the two safest and most direct evacuation routes for their work area.
Know the designated evacuation assembly point for their building.
Keep work areas reasonably clear of equipment, furniture, storage containers,
and other objects that could interfere with orderly evacuation.
Keep exit paths clear and unobstructed at all times.
Do not use exit paths for open storage at any time.
Do not store flammable or combustible liquids and gases in exit paths at any
time.
Evacuation
Evacuation of a building may be required in the event of a fire or smoke odor, a chemical spill, an
explosion, or a gas leak.
Evacuate the building in the event of:
Evacuation alarm activation.
Bomb threat.
Large earthquake. Do not evacuate until the shaking has stopped.
Oxygen-deficiency alarm activation.
Hydrogen-detection alarm activation.
Verbal command from managers, supervisors, or emergency response
personnel.
In addition, evacuate beam enclosures in the event of a beam-activation warning.
In an evacuation:
1. Walk directly to the nearest exit. Do not use elevators.
2. Once outside, proceed to the designated evacuation assembly point for the
building and report to your supervisor or the engineering operator in charge
(EOIC) or assembly point leader.
3. Do not re-enter the building until instructed to do so by your supervisor, the
assembly point leader, or the EOIC.
Note:
Your supervisor, the assembly point leader or the EOIC will only allow re-entry to a building after
the Fire Department has authorized such re-entry. The chain of command on authorization to reenter an evacuated building flows from the Fire Department to the EOIC, assembly point leaders,
and managers and supervisors, who in turn instruct personnel accordingly.
All personnel must know the two safest and most direct evacuation routes for their work area.
Evacuation diagrams are posted throughout all occupied buildings at SLAC. All personnel must
also know the designated evacuation assembly point for their building. If you do not know the
designated evacuation assembly point for your building, ask your supervisor.
2 July 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R006
7-3
Managers and supervisors must inform new personnel of evacuation procedures. Managers and
supervisors must assign one person and one alternate for each mobility-, sight-, and hearingimpaired person who may need assistance during an evacuation.
If it is safe to do so, managers and supervisors should ensure that potentially hazardous equipment (such as welding equipment, high-voltage equipment, and gas lines) is shut off in the event
of an evacuation.
Building managers are responsible for developing evacuation procedures for their buildings as
specified in the Building Manager Manual. Building managers are also responsible for posting evacuation routes in their buildings and revising them as necessary. Evacuation drills are conducted
annually by building managers.
Exit Paths
An exit path is a continuous and unobstructed way of exit travel from any point in a building or
structure to a point outside of the building or structure. An exit path consists of:
Corridors, stairways, and/or aisles leading to an exit door.
An exit door.
The path or way outside of the exit door that leads away from the building.
All buildings at SLAC that are designed for human occupancy must have continuously unobstructed exit paths to permit prompt evacuation and allow immediate access for responding emergency personnel.
It is the responsibility of managers and supervisors to ensure that adequate exit paths are maintained. Building managers ensure that inspections of exit paths (including exit doors) are performed twice a year according to the criteria in the Building Manager Manual.
Building managers should contact the Facilities Office to have components of an exit path (such as
handrails, exit doors, and stair treads) repaired.
4.1
Exit Signs
All exits must be clearly visible and conspicuously marked with an illuminated EXIT sign.
EXIT signs with an arrow must be placed such that building occupants can determine the
direction of the nearest exit from any point. If a door is likely to be mistaken for an exit, a
NOT AN EXIT sign must be posted on it. Building managers are responsible for ensuring
that EXIT and NOT AN EXIT signs are posted where appropriate in their buildings.
Contact the Facilities Office when EXIT-sign lights burn out or need service.
4.2
Exit Doors
Exit doors must be side-hinged. They must also swing in the direction of exit when serving an area with an occupant load of 50 or more. Buildings must have at least two separate
exit doors that are remote from each other, unless a building or room is so small and so
arranged that a second exit door does not improve safety. Never install locks on exit doors
that prevent free escape from the inside of the building.
The building manager must review plans for modifying exit doors (for example, plans to
install glass panels, locks, or hold-open devices). The building manager must obtain a fire
safety review of the plans from a fire protection engineer. This fire safety review may be
obtained from the SHA Department.
7-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R006
2 July 1997
4.3
4.4
Storage
Keep work areas reasonably clear of equipment, furniture, storage containers, and other
objects that could interfere with orderly evacuation. Contact the salvage section of the
Property Control Department for pickup of unneeded items.
Observe these storage rules for exit paths:
Do not use exit paths for open storage at any time.
Keep exit paths unobstructed at all times.
Anchor equipment, furniture, shelf units, and cabinets that could tip and block
any part of an exit path.
Do not store flammable and combustible liquids and gases in exit paths.
Cabinets or lockers in corridors or aisles must conform to all of the following
specifications:
They must be:
Installed along one side of the corridor or aisle only.
Situated at least six feet away from the corridor or aisles exit door.
Metal.
Kept locked, with an extra key maintained by a designated individual.
Labeled with their contents and the name and extension of the person,
department, or group using them.
They must not:
Interfere with the minimum width requirements for exit paths.
Be more than 20 inches deep, 37 inches wide, and 78 inches high.
Be used to store flammable or combustible liquids and gases.
4.5
Modifications
No part of an exit path may be altered without first notifying the building manager. Building managers review plans for modifications that affect any part of an exit path (such as
an exit door, corridor, aisle, or stairway) and obtain a fire safety review of the plans from a
fire protection engineer to ensure that the plans comply with all applicable fire safety regulations. Building managers may obtain this review from the SHA Department.
2 July 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R006
7-5
Existing buildings may be occupied during repairs and modifications only if their exit
paths are continuously maintained or other measures are taken to provide equivalent
safety.
Emergency Lighting
Almost all occupied buildings at SLAC are equipped with emergency lights that automatically illuminate during power outages.
Emergency lighting is required in:
Exit paths inside office buildings and areas that are two or more stories high.
Exit paths inside industrial buildings or areas (such as a laboratory, accelerator, or shop).
Elevators. (You should not, however, use an elevator to exit a building during
an emergency.)
Emergency lighting systems must provide one or more foot-candles throughout an exit path for at
least 1.5 hours after a power outage occurs. Areas without natural lighting and areas where hazardous operations are conducted must have adequate emergency lighting to permit personnel to
exit during power outages.
Emergency lighting may also be installed in areas that may otherwise be hazardous to exit during
a power failure.
Emergency lighting systems may be either battery- or generator-powered. A maximum delay of
10 seconds is permitted for emergency lighting provided by an electric generator.
The Facilities Office is responsible for ensuring that emergency lighting systems are installed
where required and are operational. Nongenerator-powered emergency lights are tested monthly
(except in areas of limited accessibility which are tested during periods when entrance to the area
is allowed) and maintained by the Facilities Office. Contact the Facilities Office for emergency
lighting repair.
Inspections
In addition to biannual inspections of exit paths by building managers, the Palo Alto Fire Department conducts annual fire safety inspections that include inspections of exit paths, emergency
lighting, exit doors and signs, and evacuation plans.
7-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R006
2 July 1997
The following Bulletins have information that has not yet been incorporated into
this Chapter, or has changed since the publication of the Chapter. Information in
the Bulletins supercedes information in this Chapter.
Date
Issued
61
02/11/03
Title
Managing the Hazards of Existing Electrical Systems
Electrical Safety
Related Chapters
Citizen Committees
Personal Protective Equipment
SLAC ES&H Program
Training
Warning Signs and Devices
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Policy
8-3
2 Responsibilities
8-3
2.1
8-3
2.2
8-3
2.3
8-3
2.4
Personnel
8-4
2.5
8-4
3 Hazards
8-5
3.1
Electrical Shock
8-5
3.2
Burns
8-5
3.3
Delayed Effects
8-6
3.4
Other Hazards
8-7
8-7
4.1
8-7
4.2
8-7
5 Training
8-8
5.1
Core Courses
8-8
5.2
Resource Courses
8-9
6 Standards
8-9
8-9
15 August 2002
7.1
Equipment Acceptability
8-10
7.2
8-10
7.3
8-11
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-1
8: Electrical Safety
Chapter Outline
Page
7.4
Documentation
8-12
7.5
Enclosures
8-12
7.6
8-12
Flexible Cords
8-13
8.2
Extension Cords
8-14
8.3
Power Strips
8-16
8.4
Test Benches
8-17
8-17
9.1
8-17
9.2
Electrical Cables
8-19
9.3
Power Supplies
8-20
9.4
Capacitors
8-21
9.5
8-22
9.6
8-26
9.7
Anti-Restart Device
8-26
8-2
8-13
8-27
8-27
8-27
8-28
8-33
8-34
8-34
8-34
8-34
8-34
8-35
8-35
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
15 August 2002
8: Electrical Safety
Policy
It is SLAC policy to comply with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations, the
National Electrical Code (NEC), and other established safety standards to reduce or eliminate the dangers
associated with the use of electrical energy. Every person on the SLAC site is exposed to electricity to some
extent. The SLAC electrical safety program provides the SLAC community with the minimum knowledge of
safety and recommended practices necessary to protect against electrical shock or burns. The electrical
safety program also provides hazard awareness information to those who use electrical equipment.
Reading this chapter does not qualify the reader to perform electrical work. Guidelines that are beyond the
scope of this document must be established at each work area. They should include, as a minimum, the
safety concerns outlined in this chapter.
All electrical wiring and equipment must comply with NEC, OSHA regulations, and numerous other
established safety and engineering standards. This chapter should not be construed as a synopsis of all
electrical requirements, nor as a substitute for formal study, training, and experience in electrical design,
construction, and maintenance.
Responsibilities
All individuals at the site are responsible for their own safety. Specific responsibilities are detailed below.
2.1
2.2
2.3
Information about the ESC may be found on the World Wide Web at: http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/committees/committee.html
The ES&H Division can assist managers and supervisors to determine the appropriate training for individuals they supervise. See
Section 5, "Training," in this chapter for more information.
15 August 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-3
8: Electrical Safety
Maintain an electrically safe work environment and take corrective action for potentially
hazardous operations or conditions.
Ensure that safe conditions prevail in the area, and that area occupants are properly informed
of electrical safety regulations and procedures.
Ensure that all workers are properly protected by means such as instructions, signs, barriers,
electrical personal protective equipment (PPE), and appropriate lock and tag devices.
Ensure that workers assigned to potentially hazardous electrical work are physically and
mentally able to perform the work.
Assign a safety watch person when hazardous work is performed.
Determine if two people are required for an energized work task by OSHA regulations.
Provide necessary outage time frames so that maintenance personnel can provide periodic
electrical maintenance and testing of personnel safety devices, such as electrical interlocks
and grounding.
Plan activities such that work may be performed in a de-energized state whenever possible.
2.4
Personnel
Personnel must:
Become acquainted with all potential electrical hazards in the area in which they work.
Learn and follow the appropriate electrical standards, procedures, and hazard-control
methods.
Consult with appropriate supervisors (your own supervisor and the supervisor of the
hazardous system) before undertaking a potentially hazardous electrical operation.
Notify a supervisor of any condition, person, or behavior which poses a potential electrical
hazard.3
Wear and use appropriate electrical personal protective equipment (PPE). Refer to Table 8-2
on page 8-30, Table 8-3 on page 8-32, Table 8-4 on page 8-33, and Table 8-5 on page 8-33 for
information regarding PPE.
Report immediately any electrical shock incident to the SLAC Medical Department and to the
appropriate supervisor.
Complete appropriate electrical safety and lock and tag training.
Complete training in emergency response procedures, including cardiopulmonary
resuscitation (CPR), if performing work on exposed electrical circuitry of more than 50 volts
(AC or DC).
Note:
2.5
See Section 4, "Qualified and Authorized Personnel," for additional information about
qualifications for personnel who work on electrical equipment or systems.
8-4
See Chapter 2, Stop Work Authority and Stopping Unsafe Activities, in this manual for more information about unsafe activities.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
15 August 2002
8: Electrical Safety
In an emergency, quickly de-energize the equipment and alert emergency rescue personnel.
Know the location of the corresponding circuit breaker or switch that must be turned off in
case of emergency.
Be equipped with a radio or know the location of the nearest telephone to obtain emergency
help.
Complete training in emergency response procedures, including cardiopulmonary
resuscitation (CPR).
Have no other duties that preclude observing workers and operations, and rendering aid if
necessary.
Hazards
Electricity is one of the most commonly encountered hazards in any facility. Under normal conditions,
safety features in electrical equipment provide protection from hazards. Nonetheless, accidental contact with
electricity can cause serious injury or death.
3.1
Electrical Shock
Most electrical systems establish a voltage reference point by connecting a portion of the system to
an earth ground. Because these systems use conductors that have voltages with respect to ground, a
shock hazard exists for workers who are in contact with the earth and are exposed to the
conductors. If workers come in contact with a live (ungrounded) conductor while they are in
contact with the ground, they become part of the circuit and current passes through their bodies.
The effects of electric current on the human body depend on the following:
Circuit characteristics (current, resistance, frequency, and voltage60 Hz (hertz) is the most
dangerous frequency)
Contact and internal resistance of the body
The currents pathway through the body, determined by contact location and internal body
chemistry
Duration of contact
Environmental conditions affecting the bodys contact resistance
The most damaging route of electricity is through the chest cavity or brain. Fatal ventricular
fibrillation of the heart (stopping of rhythmic pumping action) can be initiated by a current flow of
as little as several milliamperes (mA). Nearly instantaneous fatalities can result from either direct
paralysis of the respiratory system, failure of the rhythmic pumping action of the heart, or
immediate heart stoppage. Severe injuries, such as deep internal burns, can occur even if the current
does not pass through vital organs or nerve centers.
Table 8-1 on page 8-6 is based on limited experiments performed on human subjects in 1961.
These figures are not completely reliable due to the unavailability of additional data and the
inherent physiological differences between people. Electricity should be considered potentially
lethal at lower levels than those cited.
3.2
Burns
Burns suffered in electrical accidents are of three basic types:
1. Electrical
2. Arc
15 August 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-5
8: Electrical Safety
3. Thermal contact
In electrical burns, tissue damage (whether skin deep or deeper) occurs because the body is unable
to dissipate the heat from the current flow. Typically, electrical burns are slow to heal.
Arc burns are caused by electric arcs and are similar to heat burns from high-temperature sources.
Temperatures generated by electric arcs can melt nearby material, vaporize metal in close vicinity,
and burn flesh and ignite clothing at distances up to three meters (or 10 feet).
Thermal contact burns are those normally experienced from skin contact with the hot surfaces of
overheated electric conductors (anything carrying electricity).
Table 8-1.Quantitative Effects of Electric Current on Humansa
Effects
Current, mA
Direct Current
Alternating Current
60 Hz
10 kHz
Men
Women
Men
Women
Men
Women
0.6
0.4
0.3
6.2
3.5
1.1
0.7
12
1.8
1.2
17
11
62
41
55
37
76
51
16
10.5
75
50
90
60
23
15
94
63
500
500
100
100
Ab
Ab
13.6c
13.6c
Three-second shocks
Short shocks (where T is time in seconds)
High-voltage surges
50c
50c
a. Deleterious Effects of Electric Shock, Charles F. Dalziel, p. 24. Presented at a meeting of experts on electrical accidents and related
matters, sponsored by the International Labour Office, World Health Office and International Electrotechnical Commission,
Geneva, Switzerland, October 23-31, 1961. See the study for definitions and details.
165
A = ---------
b.
T
c. Energy in joules (watt-seconds)
3.3
Delayed Effects
Damage to internal tissues may not be apparent immediately after contact with an electrical current.
Delayed internal tissue swelling and irritation are possible. Prompt medical attention can help
minimize these effects and avoid long-term injury or death.
8-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
15 August 2002
3.4
8: Electrical Safety
Other Hazards
Voltage sources that do not have dangerous current capabilities may not pose serious shock or burn
hazards in themselves and therefore are often treated in a casual manner. However, voltage sources
are frequently used near lethal circuits, and even a minor shock could cause a worker to rebound
into a lethal circuit. Such an involuntary reaction may also result in bruises, bone fractures, and
even death from collisions or falls.
Electricity poses other hazards. An arc is often created when a short circuit occurs or current flow is
interrupted. If the current involved is strong enough, these arcs can cause injury or start a fire. Fires
can also be started by overheated equipment or by conductors that carry too much current.
Extremely high-energy arcs can cause an explosion that sends fragmented metal flying in all
directions. Even low-energy arcs can cause violent explosions in explosive or combustible
atmospheres.
4.1
4.2
15 August 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-7
8: Electrical Safety
Training
To determine that personnel are knowledgeable and trained in the electrical tasks they are asked to perform,
managers and supervisors must complete Employee Training Assessments (ETAs) for their workers under
the following conditions:
Upon initial hire of new employees
Annually with performance appraisals
Upon significant change in job duties
The ES&H Division provides an ETA to assist managers and supervisors to assist in determining training
requirements for their workers. Electrical safety classes are offered by the ES&H Division and are divided
into two categories, Core and Resource classes. Information about the ETA and electrical safety courses are
available on the World Wide Web at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/training/training.html
5.1
Core Courses
Core courses are courses formally required by regulations or SLAC policies.
CPR/First Aid
This course is required for all personnel who work on exposed electrical circuitry of more
than 50 volts (AC or DC). Personnel who work with communication circuits and DC circuits
with a fault current limited to 5 mA (if the energy is less than 10 joules) or less are exempt
from this requirement. Employees who perform safety watch duties must also take this class.
Electrical Safety for Non-Electrical Workers
This course is required for all employees who are not qualified electrical workers but face a
risk of electric shock that is not reduced to a safe level by the electrical installation requirements. For example, if an employee works near exposed energized electrical conductors in
equipment or distribution systems such as open junction boxes, then he or she faces a risk of
electric shock and needs this training. Typical attendees include mechanics, painters, riggers,
carpenters, operators, and their direct supervisors.
Electrical Safety for R&D Equipment
This course or equivalent training is required for all personnel who design, operate, maintain,
or install Research and Development (R&D) equipment that operates at or more than 50 volts
(AC or DC). Such personnel include physicists, engineering physicists, engineering scientists,
research technicians, equipment designers and assemblers, test engineers, and technicians
from the Electronics & Software Engineering and Mechanical Fabrication Departments.
Managers and supervisors who directly supervise personnel who do this work are also
required to take this course, or its equivalent.
Electrical Safety, Low and High Voltage
This course is required for all personnel who construct, install, or maintain electrical equipment (other than R&D equipment). This includes electricians and technicians who install,
maintain, or repair energized or de-energized systems and equipment that operate at more
than 50 volts, including motors, transformers, breakers, switches, distribution panels, and
wiring.
Managers and supervisors who directly supervise personnel who do this work are also
required to take this course.
8-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
15 August 2002
8: Electrical Safety
5.2
Resource Courses
Resource courses are courses that do not have regulatory or policy drivers, but are of significant
value to SLAC employees. Completion of these supplemental courses is not required and is left to
the discretion of the supervisor or the employee. The ES&H Division offers some Resource courses
at SLAC or provides recommendations for off-site courses.
Grounding, Electrical
This training is recommended for electrical engineers and designers who are involved in the
design, specification, inspection, or engineering of electrical equipment or distribution systems that carry 50 volts (AC or DC) or more. This type of training is available from several
off-site sources.
National Electrical Code Training
This training is recommended for electrical engineers, designers, electricians, and others who
are involved in the design or installation of electrical systems and equipment. This type of
training is available from several off-site sources.
Standards
Equipment shall be designed, operated and maintained according to the following safety standards:
Occupational, Safety, and Health Administration (OSHA) Title 29; Code of Federal Regulations, Part
1910 (29 CFR 1910), Occupational Safety and Health Standards
OSHA Title 29; Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1926 (29 CFR 1926), Safety and Health
Regulations for Construction
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70, National Electrical Code, Current Version
NFPA 70E, Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces
NFPA 101, Life Safety Code
NESC IEEEC2, National Electrical Safety Code, Current Version
The DOE Handbook, Electrical Safety (DOE-HDBK-1092-98), can be used as a reference and guideline.
15 August 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-9
8: Electrical Safety
7.1
Equipment Acceptability
Electrical equipment is considered safe only when it is used as specifically intended by its listing
and design. Equipment must not be altered beyond the original design intent and must not be used
for any purpose other than that for which it was constructed.
Re-commissioning electrical equipment
Any equipment that is being re-commissioned must be examined or tested, as appropriate, to
verify the status of all safety features and the integrity of construction.
Listing or labeling electrical equipment
Electrical equipment must be listed or labeled by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory
(NRTL). An NRTL is recognized by OSHA as being capable of independently assessing equipment for compliance to safety requirements and applicable standards. As of this printing,
OSHA has accredited the following organizations:
- Canadian Standards Association (CSA)4
- Communication Certification Laboratories (CCL)
- ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc. (ETL)
- Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FMRC)
- MET Laboratories, Inc. (MET)
- Southwest Research Institute (SWRI)
- Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
- United States Testing Company, Inc. California Division (UST/CA)
- Wyle Laboratories
Custom-made equipment
Equipment for which no NRTL acceptance exists, such as custom-made equipment, the following alternate methods of ensuring the safety of the product are acceptable:
- The product must be designed and constructed according to applicable American
National Standards Institute (ANSI), National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(NEMA), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) or UL standards.
- The division or group responsible for the equipment must maintain all documentation
pertaining to the design safety features of the equipment, including any test data. This
documentation must be available to any SLAC safety inspector (such as a Division or
Department safety officer or the ES&H Division).
- The SLAC Electrical Safety Officer may require that equipment that is not NRTL-listed
undergo inspection or testing for conformance to standards. Such testing should be documented and submitted to the Electrical Safety Committee for approval. The inspection
record must specify, at a minimum:
Equipment identification.
Evaluator name, date, mail stop, and extension.
Standard to which equipment is being evaluated.
Specific tests, results, and areas of examination.
Any conditions of product acceptability or limitations of use.
7.2
8-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
15 August 2002
7.3
8: Electrical Safety
Cable Clamping
Emergency Lighting
Isolation and
Grounding
Isolate all sources of dangerous voltage and current with covers and
enclosures. Access to lethal circuits (greater than 50 volts) must be
either through screw-on panels or through items such as interlocked
doors, panels, or covers. The frame or chassis of the conductive
enclosure must be connected to a good electrical ground with a
conductor capable of handling any potential fault current.
Lighting
Disconnecting and
Overload Protection
Rating
Electrical Equipment
Rooms
Re-Use of Circuit
Breakers
Electronic Devices
in Hazardous Areas
15 August 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-11
8: Electrical Safety
Safety should be considered an integral part of the design process. Protective devices, warning
signs, and administrative procedures are supplements to good design, but can never fully
compensate for the absence of good design. Completed designs shall provide for safe maintenance.
All systems performing a safety function or controlling a potentially hazardous operation and any
modifications made to those systems shall be reviewed and approved at the level of project
engineer or above.
Line managers are responsible for ensuring that all electrical installations are in compliance with all
safety and code requirements stipulated in this chapter. SEM and the ES&H Division have
knowledgeable personnel available to answer specific design and installation questions.
7.4
Documentation
A current set of documentation adequate for operation, maintenance, testing, and safety shall be
available to anyone working on potentially hazardous equipment. Keep drawings and prints
current. Dispose of obsolete drawings and be certain that active file drawings have the most current
corrections. Archive all drawings with MD-Facility Design, Document Control (Ext. 4307).
7.5
Enclosures
The following specifications apply to circuits operating at or more than 50 volts or storing more
than 10 joules. An enclosure may be a room, a barricaded area, or an equipment cabinet.
7.6
Access
Heat
Isolation
Ensure that the enclosure physically prevents contact with live circuits. The enclosure can be constructed of conductive or nonconductive material. If conductive, the material must be electrically bonded
and connected to a live electrical ground. These connections must be
adequate to carry all potential fault currents.
Seismic Safety
Strength
Temporary Enclosure
Temporary enclosures (of less than six-month duration) not conforming to the normal requirements may be used if approved by the
Electrical Safety Committee, but must be provided with a sign identifying it as temporary, and with date of installation and scheduled
removal.
Ventilation
8-12
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
15 August 2002
8: Electrical Safety
The clearances shall be in accordance with OSHA, NEC, and the National Electrical Safety Code
(NESC). These working clearances are not required if the equipment is not likely to require
examination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while energized. However, sufficient access
and working space is still required to work on equipment in a de-energized state.
Clearance space must not be used for storage or occupied by bookcases, desks, workbenches, or
similar items.
Electrical Equipment Rated at 600 Volts or Less
For equipment operating at 600 volts (nominal) or less to ground, the minimum required
clearance is an unobstructed space 36 inches deep, 30 inches wide, and 78 inches high
(measured from the floor). Some installations may require greater clearance. For more
complete information, see the NEC.
Some buildings at SLAC, because of their age, have power and lighting circuit breaker panels
that were installed prior to present working clearance codes and regulations. These installations may be acceptable, but must be evaluated to determine whether additional safety measures are necessary. The division occupying the building space should contact the Electrical
Safety Committee for evaluation.
If a reduction in clearance is granted, a caution sign stating Inadequate Working Clearance
must be attached to the equipment. This sign is available from the SLAC stores.5
Electrical Equipment Rated at More Than 600 Volts
The NEC lists the minimum clearance required for working spaces in front of high-voltage
electrical equipment such as switchboards, control panels, circuit breakers, switchgear, or
motor controllers.
8.1
Flexible Cords
This section covers use of flexible cord as a wiring method and cord and plug assemblies that
provide AC power for machines, laboratory equipment, and other scientific research equipment.
Flexible cords are commonly used by most individuals at SLAC. Improper use of flexible cords can
lead to shock hazards or fires due to overheated equipment.
8.1.1
In compliance with NEC, flexible cords and cables may be used at SLAC for the following
purposes only:
Connections of portable lamps, portable and mobile signs, or appliances
Connecting stationary equipment that requires frequent interchange
An appliance or equipment with fastenings and mechanical connections specifically
designed to permit-ready removal for maintenance and repair and intended or
identified for flexible cord connection.
Pendants
Wiring of fixtures
5
The SLAC stores catalog is available on the world wide web at:
http://www-bis.slac.stanford.edu/
15 August 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-13
8: Electrical Safety
Elevator cables
Crane and hoist wiring
Preventing transmission of noise or vibration
Data processing cables as permitted by the NEC
Connecting moving parts
Temporary wiring as permitted in the NEC
8.1.2
The SLAC policy on flexible cords is based on the NEC. The policy consists of the following conditions:
When flexible cords and cables are used in the first three conditions of Section 8.1.1
above, they must be equipped with an approved attachment plug and energized from a
receptacle outlet.
Only qualified persons may install cord caps on flexible cords.
Flexible cord and cable, attachment plugs, and receptacles must be of the proper type,
size, and voltage and current rating for the intended application.
Branch circuits that feed cord and plug connected equipment must be designed in
accordance with the NEC, have overcurrent protection in accordance with the NEC,
and be properly grounded in accordance with the NEC.
8.1.3
Based on the NEC, the following uses of flexible cords and cables are not permitted at
SLAC:
Flexible cords used as a substitute for the fixed wiring of a structure
Flexible cords run through holes in walls, structural ceilings, suspended ceilings,
dropped ceilings, or floors.
Flexible cords run through doorways, windows, or similar openings.
Flexible cords attached to building surfaces. (See the NEC for details.)
Flexible cords concealed behind building walls, structural ceilings, suspended
ceilings, dropped ceilings, or floors.
Flexible cords installed in electrical raceways, unless specifically allowed by NEC
provisions covering electrical raceways.
8.2
Extension Cords
Extension cords provide a convenient method of bringing AC power to a device that is not located
near a power source. They are also used as temporary power sources. As such, extension cords are
heavily used. They are also often involved in electrical code and safety violations.
Improper use of extension cords can lead to shock hazards. In addition, use of an undersized
extension cord results in an overheated cord and insufficient voltage delivered to the device, thus
causing device or cord failure and a fire hazard.
8.2.1
8-14
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
15 August 2002
8: Electrical Safety
Acceptable Combinations
There are very few acceptable combinations of extension cords and devices. Some
acceptable combinations are:
Extension cord to device (electrical equipment)
Power strip to device
Surge protector (with cord) to device
Direct surge protector to extension cord to device
Direct surge protector to power strip to device
For examples of acceptable and unacceptable combinations of extension cords and power
strips, see Figure 8-1 on page 8-16. The examples have been chosen as representative of
applications found at SLAC, however acceptable and unacceptable combinations are not
limited to the examples. For questions on a particular application of extension cord or
power strip use, please contact your department Safety Officer, division ES&H Coordinator, the ES&H Department, or the Electrical Safety Committee.
15 August 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-15
8: Electrical Safety
Extension Cord
Power S trip
Plug- mold
Hard-wir ed
Hand Tool
or
Equipment
(Same whetherattached to
bench, structure or equipment)
Hand Tool
or
Equipment
Extension Cord
Power S trip
Power S trip
Extension Cord
Plug- mold
Hard-wir ed
Hand Tool
or
Equipment
Extension Cord
Power S trip
(Same whetherattached to
bench, structure or equipment)
Power S trip
Hand Tool
or
Equipment
Extension Cord
Extension Cord
Hand Tool
or
Equipment
Hand Tool
or
Equipment
Extension Cord
M.Regan 2-27-02
8.3
Power Strips
A power strip is a variation of an extension cord, where the cord terminates in a row or grouping of
receptacles. Power strips are commonly used in offices to provide multiple receptacles to office
equipment. In general, the policies pertaining to extension cords also apply to power strips.
8-16
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
15 August 2002
8: Electrical Safety
8.4
Test Benches
Test benches are used for testing, repairing, assembling, or dis-assembling electrical or electronic
devices. They inherently involve testing equipment with exposed energized components and have
the potential for electric shock, arcing, or fire.
8.4.1
Dielectric insulating matting must be placed on the floor to insulate personnel from electrical shock while working on test benches. Dielectric matting must be:
Placed around all test benches that are used for testing equipment with exposed
energized parts.
Placed such that personnel are standing only on the matting and are never in direct
contact with the floor or any other grounded metal parts while working on or near
exposed energized parts.
Used in addition to all other personal protective equipment (PPE) that is required by
OSHA when working with exposed energized parts.
Inspected regularly to ensure that it is not damaged. (Inspection of dielectric matting
does not need to be documented.)
8.4.2
9.1
15 August 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-17
8: Electrical Safety
SLAC also uses Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) devices. GFI and GFCI are different devices with
different purposes and should not be confused. The GFIs protect equipment from excessive
currents, while GFCIs protect personnel from excessive currents. (GFIs should be tested according
to the manufacturers recommendations.)
9.1.1
GFCI Requirements
SLAC requires GFCI protection for the following conditions:
9.1.2
Receptacles located in wet locations that are used, or intended to be used, unattended with a device plugged in (such as an electric cart plugged in to charge the
batteries) must have an enclosure that is weatherproof with the attachment plug
cap inserted or removed. See the NEC for more information.
Testing Requirements
use.
To facilitate this, all GFCI outlets or devices must be labeled GFCI Device: Test
Before Use.
Remote Test Button
Remote GFCI devices (such as GFCI breakers and GFCI outlets protecting down
stream outlets), must be tested monthly by the Building or Facility Manager (or designate).
To facilitate this, all outlets or devices protected by a remote GFCI device must be
labeled GFCI Protected: Test Monthly.
GFCI Outlets in Continuous Use
GFCI outlets in continuous use (such as an outlet used to power small appliances
located within six feet of a sink) must be tested monthly by the Building or Facility
Manager (or designate).
To facilitate this, all GFCI outlets or devices in continuous use must be labeled GFCI
Protected: Test Monthly.
Exceptions to the testing requirements will be allowed where testing would disrupt SLAC
programs or where the monthly implementation is not practical. In these cases, a testing
schedule consistent with SLAC program requirements or practicality can be used provided
8-18
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
15 August 2002
8: Electrical Safety
the documented testing cycle does not exceed six months. In circumstances when a
machine run exceeds six months, the testing must be completed immediately upon the first
opportunity for machine entry. The testing schedule must be submitted to the Electrical
Safety Committee for review and approval.
Caution: Testing of a GFCI will disconnect all receptacles protected by the GFCI.
Before testing, determine which receptacles are protected. Verify that the
interruption of power will not adversely affect other activities.
9.2
Electrical Cables
The following section applies to all cables at SLAC including:
Cables used at more than 600 volts.
Cables used at or less than 600 volts.
Cables for fire protection (power limited and non power limited).
Class 1, class 2 and class 3 remote control, signaling, and power limited circuits, as defined in
the NEC.
Communication circuits (telephone lines, for example).
Computer cables.
Optical fiber cables.
9.2.1
All cables in a new facility (installed after October 1994) or a major modification in an
existing facility at SLAC shall be installed in compliance with the applicable NEC
regulations.
9.2.2
The following are some of the most important issues from the applicable regulations, however, this list is not inclusive. When installing cables, please refer to the NEC.
Cable trays and raceways shall be supported directly from the structure.
Do not use raceways to support other raceways, cables, or non-electric equipment
except in specific conditions stated in the NEC.
Do not wrap cables around conduits, bus ducts, or any other type of raceway.
Wrapping raceways with cable may block heat dissipation from the raceway.
(Raceways include conduits, wireways, and busways. Cable trays are not raceways.).
Do not use sprinkler piping to support cables and wires.
Do not overfill cable trays (refer to the NEC to determine fill requirements).
Do not place extension cords in raceways. Extension cords are not allowed in cable
trays unless they are specifically approved for installation in trays.
Do not place any pipe or tube used for non-electrical purposes (water, gas, or
drainage, for example) in cable trays or raceways containing electrical conductors.
Do not install cables rated at more than 600 volts in the same cable tray with cables
rated 600 volts or less, unless they are separated by a solid fixed barrier. Metal Clad
cables rated at more than 600 volts may be combined with cables rated 600 volts or
less).
Multi-conductor cables rated 600 volts or less may be installed in the same cable tray.
This rule does not include low voltage (class 2) signal cables.
Do not place conductors of class 2 and class 3 circuits in the same cable or cable tray
with conductors of electric light, power, class 1, and non-power-limited fire protective
signaling circuits.
15 August 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-19
8: Electrical Safety
Install cables used for special purposes (such as fire protection, computers, and radio
frequency signals) according to the NEC.
Install only the specific types of cables in cable trays as allowed by the NEC.
9.2.3
In areas of the upgraded facility where installation of new cable is required but sufficient
space for new tray and/or conduit is unavailable, overfill in the existing cable tray shall be
permitted with the review and approval of the SLAC Director with advice from the
Electrical Safety Committee and from the Fire Protection Safety Committee. Enhanced
fire detection and/or fire suppression devices, as deemed necessary, shall be used to ensure
safety to personnel and equipment.
For Coax, Heliax, and specialty cables used for experimental research and development
equipment where the installation of new cable plant is required, every effort should be
made to meet NEC tray rating requirements for cable types installed. Where NEC trayrated-cable types which meet the technical requirements of the installation are not available, the non-tray-rated cables shall be permitted with the review and approval of the
SLAC Director with advice from the Electrical Safety Committee and from the Fire
Protection Safety Committee. Enhanced fire detection and/or fire suppression devices, as
deemed necessary, shall be used to ensure safety to personnel and equipment.
9.3
Power Supplies
Because a wide range of power supplies are used at SLAC, no single set of considerations can be
applied to all cases.
9.3.1
Primary Disconnect
A means of positively disconnecting the input shall be provided. This disconnect shall
be clearly marked and located where the workers can easily lock or tag it out while
8-20
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
15 August 2002
8: Electrical Safety
servicing the power supply. If provided with a built-in lock-out device, the key must
not be removable unless the switch or breaker is in the OFF position.
Overload Protection
Overload protection must be provided on the input, and should be provided on the
output.
9.3.3
Some research equipment employs ungrounded (floating) power supplies. This equipment
may operate in voltages ranging from 50 volts to kilovolts with output capacities in excess
of 5 mA and must be considered a lethal electrical hazard. Users of such equipment must
take precautions to minimize electrical hazards.
9.3.4
Follow all manufacturers instructions for equipment use, testing, and training. The following general guidelines also apply:
Locate equipment away from water and large metal areas.
Do not use connectors and jack fittings that allow accidental skin contact with
energized parts.
Interlock readily accessible enclosures.
Use non-metallic secondary containment if liquids or gels are involved.
Verify the power supply is floating when commissioned, and reverify that the power
supply is floating on an annual basis.
9.4
Capacitors
Only those capacitors that have more than 10 joules stored energy are discussed in this section.
9.4.1
Hazards of Capacitors
Capacitors may store hazardous energy even after the equipment has been de-energized
and may build up a dangerous residual charge without an external source. Grounding
capacitors in series, for example, may transfer rather than discharge the stored energy.
Another capacitor hazard exists when a capacitor is subjected to high currents that may
cause heating and explosion. Capacitors may be used to store large amounts of energy. An
internal failure of one capacitor in a bank frequently results in explosion when all other
capacitors in the bank discharge into the fault. The energy threshold for explosive failure
for metal cans is approximately 104 joules.
Because high-voltage cables have capacitance and thus can store energy, they should be
treated as capacitors.
The liquid dielectric in many capacitors, or its combustion products, may be toxic.
9.4.2
Automatic Discharge
Permanently connected bleeder resistors should be used when practical. Capacitors in
series should have separate bleeders. For very large capacitors, use automatic-shorting devices that operate when the equipment is de-energized or the enclosure is
opened. The time required for a capacitor to discharge to safe voltage (50 volts or
less) shall not be greater than the time needed for personnel to gain access to the voltage terminals. In no case must it be longer than five minutes.
In some equipment an automatic, mechanical-discharging device is provided which
functions when normal access ports are opened. This device shall be contained locally
15 August 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-21
8: Electrical Safety
within a protective barrier to ensure wiring integrity, and should be in plain view of
the person entering the protective barrier so that the individual can verify its proper
functioning. Protection also must be provided against the hazard of the discharge
itself.
Fusing
Capacitors used in parallel should be individually fused when possible to prevent the
stored energy from dumping into a faulted capacitor. Care must be taken in placement
of automatic-discharge safety devices with respect to fuses. If the discharge will flow
through the fuses, a prominent warning sign must be placed at each entry indicating
that each capacitor must be manually grounded before work can begin. Special
knowledge is required for high-voltage and high-energy fusing.
Unused Terminal Shorting
Terminals of all unused capacitors representing a hazard or capable of storing 10
joules or more shall be visibly shorted.
Safety Grounding
Clearly mark grounding points and provide fully visible, manual-grounding devices
to render the capacitors safe while they are being worked on. Caution must be used
when grounding to prevent transferring charges to other capacitors.
Ground Hooks
All ground hooks must:
- Have conductors crimped and soldered.
- Be connected such that impedance is less than 0.1 ohm to ground.
- Have the cable conductor clearly visible through its insulation.
- Have a cable conductor size of at least #2 extra flexible or, in special conditions,
a conductor capable of carrying the potential current.
- Be in sufficient number to conveniently and adequately ground all designated
points.
- Be grounded and stored in the immediate area of the equipment in a manner that
ensures they are used.
9.5
While some magnets may be non-hazardous, others may be very dangerous. Without
proper protection or labeling, employees could assume that a magnet is non-hazardous and
could get seriously hurt if they came in contact with one.
A magnet is an electrical hazard if the terminal voltage is greater than or equal to 50 volts,
or the total stored energy of the power supply and magnet is greater than or equal to 10
joules. A magnet is a startle hazard due to arcing if the total stored energy of the power
supply and magnet is greater than or equal to 0.5 joules. The SLAC Electrical Safety Committee has determined that at this energy level the potential for arcing is significant and
could cause injury.
The following are some hazards peculiar to inductors and magnets:
Damage to inductors due to overheating caused by overloads, insufficient cooling, or
failure or possible rupture of cooling systems.
8-22
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
15 August 2002
8: Electrical Safety
Automatic Discharge
Use freewheeling diodes, varistors, thyrites, or other automatic shorting devices to
provide a current path when excitation is interrupted.
Connections
Pay particular attention to connections in the current path of inductive circuits. Poor
connections may cause destructive arcing.
Cooling
Protect liquid-cooled inductors and magnets with thermal interlocks on the outlet of
each parallel coolant path. Include a flow interlock for each device.
Eddy Currents
Units with pulsed or varying fields must have a minimum of eddy-current circuits. If
large eddy-current circuits are unavoidable, they should be mechanically secure and
able to safely dissipate any heat produced.
Grounding
Ground the frames and cores of magnets, transformers, and inductors.
Rotating Electrical Machinery
Beware of the hazards of residual voltages that exist until rotating electrical equipment comes to a full stop.
Protective Enclosures
Fabricate protective enclosures from materials not adversely affected by external
electromagnetic fields. Researchers should consider building a nonferrous barrier
designed to prevent accidental attraction of iron objects and prevent damage to the
cryostat. This is especially important for superconducting magnet systems.
15 August 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-23
8: Electrical Safety
Bracing
Provide equipment supports and bracing adequate to withstand the forces generated
during fault conditions.
Pacemaker Warning Signs
Provide appropriate warning signs to prevent persons with pacemakers or similar
devices from entering areas with fields of greater than 5 Gauss.
Limit Magnetic Field Exposure
Restrict personnel exposure to magnetic fields greater than 600 Gauss.
Verify De-energization
Verify that any inductor is de-energized before disconnecting the leads or checking
continuity or resistance.
9.5.3
All magnets installed after December 2, 1996, shall have the following two-fold
protection:
Physical protection consisting of:
- magnet covers6 for magnets that are electrical hazards, or terminal boots for magnets that are only startle hazards
or
- an interlock (for example, a Personnel Protection System (PPS) that would keep
employees from coming directly into contact with the hazard).
Note:
Labels that describe the hazard and the associated protective measures. A Notice
label shall be used for non-hazardous magnets and Caution label shall be used for
hazardous magnets, with additional information depending upon the hazard type
(high energy or high voltage) and the type of protection (cover or interlock) provided.
Because magnet covers can be removed, labels should be placed on the frame of the magnet so that employees will always be reminded of the potential hazard and maintenance
personnel will be reminded to replace the cover.
Labels shall be color coded (yellow for Caution, white with blue panel for Notice) according to ES&H Manual Chapter 23, Warning Signs and Devices. Pre-printed labels can be
obtained from SLAC stores.8 (Label content may be modified to specify different conditions, such as the use of interlocks other than PPS.)
Note:
Absence of a label indicates that the magnet may be a hazard and that employees
should use caution.
Use one of the four labels displayed in Figure 8-2 on page 8-25.
8-24
See the Magnet Terminal Cover Guidelines of the SLAC Electrical Safety Committee for details.
A non-hazardous magnet has a terminal voltage less than 50 volts and less than 0.5 joules of total stored energy for the power supply
and magnet.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
15 August 2002
8: Electrical Safety
Label #1:
NOTICE
This magnet presents
6-2002
8644A1
CAUTION
Label #2:
STARTLE HAZARD
due to arcing
Label #3:
WARNING
This magnet is an
This label shall be placed on magnets that are interlocked, either using
PPS or another method. The type of
interlock used must be specified on
the label.
ELECTRICAL HAZARD
Black lettering on orange background.
WARNING
Label #4:
This magnet is an
ELECTRICAL HAZARD
Cover Required
Not PPS Interlocked!
Lock & Tag before beginning work!
This label shall be placed on magnets that are not interlocked using
PPS (or any other means), and
therefore require covers.
6-2002
8644A4
15 August 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-25
8: Electrical Safety
9.6
9.7
Checkout
Fail-safe design
Interlock Bypass
Safeguard
Isolation
Voltage Divider
Protection
Current Monitors
Measure currents with a shunt that has one side grounded or with
current transformers that must be either loaded or shorted at all
times.
Instrument Accuracy
Anti-Restart Device
Equipment that is dependent upon electricity for its power source will stop working when the
electrical power is interrupted. Once power is restored, some equipment may restart automatically.
Equipment may restart automatically if:
The switch is left in the ON or CLOSED position.
It can be restarted through a computer.
It has instrumentation, such as a level switch, which will re-set itself, allowing the machine to
restart once power has been restored.
It is wired to a different power source for control power.
Note:
When there are two separate sources of power, and a local electrical outage occurs for the
main power circuit, the control power remains energized even though the main power is
off. This means that the start will remain energized, or in the CLOSED position. When the
main power is restored, the equipment will restart because the starter is already energized.
9.7.1
Whenever equipment starts automatically, a hazardous situation exists for any personnel
in the immediate vicinity. To protect personnel, OSHA requires that equipment that has the
8-26
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
15 August 2002
8: Electrical Safety
capability of restarting automatically must be fully guarded or provided with an antirestart device (ARD).
An ARD is not required for machines:
Whose moving parts are fully guarded.
That have a magnetic starter, and do not have:
- Computerized auto start feature.
- Automatic re-setting instrumentation such as a level switch.
- Separate power source for the control circuit.
Note:
10
An ARD must not be installed on equipment which is required to be on-line constantly, such as HVAC, sump pumps, or refrigerators. This type of equipment must
be fully guarded.
10.1
10.2
Emergency Preparedness
All personnel who work on exposed electrical circuitry of more than 50 volts (AC or DC) shall be
trained in emergency response procedures, including cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR).
Additional information describing employee responsibilities as related to stopping an unsafe activity is available in Chapter 2, Stop
Work Authority and Stopping Unsafe Activities, of this manual.
15 August 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-27
8: Electrical Safety
10.3
protect personnel from shock, burns, or other electrically related injuries when personnel are
working on or near exposed, energized parts which might be accidentally contacted or where
dangerous electric heating or arcing might occur. If equipment must be worked on while energized
(commonly known as hot work), then follow the specific policies for working on energized
equipment which are detailed below.
Note:
Communication circuits and circuits with a fault current limited to 5 milliamps if the
energy is less than 0.5 joules, are exempt from this policy (see cautionary footnote a in
Table 8-2 and Table 8-3.)
10.3.1
General Guidelines
If a person does not comply with the boundary limit requirements, he or she may receive
burns when working with exposed energized electrical systems should an arc flash be
formed due to a fault in the circuit. There is also a shock hazard and a person may be electrocuted if he or she comes in contact with an exposed, energized conductor.
It is always safer to de-energize electrical equipment and apply appropriate lock and
tag procedures than it is to work on or near energized equipment.
When de-energizing electrical equipment, use appropriate personal protective
equipment (PPE) and verify that the circuit has been de-energized. Treat the
equipment as if it were energized until a qualified person (using the correct PPE) has
verified that it has a zero-energy level.
If de-energizing the equipment is not feasible, observe the safe approach limits and
safety requirements in Table 8-2 on page 8-30 and Table 8-3 on page 8-32, the safety
requirements in Table 8-4 on page 8-33, and the safe work practices outlined in
Section 10.3.2, "Safe Work Practices."
Figure 8-3 below illustrates the required safe approach limits concept. As a person
approaches exposed, energized electrical equipment, he or she can encounter
increasing hazard levels depending on the voltage and distance from the equipment.
Figure 8-3.
8-28
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
15 August 2002
8: Electrical Safety
10.3.2
Observe the following safe work practice and refer to Table 8-2, Table 8-3, and Table 8-4
before working on either AC systems, DC systems, or batteries.
Check with your supervisor to ensure that you are qualified to perform work on
exposed, energized equipment.
Wear the required PPE (refer to PPE requirements in Table 8-2, Table 8-3, and
Table 8-4).
Use insulated tools or handling equipment if the tools or handling equipment might
make contact with such conductors or parts. If the insulating capability or insulated
tools or handling equipment is subject to damage, the insulating material shall be
protected.
Obtain the required approval by completing the SLAC Electrical Hot Work Approval
Form. Forms can be obtained by calling the contact person for Safety-Related Forms
and Permits on the ES&H Resource List or from the Web at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/forms.html
The supervisor shall evaluate the situation to determine if the OSHA Two Person Rule
applies. See Section 10.11, "Two Person Rule," for more information.
The supervisor shall evaluate the situation to determine if a Safety Watch Person is
required. See Section 2.5, "Safety Watch Person," for more information.
10.3.3
All energized electrical work at more than 50 volts requires advance written supervisory
authorization. This authorization will be in the form of an approved SLAC Electrical Hot
Work Approval Form mentioned above. In the case of recurrent activities, such as maintenance, an open ended authorization may be used. Open authorization may be restricted
with specific conditions. Such conditions may include verbal confirmation from the cognizant supervisor of each task.
If written authorization cannot be obtained, such as during off-shift hours, the work may
proceed with verbal authorization from the cognizant supervisor. This authorization
should be noted on a sign-off sheet as soon as practicable.
10.3.4
AC Systems
Safety requirements for working on exposed, energized AC systems are shown in Table 82 on page 8-30.
10.3.5
DC Systems
Safety requirements for working on exposed, energized DC systems are shown in Table 83 on page 8-32.
10.3.6
Battery Systems
Batteries (other than common dry cells) and battery systems, such as power sources for
control circuits on substations and the klystron gallery, present hazards that include
shocks, sparks, and chemical burns. Supervisors shall ensure that only qualified employees work on batteries. Table 8-4 on page 8-33 lists the required PPE for specific work on
batteries.
10.3.7
Check the SLAC Stores Catalog for more information on PPE (see the modified chart from
the SLAC Stores Catalog in Table 8-5 on page 8-33). Some PPE mentioned in Table 8-2,
Table 8-3, or Table 8-4 may not be available from SLAC Stores and must be purchased
from vendors by the department that performs the work.
15 August 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-29
8-30
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
3 ft
4 ft
16 ft
19 ft
3 ft
3 ft
N/Ab
N/Ab
Below 50 volts
FRC, ESG
FRC, ESG
FRC, ESG
FRC, ESG
FRC, ESG
N/Ac
PPE
Flash Protection
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Approva
l
2 ft 7 in
2 ft 2 in
2 ft
1 ft
Avoid
Contact
Avoid
Contact
N/Ab
Boundary
ESG, GLV
N/Ab
PPE
Restricted Approach
Dept.
Head
Dept.
Head
Dept.
Head
Dept.
Head
Dept.
Head
Dept.
Head
N/Ab
Approvalh
10 in
7 in
3 in
1 in
Avoid
Contact
Avoid
Contact
N/Ab
Boundary
ESG, GLV
N/Ab
PPE
Prohibited Approach
Communication circuits and circuits with a fault current limited to 5 milliamps (if the energy is less than 10 joules) are exempta
Boundary
Voltage Range
Phase to Phase
Note:
Table 8-2.Safety Requirements for Working On or Near Exposed, Energized AC Electrical Systems
Assoc.
Director
Assoc.
Director
Assoc.
Director
Assoc.
Director
Dept.
Head
Dept.
Head
N/Ab
Approvalh
8: Electrical Safety
SLAC ES&H Manual
15 August 2002
15 August 2002
Legend:
FRC, ESG
N/A
Approva
l
See NFPA
70E
PPE
See NFPA
70E
Boundary
Dept.
Head
Approvalh
PPE
Restricted Approach
PPE
Assoc.
Director
Approvalh
See NFPA
70E
Boundary
Prohibited Approach
a. While communication circuits and circuits with a fault current less than or equal to 5 milliamps (if the energy is less than 10 joules) are exempt from this policy, other hazards (such as startle
reactions) may exist when the current is between 0.5 and 5 milliamps, especially if work is performed on ladders. Such hazards must also be mitigated.
b. No PPE or approval is required to work on live parts less than 50 volts unless hazardous arcing can result. Consult your supervisor or the SHA Department if you are unsure of the arc hazard potential. If an arcing hazard exists, use fire resistant clothing, electrical safety glasses/goggles, and electrical safety gloves.
c. Because energy in the arc is limited due to the distribution network in low voltage circuits no PPE is required for less than 300 volts (to cross flash protection boundary) unless work is performed as per footnote d.
d. Working on or near a transformer of >75 KVA, or a distribution panel fed by such a transformer is hazardous and requires PPE to cross the flash protection boundary.
e. A face shield is required when inserting or pulling plug in devices on energized equipment.
f. When it is not possible to use a rubber mat due to work conditions, use an equivalent safety measure approved by your Department Head.
g. Supervisor shall evaluate if OSHA Two Person Rule applies.
h. Supervisor shall evaluate if a Safety Watch Person is required.
>36,000 voltsg
Boundary
Flash Protection
Communication circuits and circuits with a fault current limited to 5 milliamps (if the energy is less than 10 joules) are exempta
Voltage Range
Phase to Phase
Note:
Table 8-2.Safety Requirements for Working On or Near Exposed, Energized AC Electrical Systems
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-31
8-32
N/Ac
Nonea,d
Nonea,d
Nonea,d
N/Ac
Nonea,d
Nonea,d
Nonea,d
Below 50 volts
50 - 300 volts
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
Nonea,d
Nonea,d
>36,000 voltsf
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Approva
l
2 ft 7 in
2 ft 2 in
2 ft
1 ft
Avoid Contact
N/Ac
Boundary
Dept. Head
Dept. Head
Dept. Head
Dept. Head
Dept. Head
Dept. Head
N/Ac
Approvalg
ESGd, GLV
N/Ac
PPE
Restricted Approach
ESGd, GLV,
MATe
ESGd, GLV,
MATe
ESGd, GLV,
MATe
ESGd, GLV,
MATe
ESGd, GLV,
MATe
ESG, GLV
N/Ac
PPE
Assoc.
Director
Assoc.
Director
Assoc.
Director
Assoc.
Director
Assoc.
Director
Dept.Head
N/Ac
Approvalg
10 in
7 in
3 in
1 in
Avoid Contact
N/Ac
Boundary
Prohibited Approach
a. When working with power supplies less than or equal to 20 KJ, there is no flash protection boundary requirement as there is limited energy in the flash. For the same reason, fire resistant
clothing is not required to cross the restricted or prohibited boundaries. However, fire resistant clothing and electrical safety glasses/goggles, and electrical safety gloves are recommended
near exposed, energized conductors.
b. While communication circuits and circuits with a fault current less than or equal to 5 milliamps (if the energy is less than 10 joules) are exempt from this policy, other hazards (such as startle
reactions) may exist when the current is between 0.5 and 5 milliamps, especially if work is performed on ladders. Such hazards must also be mitigated.
c. No PPE or approval is required to work on live parts less than 50 volts unless hazardous arcing can result. Consult your supervisor or the SHA Department if you are unsure of the arc hazard potential. If an arcing hazard exists, use fire resistant clothing, electrical safety glasses/goggles, and electrical safety gloves.
d. When working with power supplies greater than 20 KJ, departments doing the work shall calculate the flash protection boundary on a case by case basis. (See NFPA 70E, 1995, article 23.3.) Fire resistant clothing and electrical safety glasses/goggles shall be required to cross the flash protection boundary. Fire resistant clothing shall be required, in addition to the PPE
shown above, to cross the restricted and prohibited approach boundaries.
e. When it is not possible to use a rubber mat due to work conditions, use an equivalent safety measure approved by your Department Head.
f. Supervisor shall evaluate if OSHA Two Person Rule applies.
g. Supervisor shall evaluate if a Safety Watch Person is required.
Nonea,d
Nonea,d
Legend:
Nonea,d
Nonea,d
Voltage Range
Phase to Phase
PPE
Flash Protection
Communication circuits and circuits with a fault current limited to 5 milliamps (if the energy is less than 10 joules) are exemptb
Boundar
y
Note:
Table 8-3.Safety Requirements for Working On or Near Exposed, Energized DC Electrical Systems with
Fault Currents > 5 Milliamps and Energy Level < 20 KJa (Adapted from NFPA 70E)
8: Electrical Safety
SLAC ES&H Manual
15 August 2002
8: Electrical Safety
PPE Required
Reading voltages
Equalizing
Testing Required
None
None
None
Visual Inspection
None
10.4
While performing tasks with liquids (such as washing, mopping, and spraying) exercise
extra care to avoid contact with electrical outlets or devices. Cover electrical openings if
liquids can penetrate them. If the openings cannot be covered, the power must be disconnected and locked out using appropriate lockout procedures (found in the SLAC Lock and
Tag Program for Control of Hazardous Energy (SLAC-I-730-0A10Z-001)).
Occasionally, water collects in the beam housing tunnels or other SLAC facilities. Any
exposed, energized electrical system presents a potential shock hazard, and this hazard
becomes even more severe when the circuit is located in or near standing water.
All employees who become aware of standing water or plugged drains near electrical
systems in their building should inform either their Building Manager or the SEM
Department.
10.4.2
Shock Hazard
If there is standing water in the vicinity of the electrical system and it is not feasible to
drain the water and dry the floor or de-energize the system, individuals performing this
work shall:
15 August 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-33
8: Electrical Safety
- Obtain approval for energized work as per Section 10.3.3, "Hot Work Approval Requirement." In addition, any work involving electrical systems located in or near standing
water also requires written job-specific approval.
- Stand on a dry, insulated surface (such as a fiber glass step stool or ladder placed in a stable position, or a dry, insulated pan) while performing the work.
- Wear rubber boots, in addition to the required PPE described in Section 10.3, "Safe Energized Work."
- Ensure that a safety watch person has been designated. See Section 2.5, "Safety Watch
Person," for more details.
10.5
10.6
10.7
Access to Substations
Special keys have been issued for substations to prevent entry except by trained, authorized
electricians. This is done because the high voltage and high short circuit currents are very
hazardous to not only untrained personnel but also trained personnel who are not familiar with a
particular substation. Access by people other than those who have been issued keys is strictly
controlled and requires escorts or special procedures and training on a case-by-case basis. Contact
SEM (Ext. 3730) if you have any need to enter a substation.
10.8
10.9
Hi-pot Testing
Hi-pot testing is a procedure used to test the insulation integrity of electrical equipment and circuits
by applying voltage which is greater than the operating voltage of the equipment or circuit being
tested. Hi-pot testing is a very hazardous procedure and may be performed only when all of the
following requirements are met:
There is a written procedure for performing the test.
Trained qualified employees perform the testing.
At least two employees trained on the appropriate electrical procedures and hazards are
present.
Test equipment is visually inspected for defects or damage before use.
Defective or damaged items are not used until repaired.
8-34
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
15 August 2002
8: Electrical Safety
Barricades and safety signs which are appropriate for the test voltages being used are placed
where it is necessary to prevent or limit access to electrical contact hazards.
For further information on safety considerations when working with test instruments and
equipment, see NFPA 70E.
15 August 2002
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
8-35
The following Bulletins have information that has not yet been incorporated into
this Chapter, or has changed since the publication of the Chapter. Information in
the Bulletins supercedes information in this Chapter.
Date
Issued
Bulletin 33A
09/15/98
Bulletin 44
10/02/96
Title
Radiological Safety
Related Chapters
Citizen Committees
Hazardous Material
Hazardous Waste
Industrial Hygiene
Medical
Personal Protective Equipment
Respirator Program
Spills
Warning Signs and Devices
Waste Minimization and
Pollution Prevention
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
9-3
9-3
3 Responsibilities
9-3
9-3
9-4
9-4
9-4
9-4
9-4
9-5
9-5
3.9 Personnel
9-6
4 Types of Hazards
9-6
9-6
9-7
4.1.2Radiological Areas
9-7
5 Recognizing Hazards
9-8
6 Evaluating Hazards
9-9
9-9
9-9
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
9-1
9: Radiological Safety
Chapter Outline
Page
7 Controlling Hazards
9-9
9-9
9-10
8 Training
9-2
9-10
9-11
9-11
9-11
9-11
9-11
9-11
9 Radiological Postings
9-12
10 Radiological Records
9-12
11 Radiological Reporting
9-12
9-12
9-12
9-13
9-15
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
Overview
The SLAC program for controlling occupational ionizing radiation is designed to protect the health
and safety of the work force. Control can be demonstrated by maintaining individual radiation
doses below regulatory limits, and by maintaining individual and collective doses as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA).
This chapter is an overview of the SLAC Radiation Protection Program (RPP), which describes
aspects of the SLAC Radiological Safety Program (RSP). The RPP was developed in compliance
with the Department of Energy (DOE) requirements in Title 10 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 835
(10CFR835). See the appendix at the end of this chapter for specific examples.
The chapter includes an explanation of the purpose of the RSP; a responsibilities section; sections
outlining the recognition, evaluation, and control of radiation hazards; and sections covering
training requirements, posting requirements, and record keeping. All elements of the SLAC RSP
constitute the SLAC RPP.
For more detailed explanations of radiological policies and procedures, consult the SLAC Radiological Control Manual (SLAC-I-720-0A05Z-001, current version), henceforth referred to as the RadCon
Manual, or the SLAC Guidelines for Operations.
Responsibilities
3.1
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
9-3
9: Radiological Safety
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
1 Mixed
9-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
9: Radiological Safety
Approves minor changes in the Personnel Protection System (PPS), sees that
major changes are reviewed by the RSC, and decides which changes are minor
and which are major.
Authorizes work stoppage for any operation which he or she perceives to be
unsafe. The RSO can be overruled only by the SLAC Director.
Shared duties with the Radiological Control Manager (RCM): establishes radiation
rules, procedures, and training requirements and ensures that they are documented and observed.
3.7
3.8
2 Unless
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
9-5
9: Radiological Safety
3.9
Personnel
All personnel shall:
Receive the appropriate radiological safety training and re-training at the
required times.
Follow all radiological control precautions required by SLAC policy, as outlined in
the RadCon Manual.
Know the radiological risks involved in their job and complete on-the-job training.
Wear appropriate PPE (such as shoe covers and gloves) to prevent exposure to, or
spread of, radioactive contamination.
Wear radiation dosimetry, as prescribed in radiation safety training, the SLAC
RadCon Manual, and other appropriate policies and procedures.
Return dosimetry for processing on schedule.
Notify their supervisor of any new or increased radiological hazards in the workplace.
Follow ALARA practices and observe OHP and training instructions when working in Radiologically Controlled Areas (RCAs).
Notify their supervisor when they observe a radiological safety concern or
violation.
Discuss with co-workers proper radiological safety precautions.
Types of Hazards
Radiation hazards at SLAC are classified by area, based upon the amount of potential radiation
exposure that may be received by personnel, or the purpose of the area (such as radioactive material storage). All areas containing radiation hazards or having the potential to contain radiation
hazards shall be posted with the appropriate signs (see the chapter of this manual, Warning Signs
and Devices). The three major hazard classification areas are: RCAs,3 Radioactive Material Areas
(RMAs), and RMMAs.4
4.1
RCAs can be designated for purposes of access control even if no radiological condition
otherwise warrants. However, certain types of radiological conditions shall require establishment of an RCA. These default conditions are grouped into two general types of areas
as described in sections 4.1.1 and 4.1.2.
4 Refer
9-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
4.1.1
9: Radiological Safety
Caution!
4.1.2
Radiological Areas
Radiological Areas (RAs) address areas where distinct radiological conditions can
be quantified and compared against established limits. Specific types of RAs and
their triggering limits are:
4.1.2.1 Radiation Areas
Radiation Areas are defined as areas where radiation dose rates from
radioactive material or prompt sources of radiation are greater than 5
mrem/h and less than or equal to 100 mrem/h at 30 cm from the radiation source.
4.1.2.2 High Radiation Areas
High Radiation Areas are defined as areas where radiation dose rates
from radioactive material or prompt sources are greater than 100 mrem/h
at 30 cm and less than or equal to 500 rad/h at 100 cm from the radiation
source. High Radiation Areas with radiation dose rates greater than 5
rem/h at 30 cm are locked.
4.1.2.3 Very High Radiation Areas
Very High Radiation Areas are defined as areas where radiation dose
rates from radioactive material or prompt sources of radiation in these
areas are greater than 500 rad/h at 100 cm from the radiation source. Very
High Radiation Areas are locked at all times.
4.1.2.4 Contamination Areas
Contamination Areas are defined as areas where removable radioactive
contamination levels (or the potential for radioactive contamination levels) are greater than the values specified in Table 2.2, Chapter 2 of the
RadCon Manual, but less than or equal to 100 times those levels.
4.1.2.5 High Contamination Areas
High Contamination Areas are defined as areas where removable radioactive contamination levels (or the potential for radioactive contamination levels) are greater than 100 times the values specified in Table 2.2,
Chapter 2 of the RadCon Manual.
4.1.2.6 Airborne Radioactivity Areas
Caution signs that contain the words AIRBORNE RADIOACTIVITY
AREA indicate airborne radioactivity above natural background that
exceeds, or is likely to exceed, 10% of the derived Air concentration
values listed in Appendix A or Appendix C of 10CFR835.
4.1.2.7 Radioactive Material Management Areas
RMMAs are areas where the potential exists for radioactive contamination
due to the presence of unencapsulated or unconfined radioactive material, or exposure of material to beams of particles capable of causing
radioactivation.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
9-7
9: Radiological Safety
Not all material in RMMAs will be labeled as radioactive, since items can
become activated or contaminated while in RMMAs. Therefore, all potentially radioactive material must be surveyed by an OHP technician or an
Accelerator Department operator prior to the removal of the material
from RMMAs.
Note:
Recognizing Hazards
Radiological control personnel5 assist managers and supervisors to identify radiological hazards
by:
Maintaining familiarity with SLAC processes.
Observing personnel activities.
Collecting preliminary screening samples.
Monitoring personnel.
Monitoring work areas.
5 See
9-8
Chapter 1 of the RadCon Manual for the SLAC Radiological Control Organization.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
9: Radiological Safety
Evaluating Hazards
Results from personnel and work area monitoring are used to recognize and evaluate radiological
hazards.
6.1
Types of Monitoring
Radiological monitoring is performed primarily by OHP staff. Some limited monitoring of
personnel work areas is performed by Radiological Worker Training (RWT)-qualified personnel or accelerator operators.
The types of radiological monitoring include the following:
Contamination (removable or fixed radioactivity) surveys
Water sampling
Radiation (exposure to particles and/or photons) surveys
Radionuclide analysis
6.2
Monitoring Results
OHP maintains monitoring results data and posts this data in the form of survey maps at
the entrances to some RCAs and at the Main Control Center.
Controlling Hazards
There are five primary measures used to control radiological hazards at SLAC:
Radiation Shielding
PPS
7.1
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
9-9
9: Radiological Safety
7.1.2
Access States
Large, illuminated signs are located adjacent to each major beam line housing
entrance. The signs display access-state information (such as No Access,
Restricted Access, or Controlled Access) that alert personnel to possible hazardous conditions in the beam line housing.
7.1.3
Key Controls
Key controls are used to account for personnel in accelerator housings when
access states are in Controlled Access configuration. These controls are enforced
by Accelerator Department staff as personnel enter and exit accelerator housings.
When keys are removed, the system provides a safety interlock to ensure that a
beam cannot be directed into areas occupied by personnel.
7.2
Administrative Procedures
Administrative Procedures include, but are not limited to the following:
7.2.1
7.2.2
7.2.3
Training
Training is a crucial part of the RSP. Managers and supervisors shall ensure that their personnel are
fully trained regarding all aspects of radiological hazards and should consult the Employee Training
Assessment to determine training requirements.
Training is provided by the ES&H Training staff. There are several courses provided in the SLACspecific radiological training: Safety Orientation for Non-SLAC employees; Employee Orientation
to Environment, Safety, and Health (EOESH); General Employee Radiological Training (GERT);
Radiological Worker Training Levels I and II (RWT I and II), Limited Radiological Control Assistant (LRCA); and Health Physics Technician (HPT) Training.
9-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
8.1
9: Radiological Safety
8.2
8.3
GERT personnel may enter Radiation Areas under tightly controlled limitations, and with
8.4
Radiation Areas RWT I required (except for the GERT condition listed in 8.3)
High Radiation Areas RWT I required
Contamination Areas RWT II required
8.5
8.6
Refer to Section 4.1 of this chapter or Chapter 2 of the RadCon Manual for RCA definitions. See Chapter 6 (also of the RadCon Manual) for training details.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
9-11
9: Radiological Safety
Radiological Postings
Radiological postings7 shall:
Be clear, legible, conspicuously posted, and may include radiological protection instructions.
Contain the standard radiation symbol colored magenta or black on a yellow background, with black or magenta lettering.
Be used to alert personnel to the presence of radiation and radioactive materials, and to
aid them in minimizing exposures and preventing the spread of contamination.
Be periodically updated by OHP.
10
Radiological Records
Detailed information concerning radiation exposure for any individual shall be made available to
that individual upon request, consistent with the provisions of the Privacy Act (5 USC 552a).
11
Radiological Reporting
SLAC shall provide personnel with radiation exposure data reports, or planned special exposure
reports, at the same time as these reports are submitted to DOE.
12
12.1
9-12
For specific posting requirements and types of signs, refer to Chapter 2 of the RadCon Manual and the chapter of this manual, Warning Signs and Devices.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
12.2
9: Radiological Safety
Program Requirements
The following items are essential elements that shall be incorporated into the SLAC occupational ALARA program:
12.2.1 Management Commitment
The SLAC management goal is to establish commitment and participation at all
management and workforce levels. To accomplish this goal, SLAC has established
programs in the following areas:
Assignment of Responsibilities
Specific responsibilities have been assigned to line management and radiological workers involved in implementing the ALARA program.
Administrative Control Levels
SLAC has adopted an annual facility Administrative Control Level of 1,500
mrem per year.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
9-13
9: Radiological Safety
12.2.9 Records
SLAC maintains documentation to demonstrate ALARA compliance.
9-14
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
9: Radiological Safety
835
(1) 10CFR835.
(2) Any program, plan, schedule, or other process established
by 10CFR835. [10CFR835: 3(a)]
835
835
Nothing in this manual or in 10CFR835 shall be construed as limiting actions that may be necessary to protect health and safety.
[10CFR835: 3(d)]
inventory and leak testing}, the time interval to conduct these activities may be extended by a period not to exceed 30 days to accommodate scheduling needs. [10CFR835: 3 (e)]
835 SLAC activities shall be conducted in compliance with a documented radiation protection program (RPP) as approved by the
DOE. [10CFR835: 101(a)]
835
[10CFR835: 101(b)]
8 The
Department of Energy has published in 10CFR835 the rules for Occupational Radiation Protection. For the purposes
of identifying for SLAC users of this manual those statements which indicate implementation of the regulations by SLAC,
the following convention is used: a small case/bold faced 835 followed by bold face type and a citation at the end of the
text string indicating the source in small case/bold faced brackets [].
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
9-15
9: Radiological Safety
835
835 The SLAC RPP shall specify the existing and/or anticipated
operational tasks that are intended to be within the scope of the
RPP. [10CFR835: 101(d).01]
of the SLAC RPP shall not be initiated until the updated SLAC RPP is
approved by DOE. [10CFR835: 101(d).02]
835
The content of the SLAC RPP shall address, but shall not necessarily be limited to, each requirement in 10CFR835. [10CFR835: 101(e)]
835
835 An
An update of the SLAC RPP shall be submitted to DOE: Whenever a change or an addition to the RPP is made; [10CFR835: 101(g)(1)]
update of the SLAC RPP shall be submitted to DOE: Prior to
the initiation of a task not within the scope of the RPP; or [10CFR835:
101(g)(2)]
835
[10CFR835: 101(g)(3)]
835
835
2. Radiological Audits
835 The SHA Departments audit procedures shall ensure that internal audits of the RPP, including examination of program content
and implementation, shall be conducted through a process that
ensures that all functional elements are reviewed no less frequently
than every 36 months. [10CFR835: 102.01]
3. Radiological Procedures
835 Written procedures shall be developed and implemented as necessary to ensure compliance with 10CFR835 consistent with the education, training, and skills of the individuals exposed to those
hazards. [10CFR835: 104.01 &.02]
Consult the RadCon Manual for a more detailed description of the requirements of the
SLAC RSP.
9-16
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
10
Laser Safety
Related Chapters
Electrical Safety
Fire Safety
Hazardous Material
Medical
Personal Protective
Equipment
Training
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
10-2
2 Responsibilities
10-2
2.1
10-2
2.2
Medical Department
10-2
2.3
Purchasing Department
10-2
2.4
10-2
2.5
10-3
2.6
10-3
2.7
10-3
2.8
Personnel
10-4
3 Hazard Classifications
10-5
10-5
4.1
Exposure Levels
10-6
4.2
Protective Housing
10-6
4.3
10-6
4.4
Medical Surveillance
10-7
4.5
10-7
5 Requirements and Control Measures For Class 3b and Class 4 Lasers 10-8
5.1
Engineering Controls
10-8
5.2
Other Controls
10-8
10-9
10-9
8 Training
10-9
9 Acquisition of Lasers
10-10
1 May 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
10-1
Overview
A laser is a device that produces a coherent, intense, highly directional beam of light of a single
wavelength or tunable over a band of wavelengths. Laser hazards are related principally to the
intensely powerful, non-ionizing1 beam emitted. The main hazards posed by lasers are eye
damage and skin burns. Related hazards include electrical currents, explosions, fires, toxic
material, noise, and ultraviolet light. See related chapters in this manual for information on these
hazards.
A SLAC Laser Safety Officer (LSO) is assigned by the SLAC Director to oversee all laser operations.
The LSO is a member of the Non-ionizing Radiation Committee, which advises the LSO on laser
safety issues. Laser safety policies at SLAC shall be in compliance with control measures outlined
in the American National Standard for Safe Use of Lasers (ANSI Z136.1-1993, hereafter referred to as
ANSI).
This chapter presents the SLAC Laser Safety Program (LSP) and includes sections on
responsibilities, laser hazard classifications, laser safety requirements and precautions, and
training requirements.
Responsibilities
2.1
2.2
Medical Department
The Medical Department arranges for eye examinations for personnel working with
lasers. Eye exams are required:
For personnel prior to using Class 3b and Class 4 lasers.
Following suspected laser-induced injury.
2.3
Purchasing Department
The Purchasing Department shall refer laser purchase requisitions to the LSO for approval
(see Section 9, Acquisition of Lasers).
2.4
10-2
Visible electromagnetic radiation and radio frequency electromagnetic radiation are both examples of nonionizing radiation.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
1 May 1996
2.5
2.6
2.7
This checklist should include prerequisite training documentation and proof of medical examination.
1 May 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
10-3
2.8
Personnel
All personnel working with or near lasers shall:
Energize or work with or near a laser only after obtaining authorization from
the LSO and the supervisor for that laser.
Receive the appropriate safety training (including on-the-job training) prior to
operating any lasers.
Read and comply with all safety instructions and regulations (including SOPs
if working with Class 3b and Class 4 lasers) for the type of laser they will be
operating.
Wear appropriate PPE, such as safety glasses, to prevent exposure to laser
hazards.
Notify their supervisor of new or increased laser hazards in the workplace.
Receive all eye examinations required for laser use.
Immediately notify their supervisor (or the Medical Department if their
supervisor is unavailable) of any known or suspected accident involving a
laser and assist in obtaining the appropriate emergency medical attention for
personnel involved in a laser accident.
10-4
Supervisors or safety delegates at the Stanford Synchrotron Radiation Laboratory (SSRL) may use an SSRL
Hazards Form to determine training requirements for non-SLAC employee users.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
1 May 1996
Hazard Classifications
Laser classification is based on:
The ability of the laser beam to cause injury to the eye or skin. For example, a
Class 4 laser is capable of causing greater injury than a Class 2 laser.
The level of the lasers accessible radiation. For example, a Class 1 laser system
can contain an embedded Class 4 laser.
Laser safety requirements are specified according to the following hazard classes:
Class 1 Lasers
Class 1 lasers are incapable of producing damaging radiation levels and are therefore exempt from any control
measures.
Class 2 Lasers
Class 3 Lasers
Class 4 Lasers
Class 4 lasers may cause damage to the eye and skin with
direct or diffuse (concentrated or reflected) exposures to
the beam.
The laser or laser system classification provided by the manufacturer in conformance with the
Federal Laser Product Performance Standard is in accordance with ANSI and fulfills all classification
requirements for ANSI.
The LSO may classify lasers and laser systems when:
The classification is not provided.
The classification is not in accordance with the Federal Laser Product
Performance Standard.
The intended use is different from the use recommended by the manufacturer.
Engineering control measures are added or deleted.
Continuous-wave (CW) lasers and pulsed lasers may cause thermal and photochemical damage; pulsed
lasers may also cause blast damage.
1 May 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
10-5
facilities, equipment, and supplies to control potential laser and laser systems hazards. The control
measures appropriate for the classification apply when the laser is in normal operating mode.
Although some classes of lasers and laser systems have their own specific safety requirements
and control measures, the following safety precautions apply to all laser use.
4.1
Exposure Levels
Use the minimum laser radiation required for the application to reduce potential exposure.
Avoid eye and skin exposure and direct viewing of the laser beam. Maintain
the beam at a level other than the eye level of a person sitting or standing.
Limit exposure levels to be as far below the MPE values as is practical. Values
for the MPE are below known hazardous levels and can be obtained from the
LSO or ANSI.
4.2
Protective Housing
A laser shall be contained in its appropriate protective housing to reduce potential exposure. The protective housing shall limit the maximum accessible laser radiation to a level
that defines the classification and shall have classification labels affixed on a conspicuous
part of the laser housing.
Removable protective housing shall comply with the following requirements:
Housing shall contain interlocks that are activated when the housing is
opened during operation and maintenance.
Interlocks shall not be defeated unless the provisions of ANSI 4.3.1.1 have been
fully implemented.
Viewing windows (if present) shall limit the laser radiation to a level below the
MPE.
Walk-in protective housings shall comply with the following requirements:
Entries shall allow rapid emergency entrance and exit.
Housings shall contain interlocks that turn off the laser when personnel enter
during normal or emergency access.
Interlocks shall preclude automatic re-energizing of the laser after access.
Reactivation of the laser shall be initiated manually.
A clearly marked and easily accessible EMERGENCY OFF button shall be available within the housing for deactivating Class 4 lasers.
When continuous laser operation is necessary, the safety control system can
momentarily override the room-access interlocks to allow entry and egress.
Overrides shall not be automatic and shall require manual activation. Override systems shall be approved by the LSO, who may require additional control measures.
4.3
10-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
1 May 1996
Required signs differ for each laser hazard classification. For more information on warning signs, obtain a copy of the Laser Safety Manual (SLAC-I-730-0A04F-001) from the LSO.
4.4
Medical Surveillance
The Medical Department arranges for eye examinations to establish a baseline against
which damage to the eyes can be measured. Eye examinations also help to identify workers that might be at special risk from chronic exposure to laser beams.
Eye exams are required:
For personnel prior to using Class 3b and Class 4 lasers.
Following suspected laser-induced injury.
The Laser System Supervisor shall determine which personnel need eye examinations
related to laser use and will refer such personnel to the Medical Department. The Medical
Department specifies the examination protocol, schedules each laser user for an examination, and keeps medical records, all in accordance with ANSI E.2.2 and E4.
If an eye injury is found, the Medical Department will notify the LSO immediately.
4.5
1 May 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
10-7
5.1
Engineering Controls
Engineering controls shall include:
Interlock systems that are activated when the protective housing5 is opened
during operation and maintenance.
Service access panels that:
Require an appropriate label.
Are interlocked or require a tool for removal.
Key controls. Class 3b lasers should be provided with a master switch but
Class 4 lasers shall have a master switch that is operated by a key or by a
coded access. Authority for the use of the master switch shall be specified in
the SOP. The master switch shall be locked in the OFF position when the laser is
not intended to be used.
Interlocks and attenuators, when collective optics (such as lenses, telescopes,
and microscopes but not prescription eyewear) are used while the laser is in
operation. These controls shall maintain levels of exposure at or below the corresponding MPE.
Permanently attached beam stops or attenuators for Class 4 lasers. Permanently attached beam stops or attenuators should be provided for Class 3b
lasers.
Laser-activation warning systems (such as audible and visual alarms) for
intermittent or single-pulsed operations when using Class 4 lasers. Warning
systems for Class 4 lasers shall allow sufficient time for personnel to avoid
exposure before the beam is turned on. These warning systems should be used
for Class 3b lasers.
Clearly marked EMERGENCY OFF buttons, as well as non-defeatable safety
latches, to deactivate Class 4 lasers in an emergency.
5.2
Other Controls
5.2.1
5.2.2
10-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
1 May 1996
Have operating procedures that require disabling the laser when not
in use to prevent unauthorized access.
In addition, laser controlled areas containing Class 4 lasers shall have entry safety
controls, as defined in ANSI Section 4.3.10.2.
All personnel who regularly require entry into laser controlled areas containing
Class 3b or Class 4 lasers shall:
Be authorized to enter the areas.
Be appropriately trained.
Wear the required PPE in Class 4 controlled areas and should wear the
recommended PPE in Class 3b laser controlled areas.
Follow all applicable administrative and procedural controls.
the potential to cause eye injury. If the Class 3a diode laser has a very small beam diameter (less
than 7 millimeters) and a power rating between 1 and 5 milliwatt, it shall have a DANGER label,
since it poses a risk if viewed at close distance.
As a safety precaution, purchase HeNe laser pointers instead of diode laser pointers whenever
possible.
Training
Training shall be provided to personnel who routinely work with or around Class 3b and Class 4
lasers, and should be provided to personnel working with or around Class 2 and Class 3a lasers or
laser systems. The level of training required is related to the potential hazards. Laser operators
shall have the general training for laser workers and specific (on-the-job) training for the
particular laser(s) they will operate. General training will be provided by the Environment, Safety,
1 May 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
10-9
and Health (ES&H) Division and specific training will be provided by laser system supervisors or
group laser safety delegates.
Using the Task/Hazard Survey, managers and supervisors determine the appropriate training
requirements for personnel and ensure that all personnel are appropriately trained in laser hazards and controls before beginning work with lasers. Supervisors or safety delegates at the Stanford
Synchrotron Radiation Laboratory (SSRL) may use an SSRL Hazards Form to determine training
requirements for non-SLAC employee users.
Acquisition of Lasers
Managers and supervisors shall notify the LSO whenever the decision is made to fabricate,
purchase, or otherwise acquire a Class 3b or Class 4 laser. The Purchasing Department will request
written approval from the LSO before an order for these lasers is placed. These precautions ensure
that the LSP is initiated for each laser.
10-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
1 May 1996
The following Bulletins have information that has not yet been incorporated into
this Chapter, or has changed since the publication of the Chapter. Information in
the Bulletins supercedes information in this Chapter.
Date
Issued
Bulletin 54A
02/16/02
Title
Excavation Clearance Form
11
Excavations
Related Chapters
Confined Space
Electrical Safety
Ladders, Scaffolds, and Work
Platforms
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
11-2
2 Responsibilities
11-2
2.1
11-2
2.2
11-2
2.3
Facilities Department
11-3
2.4
2.5
11-3
2.6
Subcontractors
11-3
2.7
Competent Persons
11-4
2.8
All Others
11-5
11-5
3.1
Underground Utilities
11-5
3.2
Hazardous Atmospheres
11-6
3.3
Cave-ins
11-6
3.4
Structural Instability
11-6
3.5
Water Accumulation
11-7
3.6
Falls
11-7
3.7
Egress
11-7
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
11-1
11: Excavations
Overview
This chapter describes the SLAC excavation safety policy. Excavations are defined as any cut, cavity, trench, or depression formed by the digging of earth, soil, or concrete (other building materials), both inside and outside of buildings. The chapter includes sections on individual
responsibilities, safety hazards, and safety requirements for excavation work.
SLAC policy reflects the requirements found in Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part
1926, Subpart P, Subpart K, and Subpart V, Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) Safety and Health Regulations for Construction.
Responsibilities
2.1
2.2
11-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
2.3
11: Excavations
Facilities Department
The Facilities Department shall attempt to determine the exact location of any underground utilities that are under its jurisdiction at proposed excavation sites and mark those
utilities, at the request of the competent person, 3 the UTR, or the Project Manager/Project
Engineer. Markings shall be made by paint or other durable means on hard surfaces, and
by flags in soft soil.
2.4
2.5
2.6
Subcontractors
Subcontractors shall:
Stop an activity if it poses an immediate danger to life or health.
Designate a competent person to enforce safety requirements at the excavation
site.
Oversee the enforcement of excavation safety requirements.
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
11-3
11: Excavations
Obtain their own confined-space assessment if hazardous atmospheric conditions exist or could be expected to exist.
Keep excavation sites free of recognized hazards.
2.7
Competent Persons
Subcontractors or SLAC Project Managers/Project Engineers of SLAC employees (if the
work is performed by SLAC employees) will designate a competent person to ensure compliance with safety requirements during excavation activities. A competent person is a
person who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings, or of identifying working conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous, or otherwise
dangerous to workers in excavations.
Competent persons shall:
Stop an activity if there is immediate danger to life or health.
Take prompt, corrective actions to eliminate safety hazards.
Obtain excavation clearance before beginning excavations by: 4
Completing an Excavation Clearance Form. Forms can be obtained
from PED and SHA. Observe all required precautions contained within
the form and obtain all necessary authorizations.
Consulting building managers or area managers to verify that hidden
hazards (such as process piping) are not contained within the excavation area.
Inspect the excavation site for hazards or safety violations and for compliance
with safety requirements prior to commencing work and as needed throughout the work shift, such as after rainstorms or other events that could cause
hazards.
Ensure that warning signs are placed around excavation site hazards, such as
electrical equipment and electrical lines, to help prevent accidental contact.
Ensure that all workers who work at excavation sites obtain all required onthe-job safety training related to excavation activities. Training shall cover all
the potential excavation hazards and engineering controls, administrative procedures, and Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) used to minimize those hazards.
Ensure that safety requirements and measures are in place to protect employees, structures, and equipment from hazards. Hazards include underground
utilities, cave-ins, structural instability, and water accumulation.
Temporarily remove workers from the work area when hazardous conditions
occur. Workers shall not be allowed to return until the necessary precautions
have been taken to ensure their safety.
Obtain a confined-space assessment from SHA (if the work involves SLAC
employees, job shoppers, or temporary employees) or from outside contractors (if the work involves subcontractor workers only) when hazardous atmospheric conditions exist or could be expected to exist. 5
11-4
When subcontractors are involved in an excavation, UTRs are responsible for obtaining excavation clearance on behalf
of the competent persons.
See the Environment, Safety, and Health (ES&H) Resource List for current telephone extensions.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
2.8
11: Excavations
All Others
All other persons on the SLAC premises (including subcontractors and their employees,
users, and visitors working at SLAC) who perform work at excavation sites shall:
Obtain all required on-the-job safety training relating to excavation activities.
Comply with excavation safety requirements. Since there may be underground utilities that were installed without the knowledge of Facilities or of
PED, workers should proceed with caution and exercise the precautions outlined in Section 3.1.
Inform their immediate supervisors and the competent person if they notice
any hazards associated with excavation work.
Wear warning vests marked with or made of reflective or highly visible material if they are likely to encounter traffic during excavation activities.
Stand away from loads handled by lifting or digging equipment.
Obtain insulated protective gloves from their supervisor if they are using jackhammers, bars, or other hand tools that may contact a utility line.
3.1
Underground Utilities
Underground utilities (such as sewer, telephone, gas, electric, and water lines) must be
protected from excavation equipment. In turn, workers must be protected from the safety
hazards (such as electric shock, suffocation, or explosions) related to those installations.
Competent persons or their designees shall:
Obtain excavation clearance as specified in Section 2.7.
Use available, appropriate detection equipment (such as metal detectors, or
ground radar) and/or contract with an off-site underground utility detection
service to locate underground utilities before digging.
Be aware that it may be more difficult to locate underground utilities in reinforced concrete, which contains metal rebars.
Protect the underground installations at the site while the excavation is open.
Ensure that warning signs are correctly placed and displayed.
De-energize underground utilities at the excavation site, if practical.
Note:
15 December 1997
If work on or near energized equipment is required, follow all safety precautions outlined
in Electrical Safety in this manual.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
11-5
11: Excavations
3.2
Hazardous Atmospheres
SHA shall perform pre-work, confined-space assessments6 at excavation sites involving
SLAC employees, temporary employees, or subcontractors and their employees, if any of
3.3
SHA will only perform pre-work assessments; subcontractors must perform confinedspace assessments during the excavation.
Cave-ins
Competent persons shall ensure that safety measures such as shoring,8 non-radiation
related shielding,9 or benching10 are installed to protect employees from cave-ins, unless
at least one of the following criteria is met: 11
Excavations are made entirely in stable rock.
Excavations are less than 5-feet deep and the competent person in charge of
the site certifies that there is no indication of a potential cave-in.
When installing cave-in protection, competent persons shall take into account external
factors such as weather and vibration from nearby heavy vehicles.
Competent persons shall ensure that all material (including spoils) and equipment are at
least 2 feet from the outer edge of excavations. In addition and where applicable, competent persons shall recommend the following safety measures to protect workers from
cave-ins and to prevent material and equipment from falling or rolling into excavations:
Protective barricades
Retaining devices
Hand or mechanical signals to direct machinery operators
Stop logs12
Grades that are located away from the excavation site
3.4
Structural Instability
SLAC project managers are responsible for ensuring that adjacent structures (including
walls, buildings, and pavements) are stabilized using shoring, bracing, or underpinning,
unless alternate contractual agreements have been made. Excavating below the level of
11-6
Hazardous atmospheres include either depleted oxygen supply, presence of hazardous gas, or both.
Shield systems are structures that are strong enough to withstand the pressure created by a cave-in.
10
Benching involves digging the sides of an excavation to form one or more horizontal levels or steps, usually with vertical or near-vertical surfaces between levels.
11
When subcontractor workers are involved, UTRs will ensure that competent persons comply with safety measures.
12
Stop logs are concrete slabs, such as those found in parking spaces, that prevent vehicles from rolling downhill.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
11: Excavations
the base or footing of any foundation or retaining wall shall be permitted only when at
least one of the following criteria is met:
A registered professional engineer has determined that:
There is no safety hazard for workers.
The structure will be unaffected by the excavation activity due to its
distance from the site.
A support system is provided to ensure worker safety and structure stability.
The excavation is in stable rock.
3.5
Water Accumulation
Competent persons shall perform safety inspections in areas subject to runoff from heavy
rains. In addition, competent persons shall ensure that the following safety features are
installed in areas where water accumulation exists or may exist in the future:
A special support or shield system to protect against cave-ins
Water-removal equipment to control the level of accumulating water
Safety harnesses and lifelines13
Water diversions, including ditches and dikes, to prevent surface water from
entering the excavation site
Adequate drainage of the area adjacent to the excavation site
3.6
Falls
To protect workers from falls, competent persons shall ensure that the following safety
measures are installed:
Standard guardrails on walkways and bridges
Coverings, barricades, or fillers for wells, pits, and shafts
Adequate physical barrier protection where excavation borders are not readily
apparent
Night lighting and warning devices such as signs or colored tape in areas
where worker foot traffic is expected
3.7
Egress
Competent persons shall ensure that excavations of 4-feet deep or more have a safe means
of egress (such as a ladder) located at or within 25 feet from the work area.
13
Employees who are using safety harnesses and lifelines must take Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) training. See
Training Opportunities at SLAC for more information on ES&H-related courses.
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
11-7
12
Fire Safety
Related Chapters
Evacuation, Exit Paths, and
Emergency Lighting
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Responding to a Fire
12-2
12-2
3 Responsibilities
12-3
3.1
Fire Department
12-3
3.2
12-3
3.3
12-3
3.4
Facilities Office
12-3
3.5
12-4
3.6
Building Managers
12-4
3.7
Personnel
12-4
12-5
4.1
Sprinkler Systems
12-5
4.2
12-5
4.3
12-5
4.4
12-7
4.5
12-7
12-8
12-8
12-8
12-9
8.1
Flammables
12-9
8.2
Solid Combustibles
12-11
8.3
Oxidizers
12-11
8.4
Spontaneous Combustion
12-11
8.5
Hotwork Permits
12-12
8.6
Electric Appliances
12-12
8.7
Smoking
12-12
8.8
Weed Abatement
12-13
4 January 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R007
12-1
Responding to a Fire
In case of fire, immediately take the following actions:
1. Evacuate the building. Sound the evacuation alarm by activating the nearest
manual fire alarm box on the way out, if it has not already been triggered.
Use the nearest exit.
Do not use elevators.
Close all doors behind you.
Evacuation routes are posted throughout the building.
2. Dial 9-911 from a phone in a location that is safe from the fire.
Describe the fire, its location, and the extent of any injuries.
Give your name and the telephone number from which you are
calling.
Remain on the phone until the dispatcher instructs you to hang up.
3. Report the fire to the building manager, if the building manager is readily
available.
Note:
If the fire is small and manageable and you have been trained in the operation of portable fire extinguishers, you may use the appropriate fire extinguisher while you wait for help to arrive. Never
place yourself in danger while suppressing a fire. Do not attempt to suppress a fire if you have any
doubts about the type of fire or your ability to put it out. Using the wrong type of extinguisher may
make the fire worse and may cause injuries.
The Fire Department (FD) operates the SLAC Fire Station and responds to all fire alarms and
reports of fire received from SLAC. If you report a fire, help direct the FD to the fire scene when
they arrive.
12-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R007
4 January 1995
Responsibilities
3.1
Fire Department
The FD:
Responds to all fire alarms and reports of fire received from SLAC.
Operates the SLAC Fire Station.
Inspects sprinkler-system connections monthly.
Inspects and tests fire hydrants annually.
Provides fire-extinguisher training to SLAC personnel.
Conducts annual fire safety inspections at SLAC.
Issues hotwork permits.
Gives authorization for re-entry to buildings after evacuation.
3.2
3.3
3.4
Facilities Office
The Facilities Office:
Takes fire protection equipment out of service temporarily when necessary,
and only after notifying the FD and obtaining the approval of the SHA Department.
Maintains and tests sprinkler systems, battery-operated emergency lights,
smoke and heat detectors, and evacuation alarms.
Abates weeds in cooperation with the FD during the dry summer season at
SLAC to help prevent fires and to keep them from spreading.
4 January 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R007
12-3
3.5
3.6
Building Managers
Building managers must:
Notify the Facilities Office to have any fire protection equipment taken out of
service temporarily.
Ensure that monthly visual inspections of portable fire extinguishers are conducted.
Ensure that corrective actions are taken to address the findings of the annual
fire safety inspection performed by the FD.
Ensure that fire safety inspections are performed as a part of their semiannual
environment, safety, and health inspections.
Obtain a fire-safety design review from the SHA Department of plans for major
construction and building-modification projects as defined in the Quality
Assurance and Compliance Construction Inspection Procedure (SLAC-I-770-0A22C001).
3.7
Personnel
Personnel must:
Report all fires to 9-911.
Evacuate buildings in the event of a fire.
Do not prop open fire doors.
Keep exits and corridors clear at all times.
Take measures to limit fire hazards.
Properly label, store, handle, and use flammables.
12-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R007
4 January 1995
4.1
Sprinkler Systems
Many buildings at SLAC are equipped with automatic sprinkler systems. Sprinkler heads
are individually activated when fire is detected.
Keep heat sources away from sprinkler heads. In areas where damage to sprinkler heads
is likely, such as in rooms with low ceilings, protective guards should be installed over the
sprinkler heads. Building managers should contact the Facilities Office to have protective
guards installed.
Allow at least 18 inches of clearance below sprinkler heads. Do not hang material from
sprinkler piping or sprinkler heads. Do not paint sprinkler heads. Allow at least three feet
of clearance around sprinkler control valves so that fire protection personnel can access
them easily. The Facilities Office maintains and tests sprinkler systems. The FD inspects
sprinkler-system connections monthly.
4.2
4.3
4 January 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R007
12-5
Portable fire extinguishers are rated and labeled to indicate the classes of fires that they
extinguish. This rating depends on the extinguishing medium as well as the size of the
extinguisher.
4.3.1
Selecting
Managers and supervisors should designate a person to be responsible for selecting, purchasing, replacing, and determining the need for portable fire extinguishers in their area.
Portable fire extinguishers are needed:
Within easy reach of storage areas for flammables.
Throughout buildings, located so that a person does not have to travel
more than 75 feet to reach one.
When selecting portable fire extinguishers, consider:
Size of the area to be protected to determine the number and size of
fire extinguishers.
Types of possible fires in the area to determine the class or classes of
fire extinguishers needed.
Weight of the fire extinguishers. Although they may be necessary in
some cases, heavier fire extinguishers can be difficult to handle.
Potential damage that may be caused by using fire extinguishers on
various types of equipment located in the area.
Once you have selected a fire extinguisher and its location, notify the fire protection engineer in the SHA Department. The fire protection engineer will verify that
the fire extinguisher and its location have been selected properly, or provide guidance as appropriate. If you need assistance with determining the number or type
of fire extinguishers needed in your area, contact the SHA Department.
4.3.2
4.3.3
12-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R007
4 January 1995
Maintenance
Report all needs for portable fire-extinguisher maintenance to the person in the
ES&H Division who coordinates Fire Extinguisher Maintenance as listed on the
ES&H Resource List. (This list is distributed site-wide by the ES&H Division.)
Under the direction of the SHA Department, portable fire extinguishers are serviced annually and as needed by fire-extinguisher technicians.
Building managers ensure that monthly visual inspections of portable fire extinguishers are performed as specified in the Building Manager Manual (SLAC-I-7200A03Z-001). In areas of limited accessibility (such as accelerator housings), the
inspections will be scheduled to coincide with periods when entrance to the area
is allowed.
4.4
4.5
4 January 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R007
12-7
12-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R007
4 January 1995
8.1
Flammables
Personnel working with flammable liquids and gases must label, store, handle, and use
them properly so as to prevent fires.
8.1.1
Preventing Ignition
Take measures to prevent ignition of flammables. Near flammables:
Refrain from smoking, welding, cutting, grinding, and using open
flames or ordinary electric equipment.
8.1.2
8.1.3
8.1.4
Storage
Follow these guidelines for storing flammable liquids and gases:
Store flammables in well-ventilated areas that are free from ignition
sources, such as heating equipment, electric equipment, open flame,
and sparks.
Segregate flammables from oxidizers. (See Section 8.3, Oxidizers.)
Store more than one pint of a flammable liquid in its original container
or in a safety can.
Store and secure flammable, portable gas cylinders in an upright position.
Do not store liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) flammables in direct sunlight.
4 January 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R007
12-9
8.1.6
Static Electricity
A static electric spark can ignite flammables. Static electric sparks may be generated when flammables are transferred between containers. Two methods for preventing static electric sparks are bonding and grounding.
12-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R007
4 January 1995
Bonding keeps the containers at the same electric potential and prevents the discharge of a static electric spark. Bonding is accomplished by connecting two or
more containers together by means of a conductive wire.
Grounding is the process of connecting one or more conductive objects to the
ground (i.e., earth), and is a specific form of bonding. The conductive wire
between a metal tank and the ground is a ground wire. Grounding is a safe way to
prevent the accumulation of static electricity. By combining bonding and grounding, any static electricity which is generated will flow through the conductive
wires to the earth.
Bond and ground tanks, drums, safety cans, and other containers before transferring flammables between them. Keep containers that remain in a fixed location,
such as tanks, grounded at all times if flammables are dispensed from them.
8.1.7
8.2
Solid Combustibles
Solid combustibles include wood, paper, cloth, and any other material that turns to ash.
Paper stock stored in corridors must be kept in metal cabinets. Solid combustible waste
stored in a corridor must be kept in metal or metal-lined receptacles. Waste receptacles
that are kept in corridors and are not emptied daily must be covered at all times.
8.3
Oxidizers
An oxidizer is any substance that makes it easier for oxygen to combine with fuel. When
oxidizers are combined with a fuel, room temperature may provide enough heat to cause
ignition or, in some cases, an explosion. Examples of oxidizers include chlorine, ammonium nitrate, and pure oxygen.
Store oxidizers away from all fuel sources.
8.4
Spontaneous Combustion
Under certain conditions, fires can start without an external ignition source. The heat
needed for ignition is provided by a chemical reaction. This is known as spontaneous combustion. Most commonly, spontaneous combustion occurs when fuel-soaked rags are left
4 January 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R007
12-11
in a pile. The fuel and the rag fibers can react, producing heat, and the rags can burst into
flames.
Store fuel-soaked rags and paper products in metal containers with self-closing lids.
Closed containers prevent the flow of oxygen and thereby extinguish any fires resulting
from spontaneous combustion.
8.5
Hotwork Permits
A permit is required for any hotwork, including work that is done outside. Hotwork
involves one or more of the following activities:
Welding (arc, MIG, or TIG)
Brazing
Sweating
Cutting (oxyacetylene)
Use of an open flame other than that produced by an approved (UL, NRTL or
FM) heating device
Supervisors of hotwork must obtain a permit before the work may begin. Permits may be
either annual (for shops or other locations where this type of work is regularly performed)
or temporary, and must be posted in the work area until the hotwork is complete. Hotwork permits are available from the SLAC Fire Station.
In some cases, the FD may require a fire watch and/or that a fire extinguisher be on hand
while hotwork is performed.
8.6
Electric Appliances
Locate portable electric appliances (such as coffee pots and hot plates) in areas that minimize their fire hazards.
Follow these guidelines when using portable electric appliances:
Do not use appliances near flammables.
Never place the appliance on an unstable surface.
Use only UL- or NRTL-approved appliances.
Follow manufacturers literature for clearance of listed appliances from combustible materials.
Do not use more than one extension cord when connecting the appliance to an
electrical outlet. Using a series of connected extension cords is not allowed at
SLAC.
Do not leave portable heaters unattended when they are on.
Glowing coil water-immersion electric heaters (used to heat water for hot beverages, for
example) are not allowed at SLAC since they create a significant fire hazard. Glowing coil
heaters that are UL- or NRTL-approved (such as fixed industrial heaters) are allowed.
8.7
Smoking
Smoking is prohibited indoors at SLAC.
Smoking is prohibited in the following outdoor locations for fire safety reasons:
Near flammable liquids and gases.
Near significant quantities of combustible material, such as paper, wood, or
cardboard.
12-12
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R007
4 January 1995
8.8
Weed Abatement
During the dry summer season, the Facilities Office abates weeds in cooperation with the
FD. Weed abatement helps prevent fires and helps keep fires that do start from spreading.
4 January 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R007
12-13
12-14
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R007
4 January 1995
13
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
13-2
2 Responsibilities
13-2
2.1
Facilities Office
13-2
2.2
13-2
2.3
13-2
2.4
13-3
2.5
13-3
2.6
13-3
2.7
Personnel
13-3
3 License Requirements
13-4
13-4
4.1
Speed Limits
13-4
4.2
Safety Belts
13-4
4.3
13-5
4.4
Vehicle Accidents
13-5
4.5
13-6
5 Parking
17 January 1996
13-7
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
13-1
Overview
To ensure personnel safety, SLAC has established on-site traffic safety requirements. The range in
diversity of vehicles, from automobiles to mobile cranes and forklifts, means that extra caution
must be exercised at all times. While the general safety and courtesy rules of the road still apply,
the regulations found in this chapter address SLAC-specific traffic safety issues.
This chapter summarizes responsibilities, defines policy, outlines vehicle safety, and explains
licensing and parking requirements. For more information on traffic and vehicular safety issues,
refer to the SLAC Administrative Services Handbook (SLAC-I-610-SDO99-003).
Responsibilities
2.1
Facilities Office
The Facilities Office:
Issues Government Motor Vehicle Operators Identification Cards.
The Transportation Department (TD) within the Facilities Office:
Is responsible for servicing, maintaining, and repairing all government vehicles.
Prepares accident reports for every accident involving a vehicle on the SLAC
site and for accidents involving government vehicles off site.
2.2
2.3
13-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
17 January 1996
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
Personnel
Personnel:
Immediately call 9-911 to report any traffic or vehicular emergency situations
involving injuries.
Obtain a Government Motor Vehicle Operators Identification Card from the
Facilities Office for the class of vehicles they will be using before operating
those vehicles.
17 January 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
13-3
License Requirements
To operate any vehicle at SLAC, operators shall possess a valid drivers license for the class of vehicle used. To operate government vehicles either on or off the site, operators shall possess a valid
Government Motor Vehicle Operators Identification Card for the class of vehicle used, in addition
to a California State Drivers License, obtained from a California Department of Motor Vehicles
(DMV) Office.1 The Facilities Office issues Government Motor Vehicle Operators Identification
Cards to eligible personnel.
4.1
Speed Limits
The speed limit for all vehicles on SLAC property is 25 miles per hour (38 kilometers per
hour). The following areas may have lower speed limits:
Areas with posted lower speed limits where congestion, foot traffic, or road
configuration frequently present greater hazards.
Areas where temporary conditions such as road repair, foul weather, or congestion may warrant speeds below posted limits.
4.2
Safety Belts
All state and local safety-belt laws are applicable at the SLAC site. Passengers in moving
vehicles should not sit or stand without proper restraining devices.2 Riding in the bed of
pickup trucks without proper restraining devices is prohibited by law.
Personnel are required to obtain a California Drivers License within 20 days of residency in California.
on buses do not need restraining devices.
2Passengers
13-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
17 January 1996
4.3
4.4
Vehicle Accidents
Personnel should report all vehicle accidents to their immediate supervisor. Supervisors
should report vehicle accidents to LP, the TD, and the Facilities Office if the accidents occur
to their personnel or are within their area of supervision. If the driver of the vehicle is
incapacitated, other personnel who know the details of the accident must make the report.
It is SLAC policy that personnel should not admit to responsibility for vehicle accidents
occurring while on official business. Such admissions, when appropriate, should be
reserved for the University and its insurance carrier.
SLAC requires that personnel involved in a vehicle accident (both on and off site) while on
official business shall:
Show their license, on request, to the other party involved in the accident.
Obtain the names, addresses, drivers license numbers, vehicle descriptions,
insurance companies, and registration information of other parties involved.
Note the time, place, and date of the accident.
Note the weather and pavement conditions.
Obtain a description of the injuries and damages to complete the following
forms: GSA Form 91 and Form 91A. Have witnesses fill out GSA Form 94.
If the accident is investigated by offsite police agencies, request that a copy of
the police report be sent to LP, or obtain the name and department of the investigating officer. A printed card titled In Case of Accident is kept in each official vehicle. Personnel should use this card to facilitate the collection of
required information.
Leave a note in, or attached to, unattended vehicles (or other property)
involved in the accident, giving their own name, address, and vehicle license
number.
Report the accident to their supervisor.
Obtain the relevant forms from LP, complete the forms, and submit them to LP
within 1 working day of the accident. LP staff can help personnel to complete
the forms.
3Although
17 January 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
13-5
4.5
Administration &
Office Buildings,
Laboratories
Industrial Buildings/
Warehouses, Collider
Experimental Hall (CEH),
End Stations A and B,
Interaction Region Halls,
Beam SwitchYard (BSY)
Entrance
Gasoline and
diesel trucks
Loading only
Loading only
No
Cars, mopeds,
and scooters
(any fuel)
No
No
No
Gasoline and
Liquefied
Petroleum Gas
(LPG) forklifts1
Loading only
Yes
No
Diesel
forklifts1
Loading only
Yes2
Yes2
Yes
Yes
Yes
Gasoline carts1
No
Loading only
No
Vehicle
1 Operators of these vehicles must carry a type ABC dry-chemical fire extinguisher.
2 An exhaust scrubber is required for operation of these vehicles.
4It
13-6
may be necessary to turn off smoke detectors before bringing vehicles into buildings.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
17 January 1996
Due to the nature of their operations, the vehicle maintenance shop, the riggers shop, and
the fire station do not fall under the requirements outlined in Table 13-1.
Contact the Facilities Office for information on vehicle use in buildings that are not listed
in Table 13-1.
Parking
All state and local parking regulations apply to the SLAC site. Specifically, parking is prohibited:
Along red curbs.
In front of fire hydrants.
In fire lanes.
Where a vehicle may block building exits.
In No Parking zones.
In handicapped parking spaces without a permit.
Privately owned vehicles should not be parked in spaces designated for government vehicles and
should not be stored at SLAC. Vehicles parked on site for longer than two weeks without permission from LP will be declared abandoned and treated in accordance with the applicable DMV regulations. The owners will have to pay for towing and storage to recover their vehicles.
Personnel who are temporarily disabled should contact LP to obtain a special temporary disabled
parking permit. Permanently disabled personnel should obtain a disabled parking permit from
the California DMV.
17 January 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
13-7
The following Bulletins have information that has not yet been incorporated into
this Chapter, or has changed since the publication of the Chapter. Information in
the Bulletins supercedes information in this Chapter.
Date
Issued
Bulletin 60
02/06/03
Title
Safely Using Ladders and Accessing Elevated Work Surfaces
15
Ladders, Scaffolds,
and Work Platforms
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
15-1
2 Responsibilities
15-2
2.1
15-2
2.2
15-2
2.3
Building Managers
15-2
3 Ladders
15-2
3.1
Types of Ladders
15-2
3.2
Using Ladders
15-3
3.3
Fixed-in-place Ladders
15-3
3.4
Portable Ladders
15-3
15-5
4.1
Scaffolds
15-5
4.2
Work Platforms
15-6
5 Fall-arrester Systems
15-6
6 Work Surfaces
15-7
15-7
Overview
The proper use of ladders, scaffolds, and work platforms can prevent serious falls and accidents.
For this reason, SLAC personnel must follow proper safety practices for using ladders, scaffolds,
and work platforms. Managers and supervisors must ensure that all ladders, scaffolds, and work
platforms at SLAC comply with applicable Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) standards.
12 May 1994
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R005
15-1
Responsibilities
2.1
2.2
2.3
Building Managers
Building managers:
Inspect fixed-in-place ladders periodically and maintain them in a safe
condition.
Ladders
Managers and supervisors must ensure that personnel follow proper safety practices for using
ladders. Contact the SHA Department if you have questions about ladder safety or would like
advice on selecting ladders.
3.1
Types of Ladders
There are four main types of ladders:
Fixed-in-place ladders
Straight ladders (these are fixed-length ladders)
Extension ladders
Stepladders
15-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R005
12 May 1994
3.2
Using Ladders
Follow these safety practices when using any type of ladder:
Face the ladder and use both hands when climbing it.
Carry tools in a tool belt or raise them with a handline attached to the top of
the ladder.
Do not climb a ladder when someone else is on it. Only one person should be
on a ladder at a time.
Do not load a ladder beyond the manufacturers rated capacity.
Wear shoes that allow secure contact with the ladder. Sandals and high heels
should not be worn.
Ensure that your shoes are not wet, greasy, muddy, or slippery before climbing
a ladder.
Do not lean too far to one side. Keep your belt buckle between the ladder rails.
Do not remove or alter the manufacturers label on a ladder.
Use ladders only in the way approved by the manufacturer.
Note:
3.3
See Section 3.4.2, Using Portable Ladders for additional safety practices that should be
followed when using portable ladders. In addition, courses and instructional materials on
the proper use of ladders, scaffolds, and work platforms are available through the ES&H
Division. Contact the ES&H Training Team for more information.
Fixed-in-place Ladders
Building managers should inspect fixed-in-place ladders periodically and maintain them
in a safe condition.
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.4
Portable Ladders
3.4.1
12 May 1994
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R005
15-3
15-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R005
12 May 1994
4.1
Scaffolds
Managers and supervisors who are familiar with the proper techniques for erecting, moving, dismantling, or altering scaffolds must oversee such work.
4.1.1
Erecting Scaffolds
If you need a scaffold erected, submit a Work Order Request to the Plant Engineering Department.
4.1.2
4.1.3
Using Scaffolds
Follow these safety practices when using a scaffold:
Inspect scaffolds before use to verify that they are in good condition. If you
discover that a scaffold is damaged or defective, tag it with the words Do Not
Use and report it to your manager or supervisor.
12 May 1994
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R005
15-5
Do not perform riveting, welding, burning, or open flame work on any scaffold suspended by fiber or synthetic rope.
Do not allow scrap material and/or unneeded tools to accumulate on a
scaffold.
Do not remove or alter the manufacturers label on a scaffold.
Do not load scaffolds beyond the rated load limit.
4.2
Work Platforms
4.2.1
4.2.2
Fall-arrester Systems
There are two main types of fall-arrester systems:
Fall preventers, such as safety belt systems. Fall preventers prevent the wearer
from falling off the edge of a scaffold, work platform, or other elevated work
surface.
Fall protectors, such as harness and lanyard systems. Fall protectors catch the
wearer during a fall.
15-6
Some additional cases may be excepted. Contact the SHA Department with any questions.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R005
12 May 1994
Work Surfaces
Managers and supervisors must ensure that personnel follow these safety practices for work
surfaces:
Use drainage mats, platforms, or false floors where wet processes are
performed.
Keep floors free of protruding nails, splinters, holes, and loose boards or tiles.
Keep floors clean and dry.
Surround openings in floors into which persons can accidentally fall by guardrails and toeboards, or cover them with material capable of supporting any
expected load.
12 May 1994
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R005
15-7
15-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R005
12 May 1994
16
Spills
Related Chapters
Accidents, Illnesses, and Injuries
Hazardous Materials
Hazardous Waste
Personal Protective Equipment
Respirator Program
Secondary Containment
Training
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
16-2
2 Responsibilities
16-2
2.1
16-2
2.2
16-3
2.3
16-3
2.4
16-3
2.5
16-3
2.6
16-3
2.7
Personnel
16-4
3 Training
16-4
4 Spill Classification
16-5
4.1
16-5
4.2
16-5
5 Spill Response
16-6
5.1
16-6
5.2
Major Spills
16-7
5.3
Minor Spills
16-8
16-8
6.1
16-8
6.2
16-9
21 March 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
16-9
16-1
16: Spills
Overview
A spill is an unintentional and uncontrolled release of material into the environment. This chapter
applies to spills of non-radioactive hazardous material and waste. Once a hazardous material has
been spilled it is considered a hazardous waste, and must be labeled, handled, and disposed of
accordingly.
For information on hazardous waste spills, contact the Waste Management (WM) Department. For
information on spills of radioactive material or waste, contact the Operational Health Physics
(OHP) Department.
For help with emergency or major spills (as defined in this chapter), dial 9-911. Report minor spills
to WM during normal business hours.
Table 16-1. Spill Contacts
Spill Type
Contact During
Normal Business Hours
8 AM to 5 PM, MondayFriday
Emergency
9-911
9-911
Major
9-911
9-911
Minor
WM is not available after normal business hours. When a spill occurs after
hours, contact WM as soon as possible
during normal business hours.
Responsibilities
2.1
16-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
21 March 1997
2.2
16: Spills
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
Spill prevention measures are found in the Hazardous Material Management Handbook (SLAC-I-750-0A06G-001), the
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SLAC-I-750-0A16M-002), the Waste Accumulation Area Checklist (SLAC-I-7500A066-001), and are taught in the Hazardous Materials (HazMat) class.
21 March 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
16-3
16: Spills
2.7
Personnel
Personnel who work in areas where hazardous material or waste is used, handled, or
stored must:
Attend training classes, as required.
Know how to prevent spills through proper storage and handling of hazardous material and waste.
Know how to classify spills.
Know their department or groups spill contingency information.
Know the location of spill-cleanup equipment and how to use it.
Follow proper spill-response actions in the event of a spill.
Wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).
Call 9-911 for all emergency or major spills. Call WM during normal business
hours for all minor spills. Be prepared to provide the following information:
1. Your name and telephone extension.
2. Location of spill, including:
Building name and number.
Room number, if applicable.
3. Source of spill, if known.
4. Name of the spilled material, if known.
5. Approximate size of the spill.
6. Extent of environmental contamination.
7. Cause of spill, if known.
8. When spill occurred, if known.
9. Action taken to contain or clean up spill.
Training
Personnel working with hazardous material or waste must know how to prevent spills through
proper storage, handling, use, and disposal. Department heads and group leaders shall use the
ES&H Task/Hazard Survey, available from the Environment, Safety, and Health (ES&H) Training
Team, to determine required training for personnel. Available courses are found in the Training
Opportunities at SLAC document. Refer to the Chapter Training in this manual for instructions on
how to register for training.
Note:
16-4
No one may use a hazardous material, operate machinery or equipment where hazardous materials
is utilized or generated, or handle hazardous waste without prior training.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
21 March 1997
16: Spills
Spill Classification
Spill-response actions depend on the spills classification. Before responding to a spill, evaluate the
spill according to the spill classifications (see sections 4.1 and 4.2). Determine potential or immediate hazards to SLAC personnel and visitors, the general public, and the environment by evaluating
the following:
Quantity of spilled material
Flammability of spilled material
Toxicity, corrosiveness, and reactivity of spilled material
Presence of secondary containment
Potential for spilled material to enter surface or domestic water systems via a
storm drain or sanitary sewer
Proximity to the site boundary
Potential for property damage
Approximate cleanup time and personnel required
Extent of injuries, if any
Note:
4.1
4.2
4.2.2
21 March 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
16-5
16: Spills
Spill Response
The appropriate spill response is based on the classification of the spill. Figure 16-1 (see page 10)
provides a simplified flow chart of the response process for emergency spills, major spills, and
minor spills.
5.1
16-6
In some cases, personnel from the department or group responsible for the spill
may be required to assist with cleanup.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
21 March 1997
16: Spills
Report the spill to your supervisor or make sure someone else does.
Caution!
5.2
Major Spills
If it is safe to do so, the first person responding to a major spill should take the following
actions immediately:
Stop the source of the spill.
If the spilled material is flammable, eliminate ignition sources.
Protect storm drains, floor drains, and sink drains, if necessary.
Dial 9-911 for assistance from the PAFD.
1. State that the emergency is at SLAC.
2. Describe the spill, including:
Location of the spill.
Size of the spill.
Name or type of the spilled material, if known.
Source of the spill, if known.
Approximate size of the spill.
Extent of environmental contamination.
Cause of the spill, if known.
When the spill occurred, if known.
Whether or not the spill is contained.
3. Give your name, the building name and number, and telephone number.
4. Remain on the phone until the emergency dispatcher instructs you to
hang up.
Contain the spill by surrounding the perimeter of the spill with containment
material such as absorbent pads, and berms.
Cordon off the area.
Remain in the area to direct emergency personnel to the scene.
Provide information to emergency personnel.
Follow the instructions of the PAFD and other responding emergency personnel.
Note:
In some cases, personnel from the department or group responsible for the spill
may be required to assist with cleanup.
Report the spill to your supervisor or make sure someone else does.
Follow the instructions of PAFD. Depending on the situation, PAFD will:
Instruct you to clean up the spill, with WM guidance as appropriate.
Obtain WM assistance with cleaning up the spill.
Hire a subcontractor to clean up the spill.
21 March 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
16-7
16: Spills
5.3
Minor Spills
If it is safe to do so, the first person responding to a minor spill should take the following
actions immediately. 4
Stop the source of the spill.
If the spilled material is flammable, eliminate ignition sources.
Plug storm drains, floor drains, and sink drains, if necessary.
Contain the spill by surrounding the perimeter of the spill with containment
material such as absorbent pads and berms.
Cordon off the area, if necessary.
Contact WM as soon as possible during normal business hours, 8 AM to 5 PM,
Monday through Friday.
Notify your immediate supervisor.
6.1
16-8
If it is not safe to take the following actions, the spill should be classified as major, and handled according to the previously described actions for major spills. These actions apply to all minor spills, regardless of when they occur.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
21 March 1997
16: Spills
6.2
21 March 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
16-9
16: Spills
16-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
21 March 1997
17
Hazardous Waste
Related Chapters
Hazard Communication
Personal Protective Equipment
Spills
Secondary Containment of
Hazardous Material and Waste
Hazardous Material
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
17-2
2 Responsibilities
17-3
2.1
17-3
2.2
Transportation Department
17-3
2.3
17-3
2.4
17-4
2.5
17-4
17-4
3.1
17-5
3.2
17-5
4 Training
17-6
17-6
5.1
17-6
5.2
17-7
5.3
17-8
5.4
17-9
17-9
6.1
17-9
6.2
17-11
17-11
7.1
17-11
7.2
17-11
7.3
17-11
13 November 1998
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R019
17-1
Chapter Outline
Page
8 Waste Minimization
17-12
8.1
Source Reduction
17-12
8.2
Reuse
17-12
8.3
Recycling
17-12
17-12
9.1
17-12
9.2
17-13
9.3
Batteries
17-14
9.4
Aerosol Cans
17-14
9.5
17-15
9.6
Office Supplies
17-15
9.7
17-15
17-16
17-16
Overview
Hazardous waste is an unavoidable by-product of SLAC research and technical support activities.
To ensure that SLAC operations are safe and provide protection to the staff and environment,
waste must be handled properly.
Hazardous waste is generated at various locations throughout SLAC. This chapter addresses the
management of hazardous waste from other than Radioactive Material Management Areas
(RMMAs).1
Individuals, departments, and groups which generate hazardous waste are called generators in
this document. Generators are responsible for managing hazardous waste in compliance with
applicable laws and regulations. Some of the activities regulated by law include the following:
Labeling of containers used to accumulate hazardous waste
Length of time that waste may be accumulated at SLAC
Storage of hazardous waste
Type of training required to work with hazardous waste
Failure to comply with hazardous waste laws and regulations can carry criminal and civil penalties. The purpose of this chapter is to provide guidance on the proper management of hazardous
waste.
17-2
It is SLAC policy to avoid generating hazardous waste in RMMAs; however, if it is unavoidable, waste from RMMAs is
managed according to ES&H Bulletin #14, Radioactive Material Management Areas, current version. ES&H Bulletins
may be viewed on the World Wide Web (web) at: http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R019
13 November 1998
Responsibilities
2.1
2.2
Transportation Department
The Transportation Department has the following hazardous waste management duties:
Serve as central repository for spent lead-acid batteries.
Arrange for proper shipment of spent lead-acid batteries to an off-site recycling facility.
Maintain required paperwork associated with spent lead-acid battery shipments.
2.3
The ETA is available on the web at http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/ or from the ES&H Training Administrative Associate.
13 November 1998
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R019
17-3
2.4
2.5
SLAC groups and departments may have a designated HWMC. Each SLAC worker should
know the HWMC in the specific work area and follow established group or departmental
17-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R019
13 November 1998
3.1
3.2
To access an MSDS online, go to MSDS Sources on the SLAC ES&H home page on the web at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/.
To file a new MSDS with SHA, contact the Haz. Mat. Purchase Requisitions representative on the ES&H Resource List
available on the web at: http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/.
13 November 1998
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R019
17-5
material, and burn the skin. Examples of corrosive waste may include
waste from rust remover, acid or alkaline cleaning fluid, and battery acid.
3.2.1.3 Reactivity
Waste with the characteristic of reactivity is considered hazardous
because it is unstable or can undergo a rapid or violent chemical reaction
with water or other material. Examples of reactive waste may include
waste from cyanide plating, bleach, and other oxidizers.
3.2.1.4 Toxicity
Waste with the characteristic of toxicity is considered hazardous due to
the presence of toxic constituents above established regulatory levels.
Examples of toxic waste may include waste containing dissolved heavy
metals, insecticides, and herbicides.
3.2.2
Listed Waste
Specific hazardous wastes are also named on a variety of regulatory lists. The lists
are used by WM in determining if waste is considered hazardous. Even if the
waste does not appear to be a characteristic hazardous waste, contact WM. The
waste may be a listed waste.
Training
As a subset of hazardous material, hazardous waste represents a danger to human health and the
environment. Personnel who work with hazardous material must receive training. Supervisors of
personnel who work with hazardous material must also have training. Training requirements are
determined on an individual basis, by completing an ETA. Personnel who work with hazardous
material, and their supervisors, must complete (at a minimum) the following training requirements:
Hazard Communication General Training (Course 103)
Introduction to Pollution Prevention and Hazardous Waste/Materials Management (Course 105)
Employee Orientation to Environment, Safety, and Health (Course 219)
5.1
17-6
Secondary containment will hold waste if the primary container fails (see the
chapter, Secondary Containment of Hazardous Material and Waste, in this
manual).
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R019
13 November 1998
Ensure that each container is properly labeled (see Sections 5 and 6 for labeling
details).
Ensure that all labels are facing out, so they can be easily read.
Keep waste containers closed and sealed, unless adding or removing waste.
Never attempt to evaporate, dry, or solidify a hazardous material or waste by
leaving a container open to the environment.
Note:
If access to a waste container is needed throughout the day, an airtight self-closing funnel or pop-up lid may be of use. Airtight, self-closing funnels and pop-up
lids are available from safety supply companies.
Ensure that each waste container is in good condition (free of dents, holes, and
rust) and that the exterior of each container is free of residue.
5.2
Containers Provided by WM
A simple way to ensure compatibility is to use containers provided by WM. Various container types and sizes are available. To request a container, submit a completed Hazardous Waste Pickup and Empty Container Request Form (SLAC-I-8000A08R-001) to WM.6 See Figure 17-1 for a example of the form.
Figure 17-1. Hazardous Waste Pickup and Empty Container Request Form
6
Hazardous Waste Pickup and Empty Container Request Forms are available from WM or on the web at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/forms/forms.html.
13 November 1998
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R019
17-7
Based on the information provided on the Hazardous Waste Pickup and Empty
Container Request Form, WM will deliver a hazardous waste accumulation container compatible with the type of waste that will be generated. Each container
will be pre-labeled with a SLAC waste ID number and information required by
environmental laws.
5.2.2
5.3
Note:
17-8
It is important to get a WM hazardous waste ID label for each waste container or item. When this
official SLAC label is completed, waste is assigned a unique waste ID number, which is tracked in
the WM Hazardous Waste Tracking System. The tracking system provides a computerized method
of tracking waste according to regulatory guidelines. If waste is managed improperly, SLAC is vulnerable to citations and fines from regulatory agencies.
For a container such as a drum or tank, the accumulation start date is the date on which the first amount of waste is
placed in the container. For tracking purposes, containers provided by WM have the accumulation start date printed on
the label (usually indicated as the day the container is delivered). For items not accumulated in containers provided by
WM, the accumulation start date is the date on which the item(s) became waste.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R019
13 November 1998
5.4
6.1
13 November 1998
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R019
17-9
Is protected from exposure to sun and rain (for example, indoors, in a covered
area, or including the planned use of tarps).
Note:
6.1.2
17-10
If rain falls on containers or equipment with hazardous material on the exterior, or a container leaks material, there is
the potential that the rainwater may be contaminated. Do not pump contaminated water from secondary containment
onto the ground. If the potential exists for contaminants, evaluate the water to determine the proper disposal method
(see the chapter, Secondary Containment of Hazardous Material and Waste, in this manual).
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R019
13 November 1998
6.2
7.1
7.2
7.3
13 November 1998
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R019
17-11
Waste Minimization
Concern for the environment, regulations limiting disposal of hazardous waste, and the rising cost
of waste management provide incentives for minimizing the amount of hazardous waste generated at SLAC (see the chapter, Waste Minimization and Pollution Prevention, in this manual).
Waste minimization means source reduction, re-use, and recycling.
8.1
Source Reduction
Source reduction is the best method for minimizing waste because it reduces the amount
of generated hazardous waste by modifying procedures and by substituting hazardous
material with non-hazardous material.
8.2
Reuse
Reuse means using a spent chemical without modifying or altering the spent chemical.
Label a chemical stored for reuse as hazardous material.
To promote the reuse of chemicals, SLAC has a Chemical Exchange Program to advertise
unwanted or used chemicals that may be useful to another SLAC organization. A successful Chemical Exchange Program will reduce the amount of chemicals that SLAC must purchase and the amount of hazardous waste that must be disposed of, which will reduce
hazards to the environment and lower operating costs.
A list of chemicals available through the Chemical Exchange Program and a form for submitting chemicals to the list are available from WM or at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/grp/wm/exchange/welcome.html
8.3
Recycling
Recycling (or reclamation) at SLAC has a different definition from recycling done at home.
Recycling means altering or modifying a chemical prior to reusing the chemical. Environmental regulations have specific rules regarding recyclable materials. Contact WM prior to
performing any process that will involve recycling a hazardous material.
Note:
9.1.2
17-12
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R019
13 November 1998
can be recycled and ensure that hazardous waste containers are not improperly
disposed of, empty containers will be managed by WM (with the exception of
office supplies, see Section 9.6, Office Supplies). Generator labeling requirements for empty containers depend on the size of the container.
For containers with a capacity greater than 5 gallons, label with the following
information:
The words, Hazardous Waste
Emptied on mm/dd/yy
Last contained X (X= previous contents of the container)
Site name and address: SLAC, 2575 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025
Name and telephone extension of the individual generating the waste
For containers with a capacity of 5 gallons or less, label with the following information:
The word, empty
Note:
If the manufacturers label is still legible, only the word empty is required. If
the manufacturers label is not legible or the label does not reflect the most recent
contents of the container, also mark the container as follows:
9.2
Do not store empty containers outside, where they may accumulate rain water or debris
(see Section 6.1, Hazardous Waste Collection Requirements).
There is an exception regarding collection drums for aerosol cans. Empty and non-empty aerosol can waste may be collected in the same collection drum (WM will sort them).
10
If the oil and filter are known to contain (or suspected of containing) PCBs, the oil and filter must be managed as hazardous waste (see Section 5.3, Labeling Hazardous Waste and Section 11, Requesting Hazardous Waste Pickup).
13 November 1998
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R019
17-13
9.3
Batteries
9.3.1
9.3.2
Larger Batteries
Label larger spent batteries (such as those used in lighted emergency signs or in
lanterns) as hazardous waste (see Section 5.3, Labeling Hazardous Waste).
Complete a Hazardous Waste Pickup and Empty Container Request Form and
send it to WM (see Section 11, Requesting Hazardous Waste Pickup).
9.3.3
Lead-acid Batteries
Spent lead-acid batteries (such as those used in cars, forklifts, and electric carts)
can be recycled off-site. SLAC Transportation (Building 81) is the central organization for storing spent lead-acid batteries and arranging for transport to off-site
recycling. Contact the HWMC in SLAC Transportation to arrange for off-site recycling of spent lead-acid batteries (see Section 10, On-Site Transportation of Hazardous Waste). If a battery is cracked or leaking, double-bag it in six-millimeter
polyethylene. Mark each battery with the date on which it was taken out of service. Write the date legibly with a weather-resistant marker (such as indelible ink
or paint).
Store spent lead-acid batteries in secondary containment that is resistant to acid
(polyethylene for example). Do not stack spent lead-acid batteries, as this may
increase the hazard of short circuits and acid leaks. Transfer used lead-acid batteries to SLAC Transportation as soon as practical. Do not store a used lead-acid battery for longer than 45 days beyond the date the battery was removed from
service.
Note:
9.4
Battery acid can cause severe damage to the eyes and skin. Use proper personal
protective equipment when handling a damaged or leaking battery. Manage
material used to clean up a battery acid spill as hazardous waste.
Aerosol Cans
Note:
See Section 9.6.3, Pressurized Aerosol Office Productsfor information on handling supplies typically used in an office setting.
Aerosol cans are considered empty if no material is supplied when the spray valve is
depressed (additionally, shake the container to confirm that it is empty). Manage empty
aerosol cans according to Section 9.1, Empty Chemical Containers). If an aerosol can is
not empty, but can no longer be used (due to a broken or plugged nozzle), manage it as
hazardous waste (see Section 5.3, Labeling Hazardous Waste and Section 11, Requesting Hazardous Waste Pickup).11
11
17-14
Do not put an aerosol can with other waste. Only put an aerosol can in a collection drum specifically designated for
aerosol cans. Empty and non-empty aerosol can waste may be collected in the same collection drum (WM will sort
them).
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R019
13 November 1998
9.5
9.5.2
9.6
Office Supplies
9.6.1
9.6.2
Toner Cartridges
Printers, fax machines, and copiers all use toner cartridges. Some cartridges can
be recycled. If the cartridge has a can be recycled sticker, place the spent cartridge back in its original box (or a suitable substitute) and return it to the SLAC
office product supplier for recycling. If the empty cartridge does not have a can
be recycled sticker, put it in the regular trash. If a toner cartridge is to be discarded, but it is not empty, manage it as hazardous waste (see Section 5.3, Labeling Hazardous Waste and Section 11, Requesting Hazardous Waste Pickup).
9.6.3
9.7
13 November 1998
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R019
17-15
10
sion, others may also need to transport hazardous waste. Use the following guidelines to transport
hazardous waste:
Follow the guidelines in the chapter, Traffic and Vehicular Safety, in this
manual.
Always secure the load.
Use carrying cases, racks, and trays for smaller containers (to keep them
upright and prevent them from shifting during transport).
Cushion glass containers (to prevent them from breaking during transport).
Never drive faster than is safe for the conditions and the load. Use caution
when rounding corners and driving over speed-bumps.
11
12
17-16
Hazardous Waste Pickup and Empty Container Request Forms are available from WM or on the web at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/forms/forms.html.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R019
13 November 1998
The following Bulletins have information that has not yet been incorporated into
this Chapter, or has changed since the publication of the Chapter. Information in
the Bulletins supercedes information in this Chapter.
Date
Issued
Bulletin 64
04/28/03
Title
Medical Surveillance Programs at SLAC
18
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
18-1
18-2
3 Responsibilities
18-2
18-2
18-3
3.3 Personnel
18-3
18-3
18-4
18-5
7 Controlling Noise
18-5
18-5
18-5
18-5
8 Training
18-6
9 Medical Monitoring
18-6
Overview
Exposure to excessive noise in the workplace may constitute an occupational health hazard. Excessive noise may cause physiological problems, including permanent or temporary hearing loss. In
addition, excessive noise may cause impaired verbal communication, fatigue, work errors, and
various stress reactions. The potential for harmful effects increases with both the intensity and the
duration of the noise exposure. Excessive noise in the workplace may be produced by equipment
such as motors, air hammers, generators, heavy equipment, and other common industrial processes. Nuisance noises are not usually intense enough to cause hearing loss, but they can disturb
verbal communication. The Hearing Conservation Program at SLAC is designed to protect personnel from hearing loss caused by exposure to excessive noise.
18 October 1994
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001
18-1
Responsibilities
3.1
3.1.2
Medical Department
The Medical Department:
Performs a hearing test on all personnel who will work in a high-noise area at
the time of their initial physical exam.
Performs an annual hearing test on personnel who work in high-noise areas in
order to detect hearing loss.
Maintains records of hearing tests of all personnel.
Notifies personnel when they are due for a physical exam, including a hearing
test.
Notifies managers and supervisors when personnel who work in high-noise
areas have not reported for their scheduled hearing test.
18 October 1994
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001
18-2
3.2
3.3
Personnel
Personnel will:
Notify their manager or supervisor if they suspect that a noise level is
hazardous.
Participate in the SLAC Hearing Conservation Program as outlined in this
chapter if they work in a high-noise area.
Properly utilize hearing protection if they work in a high-noise area.
Undergo training in hearing conservation if they work in a high-noise area.
Have their hearing tested annually if they work in a high-noise area.
18-3
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001
18 October 1994
Duration
(Hours)
80
16
85
90
95
100
105
1/2
110
1/4
115
1/8
Permitted Number of
Impacts per Day
140
100
130
1,000
120
10,000
a. Impact noises are those that occur at intervals of greater than one
per second; for example, the noise made by a metal shear. Personnel must not be exposed to impact noises exceeding 140 dBA peak
sound pressure.
18 October 1994
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001
18-4
determined, the industrial hygienist will notify the manager or supervisor and recommend appropriate protective measures for personnel in the area. In addition, managers and supervisors must
ensure that all personnel working in the area undergo a hearing test.
Controlling Noise
Engineering or administrative controls must be implemented in areas where the noise level is
greater than 85 dB. If these controls are not feasible or have not yet been implemented, personnel
must wear hearing protection in the area.
7.1
Engineering Controls
Engineering controls should be used, whenever feasible, to limit exposure to excessive
noise. Engineering controls include designing new equipment and modifying existing
equipment and operations to minimize noise. The following modifications may decrease
noise caused by equipment:
Installing mufflers.
Installing vibration dampeners such as anti-vibration machine mountings.
Increasing the distance between noise sources and exposed personnel.
Constructing enclosures or barriers between noise sources and personnel.
Treating ceilings and walls with noise-absorbing material.
7.2
Administrative Controls
In addition to engineering controls, administrative controls should be used when feasible
to limit exposure to excessive noise. Administrative controls that help control noise exposure include:
Job schedule changes.
Personnel rotation.
7.3
Hearing Protection
Hearing protection includes:
Earplugs.
Earmuffs.
Disposable earplugs and earmuffs are available from SLAC Stores. Personnel may select
either type of hearing protection; however, managers and supervisors must ensure that
personnel are properly fitted with their hearing protection upon obtaining it. The Medical
Department will supply and fit custom-molded earplugs for personnel who, for medical
reasons, cannot use standard, disposable earplugs or earmuffs.
18-5
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001
18 October 1994
Training
Training in hearing conservation is available to all SLAC personnel through the ES&H Training
Team. Personnel who work in a high-noise area are required to undergo training in hearing conservation and must understand the proper use of hearing protection. Managers and supervisors of
high-noise areas must ensure that all personnel working in the area undergo training in hearing
conservation and understand the proper use of hearing protection.
Medical Monitoring
The Medical Department performs pre-placement hearing tests on all personnel who will be
working in a high-noise area. After the pre-placement hearing test, these personnel will be given
an annual hearing test. (Personnel who perform a brief task or job in a high-noise area are not
required to take a hearing test; however, they must wear hearing protection while they work in a
high-noise area.) The initial hearing test must be preceded by at least 14 hours without exposure to
any excessive noise. The Medical Department maintains records of the results of all hearing tests.
Hearing loss can be detected in an individual by comparing the results of their initial hearing test
to the results of subsequent hearing tests. The Medical Department will notify personnel, and their
manager or supervisor, if any hearing loss is detected. The Medical Department will notify personnel when they are due for their annual hearing test.
Managers and supervisors must contact the Medical Department when new personnel are hired
for jobs in a high-noise area, or when personnel are transferred to a high-noise area. The Medical
Department maintains a record of all personnel who work in high-noise areas and ensures that
their hearing is tested annually.
18 October 1994
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001
18-6
19
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
19-2
2 Purpose
19-2
3 Hazard Assessment
19-2
4 Responsibilities
19-2
4.1
Personnel
19-2
4.2
19-2
4.3
19-3
5 Dielectric Matting
19-3
6 Eye Protection
19-4
6.1
19-4
6.2
19-4
6.3
19-5
7 Head Protection
19-6
7.1
Hard Hats
19-6
7.2
Helmets
19-6
7.3
Face Shields
19-6
8 Protective Clothing
19-6
9 Hand Protection
19-7
10 Foot Protection
19-8
11 Radiological Hazards
19-9
12 Hearing Protection
19-9
13 Respiratory Protection
19-9
19-9
15 Training
19-10
30 October 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
19-1
Overview
The control of occupational health hazards requires that exposure to harmful chemical stresses
and physical agents do not exceed permissible levels. Engineering controls (defined as ventilation
systems or physical barriers) are the preferred method of hazard control. Administrative controls,
such as job rotation and time exposure limitation, can be used, but are not favored because they
are difficult to implement and maintain. Where engineering and administrative controls are not
feasible or are inadequate, SLAC will provide Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) for protection.
Purpose
The purpose of the PPE chapter is to clarify the conditions under which PPE is necessary, to
describe the process by which that determination is made (hazard assessment), and to establish
responsibility for the proper use of PPE in order to minimize health hazards in the work place.
Hazard Assessment
Immediate supervisors have the responsibility for the completion and documentation of the hazard assessment in their work areas. Standardized forms are available from the Safety, Health, and
Assurance (SHA) Department. The SHA Department is also available to assist managers and
supervisors in performing the hazard assessment. The assessment must:
Identify hazards that are present or likely to be present.
Determine appropriate PPE for each identified hazard.
Be documented.
Responsibilities
4.1
Personnel
Personnel:
Use PPE as determined by the hazard assessment.
Maintain their PPE properly.
Inspect PPE for wear and defects before and after each use.
4.2
19-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
Any PPE that is damaged or defective must immediately be removed from use.
4.3
4.4
Dielectric Matting
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requires that protective barriers,
shields, or insulating materials be used when personnel are working on or near exposed, energized electrical parts which:
Are greater than or equal to 50 volts.
Might be accidentally contacted.
Might have dangerous electrical heating or arcing occur.
Dielectric matting is placed on the floor to insulate personnel from electrical shock. Dielectric matting must be used when appropriate to protect personnel from electrical hazards [29 CFR 1910.335
(a) (2) (ii)]. When personnel are working with exposed, energized parts, the dielectric matting
must:
Be placed around test benches and equipment in the field during maintenance
such that personnel are standing only on the matting while working.
Be used in addition to all other PPE that is required by OSHA.
Be inspected regularly to ensure that it is not damaged.
Dielectric matting for electrical hazards up to 30,000 volts is available from Stores. The matting is
three feet wide and can be cut to length. Matting that provides protection above 30,000 volts may
be obtained from outside vendors. Contact the SHA Department in the ES&H Division for assistance.
30 October 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
19-3
Eye Protection
OSHA states that eye protection is required where there is a reasonable probability of injury that
can be prevented by such equipment. SLAC recognizes that appropriate safety practices include
6.1
6.2
19-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
6.3
30 October 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
19-5
Note:
All laser protective eyewear shall be clearly labeled with the optical density at the appropriate laser wavelength(s). The eye protection must be clearly marked to insure that it is
not used for protection against laser wavelengths for which it was not intended.
Eyewear which have pitting, scratching, cracking, or light leaks must be discarded.
Head Protection
7.1
Hard Hats
Hard hats must be worn in construction environments where overhead electrical or physical hazards are present, or where there is potential for injuries from falling objects. Hard
hats are available from SLAC Stores.
Hard hats must be worn by all personnel, including visitors, who enter hard hat areas
when the danger of head injury from impact, falling objects, electrical shock, or electrical
burn is present (29 CFR 1926.100).
7.2
Helmets
Helmets must be worn while riding mopeds or scooters. Helmets are available from
SLAC Stores.
7.3
Face Shields
Face shields must be worn when the threat of facial injury exists due to the following:
Chemical splashes
Flying chips
Welding slag
Charging automotive batteries
Open tanks containing corrosive materials
Potentially injurious light radiation from welding or cutting
Consult the SHA Department for information regarding protection from ultraviolet radiation during welding activities.
Protective Clothing
Protective clothing helps shield people from hazardous chemicals and physical agents. Examples
include:
Coveralls to protect against chemicals, hazardous dust, and heavy lubricants.
19-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
Hand Protection
Protective gloves must be worn in work areas where the potential exists for injuries to the hands
or the potential spread of contaminants. Common hazards at SLAC include:
Chemical exposure.
Extreme heat or cold exposure.
Electrical exposure.
Materials handling.
Radioactive material.
The particular hazard that personnel may encounter in a work area determines which type of protective gloves are appropriate. Types of protective gloves include:
Abrasion-resistant gloves for handling sharp or rough objects.
Electrical lineman gloves for both low- and high-voltage electrical hazards.
Chemically resistant gloves for working with hazardous chemicals.
Flame-retardant and heat-resistant gloves for working with extremely hot
materials.
Cold-resistant gloves for working with cryogens.
Rubber or other suitable gloves for handling contaminants.
Chemically resistant gloves must be selected for use with the specific chemicals to be handled.
Managers and supervisors should consult with the SHA Department to determine which gloves
provide the best protection against specific chemicals.
SLAC Stores stocks several types of protective gloves. If the type of protective gloves required for a
specific work hazard is not available from SLAC Stores, managers and supervisors are responsible
for purchasing the required type of protective gloves.
30 October 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
19-7
10
Foot Protection
Safety shoes are required where the potential for foot injury exists from crushing due to falling (or
rolling) objects, penetration of sharp objects, or electrical hazards. Managers and supervisors may
contact a Safety Engineer in the SHA Department for assistance in determining if protective footwear is required in a work area. Personnel who require safety shoes may include, but are not limited to, the following:
Carpenters
Electricians
Laborers
Machinists
Mechanics
Riggers
Storekeepers
Shipping and receiving personnel
Technicians
If a manager or supervisor determines that personnel are required to wear safety shoes, the manager or supervisor must specify which type of safety shoes are required (for example, steel toes or
puncture-resistant soles). All safety shoes must meet the specifications of the American National
Standard for Safety-Toe Footwear (ANSI Z41.1-1967) to be approved for purchase.
If protective footwear is required, SLAC will reimburse personnel up to $70.00 toward the purchase
of approved safety shoes. If protective footwear is not required, personnel may elect to wear safety
shoes. If personnel elect to wear safety shoes, and their supervisor approves, SLAC will reimburse
the employees up to $45.00 toward the purchase of approved safety shoes.
Note:
The amount of potential reimbursement toward the purchase of safety shoes may change. Check
with the SHA Department for the current reimbursement amounts.
Reimbursements are made after personnel purchase their safety shoes. Reimbursement is only
provided for safety shoes that meet the requirements and specifications of the ANSI Z41.1, SafetyToe Footwear, latest edition.
Before purchasing safety shoes:
1. The Protective Footwear Approval Form must be completed and signed by
the manager or supervisor. (Forms are available from the Petty Cash Office.)
2. The manager or supervisor will indicate on the form if the safety shoes are a
required or elective item.
After purchasing the safety shoes, the individual should attach the completed Protective Footwear Approval Form to a completed petty cash slip, along with the receipt, and present the forms
to the Petty Cash Office in order to receive reimbursement.
19-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
11
Radiological Hazards
Managers and supervisors should consult with the Operational Health Physics (OHP) Department
for advice about PPE to protect against radiological hazards. More information about PPE and
radiological hazards can be found in the latest edition of the SLAC Radiological Control Manual
(SLAC-I-720-0A05Z-001).
12
Hearing Protection
Disposable earplugs and earmuffs are available from SLAC Stores. Personnel may select either
type of hearing protection; however, managers and supervisors must ensure that personnel are
properly fitted with their hearing protection. The Medical Department will supply and fit custommolded earplugs for personnel who, for medical reasons, cannot use standard, disposable earplugs or earmuffs. For more information on hearing protection, refer to the Hearing Conservation Program chapter of this manual.
13
Respiratory Protection
Where practical, engineering controls such as fume hoods, proper ventilation, or the modification
of industrial processes are used to prevent occupational exposure to air contaminated with harmful dusts, mists, fumes, gases, vapors, or radioactive or toxic particles.
Respirators are required when an industrial hygienist has determined that the Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) is exceeded, or it is anticipated that the limit will be exceeded. For complete information on respiratory protection, refer to the Respirator Program chapter of this manual.
14
30 October 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
19-9
15
Training
All personnel required to wear PPE must be properly trained. If personnel are required to use PPE,
they must receive training specific to the PPE that they are required to use, and the conditions
under which that particular PPE would be used. General training on PPE is available through
ES&H. The immediate supervisor must determine if the general training for PPE will meet the
training requirements for the personnel in their work area.
If the general training is not sufficient, the individual supervisor is responsible for OJT for any specialized PPE training. The immediate supervisor must document that their personnel who are
required to wear PPE have been trained. At a minimum, personnel must know:
When PPE is necessary.
What type of PPE is necessary.
The limitation of PPEs ability to protect against hazards.
How to don, remove, adjust, and wear PPE.
How to properly care for, maintain, and store PPE.
The life expectancy of each PPE item.
How to dispose of deteriorating or defective PPE equipment.
Personnel must demonstrate an understanding of the proper use of their PPE before being
allowed to perform work requiring the use of that PPE. If personnel who have already been
trained do not demonstrate an understanding of, or the skill required, to properly use PPE,
those personnel shall be retrained. Circumstances where retraining is required include, but are
not limited to, situations where:
Changes in the workplace render previous training obsolete.
Changes in the types of PPE to be used render previous training obsolete.
Personnel demonstrate a lack of skill or knowledge while using PPE, indicating that they have not retained the required understanding or skill level.
Note:
19-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
The following Bulletins have information that has not yet been incorporated into
this Chapter, or has changed since the publication of the Chapter. Information in
the Bulletins supercedes information in this Chapter.
Date
Issued
Bulletin 55
08/15/01
Title
Legacy Lead (Pb)
20
Lead
Related Chapters
Hazard Communication
Hazardous Material
Hazardous Waste
Medical
Personal Protective Equipment
Respirator Program
Traffic and Transportation Safety
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
20-1
2 Responsibilities
20-2
2.1
20-2
2.2
Medical Department
20-2
2.3
20-2
2.4
20-3
2.5
Personnel
20-3
3 Health Hazards
20-3
20-4
5 Safety Measures
20-4
20-5
7 Posting Requirements
20-5
Overview
Lead is a soft, heavy, bluish-gray metal, used at SLAC primarily for radiation shielding. When personnel handle lead, they may come in contact with lead dust even if no dust is visible. Although
lead is generally a chemically stable metal, lead carbonate and lead oxide dust from bricks and
sheets can be harmful to humans even after short exposures.
Industrial hygienists from the Safety, Health, and Assurance (SHA) Department use air sampling
results to characterize personnel exposure and to determine when lead dust is an occupational
health concern that must be controlled. Industrial hygienists also anticipate potential lead exposure and implement engineering controls to eliminate or control future exposure.
30 October 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
20-1
20: Lead
This chapter provides guidelines for specific operations involving lead, in order to keep personnel
exposure within the Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) set by the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) and to ensure safe handling of lead materials. The guidelines are based on
the OSHA Lead Standard 29 CFR 1910.1025. The chapter also summarizes the safety precautions
and medical monitoring required when working with lead.
Responsibilities
2.1
2.2
Medical Department
Medical Department staff:
Provide required lead baseline testing for personnel who work with lead,
before they begin work (see Table 20-1).
Provide annual medical surveillance for personnel who are exposed to
25g/m3 as an 8-hour, time-weighted average (equivalent to half the PEL for
lead), as determined by an industrial hygienist.
Maintain records of personnel exposure history.
Answer questions regarding medical test results for lead exposure.
2.3
20-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
2.4
20: Lead
2.5
Personnel
All personnel who work with lead:
Know how to recognize the risks involved in working with lead and receive
the appropriate safety training (including on-the-job training).
Comply with the safety regulations and controls prescribed by their supervisor or by an industrial hygienist.
Obtain a baseline medical examination for lead, as required in Table 20-1.
Notify their supervisor of new or increased hazards involving lead in the
workplace.
Understand how to obtain, wear, and safely use PPE, as outlined in Table 20-1,
and in this manuals chapters Respirator Program and Personal Protective
Equipment.
Immediately notify their supervisor (or Medical Department if supervisor is
unavailable) of any known or suspected accident involving lead.
Health Hazards
Symptoms of chronic (long-term) exposure to lead may not be apparent right away and may
include loss of appetite, nausea, dizziness, excessive tiredness, muscle and joint soreness, and a
metallic taste in the mouth.
Chronic lead exposure can cause serious health problems such as anemia, birth defects, kidney
disease, nervous system disorders, and miscarriages. Many symptoms do not appear until after
permanent damage has already occurred. Therefore, it is extremely important to prevent problems
by following the safety precautions outlined in this chapter.
In rare cases, acute (short-term) exposure to high amounts of lead can lead to death. Other symptoms of acute lead exposure include severe headache, stomach pain, diarrhea, and coma.
30 October 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
20-3
20: Lead
Description of Work
Gloves.
Wash hands immediately after
working with lead.
Steel-toed safety shoes recommended. Consult the PPE chapter of this manual.
An industrial hygiene survey is required for any of the following operations, unless these operations have been previously evaluated by an industrial hygienist. Managers must also ensure that
personnel who perform these operations receive an employee baseline medical exam.
Welding (or soldering with a torch) of lead or lead material
Handling lead wool for more than a 5-minute period
Working with molten lead casting
Grinding, cutting, shearing, sanding, wire brushing, or performing other
mechanical abrasion of material containing lead paint
Contact the SHA Department to determine if an industrial hygiene survey has already been performed, or for information on other operations involving lead that are not listed above.
Safety Measures
All safety measures are implemented to keep exposure to lead within the PEL set by OSHA. Recognizing potential health hazards relating to lead and applying adequate safety measures requires
20-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
20: Lead
knowledge of the operations involved. Observe the following practices when working with or
around lead:
Use an approved HEPA vacuum to clean the work area. Do not use a broom to
sweep any potential lead dust.
Remove all protective equipment and protective clothing before leaving the
work area. Place disposable coveralls and other disposable protective clothing
into the required waste bags immediately after use.
Dispose of the following as hazardous lead waste:
Nonreusable pallets contaminated with lead and plastic sheets used
for lead storage
All disposable protective clothing, including disposable coveralls
Contact the WM Department for the correct disposal procedure.
Clean and store protective equipment, including your respirator, according to
proper procedures. Store leather gloves contaminated with lead dust in a plastic bag.
Use the designated PPE equipment (including leather gloves) only when handling lead and not for any other work. Choose disposable coveralls.
Refrain from eating, drinking, or smoking in or around any areas containing
lead.
Wash your hands after removing PPE and completing lead work.
Minimize lead dust exposure by encapsulating lead bricks with tape, epoxy
resins, or paint.
Observe correct lifting techniques. Consult the Medical Department for more
information.
Posting Requirements
An industrial hygienist will certify which areas containing lead require postings. Consult an
industrial hygienist for information on purchasing signs.
30 October 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
20-5
20: Lead
LEAD STORAGE
POISON
No smoking, eating,
or drinking
9-95
7019A233
Lead work areas where exposures may be half of the PEL (as designated by an industrial hygienist
survey), must be posted as follows:
WARNING
LEAD WORK AREA
POISON
No smoking, eating,
or drinking
9-95
20-6
7019A232
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
21
Secondary Containment of
Hazardous Material and Waste
Related Chapters
Confined Space
Hazardous Material
Hazardous Waste
Oil-filled Equipment
Spills
Surface Water
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
21-2
2 Policy
21-2
3 Scope
21-3
3.1
Compressed Gases
21-3
3.2
21-4
4 Responsibilities
21-4
4.1
21-4
4.2
21-4
4.3
21-4
4.4
21-4
4.5
Facilities Department
21-5
4.6
21-5
4.7
21-5
4.8
All Others
21-6
5 Requirements
21-6
21-7
6.1
Prefabricated
21-7
6.2
Custom-made
21-8
21-8
21-9
18 August 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R016
21-1
Chapter Outline
Page
21-9
10 Special Requirements
21-9
21-9
12 Restricting Access
21-10
13 Inspections
21-10
21-10
21-10
21-11
15 Maintenance
21-11
16 General Housekeeping
21-12
21-12
21-12
21-13
20 Closure or Transfers
21-13
Overview
Secondary containment is a means of surrounding one or more primary storage containers or equipment containing hazardous material or waste so that spills and leaks are automatically contained
in the event of primary container or equipment failure. This chapter provides guidance on the
application of secondary containment for hazardous material, hazardous waste, and some nonhazardous waste in equipment or containers. Secondary containment provides the following
benefits:
Reduces the health, safety, or environmental risk posed by stored hazardous
material and waste
Prevents releases and costly cleanups of hazardous material and waste to the
soil, surface water, and ground water
Reduces the urgency of responding to and reporting spills to regulatory agencies
Policy
Secondary containment must be provided for hazardous material and waste at SLAC in compliance with all applicable:
21-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R016
18 August 1997
Regulations:
Federal
State
Local
DOE orders
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP) Best Management Practices (BMPs).
Note:
For more information on the SWPPP and BMPs, see the chapter 44, Surface Water, in this
manual.
At the discretion of the responsible department and ES&H, secondary containment may also be
provided in cases where it is not specifically called for by regulations, but will reduce health,
safety, and environmental risks. Factors that may affect the decision include:
Location and proximity to site boundary or sensitive environmental areas.
Special personnel or safety concerns.
History of leaks.
Equipment or article age.
Future uses.
Volume and type of hazardous material present.
ES&H and the responsible department may also, after a thorough evaluation of circumstances, factors, and liabilities, make exceptions or reduce the stringency of secondary containment policy
requirements where conditions warrant it. When secondary containment is not practical, a documented engineering or risk-based assessment is required. Part of the risk-based assessment may
include the use of alternatives to secondary containment such as drip pans, frequent inspections,
or leak detection equipment. The assessment will be performed and documented by Environmental Protection and Restoration (EPR).
Scope
This document provides guidance on the use of secondary containment for:
Oil-filled equipment.
Hazardous material (including substances and chemicals).
Hazardous and Toxic Substance Control Act (TSCA) waste.
Note:
Oil-filled equipment may contain Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs). This equipment may require
more stringent secondary containment requirements, particularly for PCB waste storage.
3.1
Compressed Gases
The scope of this document does not include secondary containment for compressed
gases. Regulations do not currently require spill control, drainage, and containment for
the storage of highly toxic or toxic compressed gases. Secondary containment or diversionary structures may be required, however, for specific applications as determined by
the Safety Overview Committee.
Note:
18 August 1997
For technical and regulatory guidance, refer to the Toxic Gas Model Ordinance. Copies are
available from EPR.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R016
21-3
3.2
Responsibilities
4.1
4.2
4.3
PED will design and construct custom-made secondary containment, upon request. They
will also verify that custom-made secondary containment meets construction specifications, upon request.
4.4
21-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R016
18 August 1997
Ensure that appropriate containment measures are taken to preclude uncontrolled discharge either into the sewer or storm drain system.
Restrict access to secondary containment for electrical equipment under their
control when safety warrants it.
4.5
Facilities Department
The Facilities Department (FAC) shall:
Restrict access to secondary containment for electrical equipment under their
control when safety warrants it.
Maintain, clean, and drain secondary containment under FAC control.
Review the floor drain systems to ensure that secondary containment is properly located to protect storm drain and sanitary sewer systems.
4.6
4.7
18 August 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R016
21-5
4.8
All Others
All other persons on the SLAC premises, including subcontractors, users, and visitors who
are working at SLAC must:
Obtain the safety and environmental protection training appropriate for their
work assignments.
Inform themselves of the physical and chemical hazards in their work area(s),
and the potential environmental implications of their work processes.
Wear PPE and monitoring devices that are appropriate for their work assignments.
Perform their work functions in a safe and environmentally responsible manner and within the constraints set by the WS Set.
Contact security to stop any activity that presents an immediate safety hazard
or threat to the environment, or is in violation of any safety or environmental
standard contained in the WS Set.
Report, to their supervisors or to Security, any activities that present an immediate safety hazard or threat to the environment, or are in violation of any
safety or environmental standards contained in the WS Set.
Prepare for emergencies by knowing how to summon assistance.
Note:
No one may discharge any water from secondary containments unless following approved
ES&H procedures.
Requirements
Secondary containment must be provided for hazardous material and waste at SLAC in compliance with all applicable Federal, state, and local regulations, and DOE orders. Managers and
supervisors are responsible for ensuring that secondary containment is provided where required.
Note:
In some cases, existing secondary containment must be retrofitted to comply with requirements.
21-6
Contact EPR for more information about secondary containment for non-hazardous liquids.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R016
18 August 1997
In cases where secondary containment is required but is not feasible, the responsible department
must perform and document an engineering evaluation or a risk-based assessment to determine:
Potential environment-, safety-, and health-related risks.
Alternatives to secondary containment.
Note:
6.1
Prefabricated
Prefabricated secondary containments are usually the most cost-effective type. Prefabricated secondary containments come in a wide range of sizes. They are typically made of:
Stainless steel and epoxy-coated steel.
Polyethylene plastic.
Note:
Prefabricated buildings are also available. See Section 6.1.3, Prefabricated Buildings for
Hazardous Material Storage.
6.1.1
18 August 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R016
21-7
6.1.2
Polyethylene Plastic
Secondary containments made of polyethylene plastic are:
Lightweight.
Compatible with most chemicals.
Inexpensive.
Subject to gradual degradation when exposed to ultraviolet rays or
warm temperatures.
6.1.3
6.2
Custom-made
Custom-made secondary containments are usually made of epoxy- or elastomeric-coated
reinforced concrete.
If you need a custom-made secondary containment, contact PED, who will, upon request,
design and construct custom-made secondary containment for SLAC, in compliance with
applicable regulations and appropriate design specifications.
If subcontractors are used to design and construct a custom-made secondary containment,
PED will evaluate, upon request, the design and construction of the secondary containment for compliance with design specifications. EPR will evaluate secondary containment
21-8
The SC-TBD may be accessed in the ES&H Document room or on the Web at http://www.slac.stanford.edu/
esh/techbas/.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R016
18 August 1997
10
Special Requirements
There are three types of items that require secondary containment with special specifications: hazardous waste storage tanks, PCB-containing equipment, and tank trucks used for storage of hazardous material. For specific information, refer to the SC-TBD.
11
18 August 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R016
21-9
12
Restricting Access
Managers and supervisors must restrict access to secondary containment in their areas when
safety warrants it. PED, FAC, HWMCs, or responsible managers or supervisors are responsible for
restricting access to secondary containment for electrical equipment when safety warrants it.
Access may be restricted with locks, barriers, or other means.
Examples of secondary containment whose access must be restricted for safety reasons include:
CWMAs and some of the WAAs.
Secondary containment for high-voltage electrical equipment.
Secondary containment for PCB-containing equipment that are located at SLAC
outside of the controlled area fence.
If you are unsure whether access should be restricted to a secondary containment or are unsure
about the best method for restricting access, contact:
SHA for secondary containments that may be associated with confined spaces.
HWMCs for WAAs.
PED or responsible department for:
High-voltage electrical equipment.
PCB-containing equipment.
13
Inspections
Managers and supervisors responsible for areas that contain hazardous material or waste must
designate an individual to inspect secondary containments. Secondary containments must be
inspected, at a minimum, according to the schedule in Table 21-1.
Note:
Immediately report any spills, leaks, accumulation of rainwater in, or deterioration of secondary
containment to the HWMC, responsible department, or the building manager for that area.
13.1
13.2
All deficiencies of secondary containment must be corrected under the authority of the
building or area manager responsible for that secondary containment.
Frequency of Inspections
The frequency of inspection of secondary containments to be performed will be governed
by the most restrictive requirements, if various categories of equipment or containers are
contained within. Specifically, those secondary containments that contain oil-filled equipment will be inspected in conjunction with the requirements set forth in the Oil-filled
Equipment Management Program. Those containing PCBs will generally be more frequent
than those that do not.
Those secondary containments that contain hazardous materials will be treated the same
as those that contain hazardous wastes, since there is a potential that hazardous materials
may become hazardous wastes if mishandled or spilled.
21-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R016
18 August 1997
14
Daily
Weekly
Weekly
Monthly
Monthly
Quarterly
15
Do not store outdoors or near water sources any liquid hazardous material or waste that reacts with
water.
Maintenance
Secondary containment surfaces must be maintained in good condition, and be kept free of cracks
or gaps. The surface coating must be maintained so that it is impervious to the material being contained.
18 August 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R016
21-11
16
General Housekeeping
Water and debris within secondary containments may be contaminated. For this reason, secondary containments should be kept dry, clean, and free of debris. The department responsible for the
containment should inspect the containment for potential sources of contamination.
Rainwater must be removed from secondary containments in a timely manner so that overflow is
prevented. Water or debris that is collected in the secondary containments should be removed so
that it does not become hazardous waste.
Note:
A secondary containment should be thoroughly cleaned after it has been contaminated with any
hazardous material or waste to prevent rainwater from becoming contaminated if it enters into the
secondary containment.
Accumulations of non-combustible and combustible debris should be removed as soon as practicable. Combustible materials, including brooms and boards, must never be stored within secondary containments containing electrical equipment or PCBs and should be removed at least five (5)
meters away from the equipment. Leaking valves should have absorbent pads placed below them
or plastic bags secured around them to prevent contamination of the secondary containment area.
17
18
Spills must be evaluated and responded to as described in the Spills chapter of this manual.
Other alternatives to secondary containment may include frequent inspections or leak detection
systems. Consult with EPR for further information.
21-12
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R016
18 August 1997
19
20
Closure or Transfers
A secondary containment may outlive the useful service life of the equipment or container stored
within. The responsible department is charged with the maintenance of the equipment or container to ensure the proper handling of the secondary containment. When the equipment or container is removed, a decision has to be made whether to transfer ownership and responsibility to
another group or decommission the secondary containment.
If ownership is to be transferred to another group or department who has use for the secondary
containment, it must first be cleaned and decontaminated by the transferring group. Sampling and
analysis may be required to verify the level of cleanliness. The secondary containment must then
be officially transferred, via a memo, giving jurisdiction to the new owner. A copy of the memo
associating the new owner with the secondary containment will be provided by the old owner.
The new owner will now assume responsibility for the subsequent maintenance, upgrades, and
cleaning of this secondary containment.
Note:
It is the responsibility of the new owner to ensure that any equipment or container stored within is
compatible with the secondary containment requirements.
If no new owner for the secondary containment can be found, no jurisdictional transfer occurs and
the secondary containment remains the responsibility of the owner. It must continue to be maintained, cleaned, and drained of any accumulated rainwater according to proper procedure unless
the secondary containment will no longer be used. Speculative use of the secondary containment
is not encouraged.
If the secondary containment is to be decommissioned, the containment may be breached so that
any water accumulation is self-draining. If the secondary containment is to be decommissioned
and dismantled, the dismantling will include any associated costs incurred for disposal. Site remediation may be involved and must be coordinated with the appropriate EPR personnel.
18 August 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R016
21-13
22
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
22-2
2 Benefits
22-2
3 Policy
22-2
4 Responsibilities
22-3
4.1
22-3
4.2
Recycling Subcontractor
22-3
4.3
22-4
4.4
22-4
4.5
22-4
4.6
22-4
4.7
Personnel
22-5
22-5
6 Nonhazardous Waste
22-5
6.1
Reduce
22-5
6.2
Reuse
22-6
6.3
Recycle
22-6
7 Hazardous Waste
22-10
7.1
Reduce
22-10
7.2
Reuse
22-11
7.3
Recycle
22-11
7.4
Treat
22-12
8 Radioactive Waste
22-12
9 Recognizing Accomplishments
22-12
10 Purchasing Practices
22-12
11 New Projects
22-13
12 Subcontractors
22-13
13 New Personnel
22-13
11 April 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R008
22-1
Overview
The Waste Minimization and Pollution Prevention Program is designed to minimize the generation of hazardous, nonhazardous, and low-level radioactive waste, and to prevent pollution in
accordance with federal and state environmental regulations and DOE orders.
SLAC is required by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the State of California to:
Reduce the amount of hazardous waste generated where technically and economically feasible.
Reuse and recycle common nonhazardous waste to help reduce its disposal to
landfills.
In addition, SLAC is required by the DOE to implement measures to reduce low-level radioactive
waste and mixed waste. (Mixed waste is defined as waste that is both hazardous and radioactive.)
Waste minimization is defined by the EPA as measures that reduce the volume and toxicity of hazardous waste disposed to landfills. Pollution prevention is a broader term that includes waste minimization. It is defined by the EPA as measures that reduce the generation of nonhazardous and
hazardous waste, and prevent deterioration of the earths atmosphere, water, land, and biota
caused by pollution. Pollution prevention includes resource conservation and spill prevention.
Benefits
Waste minimization and pollution prevention provide many benefits. For example, they:
Save money associated with sewage treatment, water cleanup, and waste generation and disposal.
Save landfill space.
Reduce exposure to hazards in the workplace.
Increase the efficiency of material use and processes.
Save resources and energy.
Reduce liabilities under environmental laws.
For example, using one ton of recycled paper instead of paper made from virgin wood pulp:
Saves 17 trees.
Uses 60 percent less energy.
Uses 50 percent less water.
Saves more than 3 cubic yards of landfill space.
Policy
All SLAC personnel are encouraged to practice waste minimization and pollution prevention by
following these principles:
1. Reduce.
Eliminate or minimize the generation of waste through source reduction.
Source reduction is the design, manufacture, purchase, or use of material (such
as products and packaging) to reduce the amount or toxicity of waste
22-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R008
11 April 1995
generated. This practice is the most desirable, since it prevents waste from
being generated in the first place.
2. Reuse.
Reuse potential waste that cannot be eliminated.
3. Recycle.
Recycle potential waste that cannot be eliminated. Recycling is the process of
using discarded material as raw material for producing new products. Complete recycling consists of three major components:
1. Segregating and collecting materials.
2. Using the material as raw material to make new products.
3. Purchasing the recycled products.
4. Treat.
Treat remaining waste in accordance with government regulations to reduce
its volume and toxicity.
The goals of the Waste Minimization and Pollution Prevention Program are set by the regulations
and SLAC management. The goals are to:
1. Reduce nonhazardous waste generated at SLAC by 25% in 1995 and 50% in the
year 2000 relative to the 1990 level.
2. Reduce routinely generated hazardous waste at SLAC by 15 to 25% by 1995
and 30 to 50% by the year 2000 relative to the 1990 level.
Responsibilities
4.1
4.2
Recycling Subcontractor
SLAC has a subcontract with a recycling subcontractor. The recycling subcontractor:
Provides recycling bins for SLAC and selects locations for them in cooperation
with the Facilities Office, Building Managers, and Office Support Staff.
Collects recyclable material from recycling bins once a week or once every two
weeks, depending on the rate of generation of recyclable material.
Provides data to the EP&WM Department on the quantity of recycled materials
collected from SLAC.
11 April 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R008
22-3
4.3
Facilities Office
The Facilities Office:
Administers the subcontract with the recycling subcontractor and the nonhazardous waste disposal subcontractor.
Ensures that the recycling subcontractor and the nonhazardous waste disposal
subcontractor provide data to the EP&WM Department on the quantities of
recyclable material and nonhazardous waste collected from SLAC.
4.3.2
4.3.3
Purchasing Department
The Purchasing Department:
Encourages purchasing practices that reduce waste and prevent pollution.
Incorporates waste minimization and pollution prevention strategies in its
purchasing practices.
Ensures that subcontracts include practices to minimize waste and prevent
pollution where possible.
4.4
4.5
4.6
22-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R008
11 April 1995
Ensure that project managers and project engineers incorporate waste minimization and pollution prevention measures in plans for new projects that will
generate waste.
Inform the Waste Minimization Coordinator of plans for new projects that will
generate waste.
Recommend personnel who have made significant contributions to waste
minimization and pollution prevention at SLAC as recipients of waste minimization and pollution prevention awards.
4.7
Personnel
Personnel:
Reduce, reuse, and recycle.
Communicate ideas and suggestions about waste minimization and pollution
prevention to their supervisor and the Waste Minimization Coordinator.
Purchase products that are recycled or recyclable, less hazardous, or have
reduced or recyclable packaging.
Familiarize themselves with the waste minimization and pollution prevention
information that they receive from the Personnel Department when they are
hired.
Nonhazardous Waste
Nonhazardous waste does not pose a potential threat to human health or the environment; however,
it does take up dwindling landfill space. If you have questions about waste minimization and pollution prevention related to nonhazardous waste that are not answered by this section, contact
your supervisor or the Waste Minimization Coordinator.
6.1
Reduce
Eliminate or reduce the source of waste generation through source reduction. The following are examples of ways to reduce nonhazardous waste:
Buy and use only what you need. Do not overstock.
Use up material completely or give excess material to someone who will use it.
11 April 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R008
22-5
6.2
Reuse
Reusing material when possible minimizes waste generation. The following are examples
of ways to reuse nonhazardous waste:
Use the blank side of paper that has been used on only one side for scratchpaper before recycling it.
Reuse interoffice envelopes.
Reuse styrofoam packing beads (popcorn).
Reuse paper clips and rubber bands.
Use a reusable mug instead of disposable cups.
In the SLAC Cafeteria, use reusable trays and dishes instead of disposable ones
when possible.
Contact the Salvage Group in the Property Control Department for pickup of
unneeded items. (See Section 6.3.3, Salvage for a list of the types of items the
Salvage Group will pickup.)
6.3
Recycle
The Facilities Office administers the contract with the recycling subcontractor. The recycling subcontractor provides recycling containers for SLAC and selects locations for them
in cooperation with the Facilities Office.
The recycling subcontractor collects recyclable material from recycling containers once a
week or once every two weeks, depending on the rate of generation of recyclable material.
Building managers or office support staff should contact the Facilities Office if they need:
More recycling containers.
Larger recycling containers.
An extra pickup of recyclable material.
To change the frequency of pickup.
6.3.1
22-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R008
11 April 1995
Colored paper
Newspaper
Junk mail
Magazines
Phone books and catalogues
Cardboard
Styrofoam packing beads
Wooden pallets, spools, and scrap wood
Toner cartridges from laser printers
6.3.2
Glass
Material
Guidelines
How to Recycle
Place in appropriate
recycling barrels labelled
Glass or Cans, Plastic
and Glass.
Place in appropriate
recycling barrel labelled
Cans or Cans, Plastic,
and Glass.
No scrap metal
Plastic
White
Paper
Empty completely
No Post-it notes
Notebook paper
No plastic bags
Place in appropriate
recycling barrel labelled
Glass, Cans, or Cans,
Plastic, and Glass.
Place in appropriate
recycling barrel labelled
White Paper.
No no-carbon-required
(NCR) paper
No shredded paper
No ream wrappers
No blue-and-whitestriped computer paper
11 April 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R008
22-7
Colored
Paper
Newsprint
Material
Guidelines
How to Recycle
No paper bags
No-carbon-required
(NCR) paper
No bright neon-colored
paper
Manila folders
No newspaper
Place in appropriate
recycling barrel labelled
Colored Paper, Mixed
Paper, or Junk Mail.
No glossy paper
No blue-and-whitestriped computer paper
Newspapers, including
glossy inserts
Place in appropriate
recycling barrel labelled
Newspaper, Mixed
Paper, or Junk Mail.
Newsprint paper
Wood
Wood pallets
Wood spools (for wire or
cable)
Scrap wood
Laser Printer
Toner
Cartridges
Other
Paper
No blueprint paper
Magazines
Phone books
Mixed files
Computer
Paper
Cardboard
Corrugated cardboard
Paper bags
Flatten
No paperboard or cardboard spools
22-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R008
11 April 1995
Styrofoam
Packing
Beads
Material
Guidelines
How to Recycle
Popcorn beads
No bulk styrofoam or
plastic
Scrap Metal
Building managers and designated office support staff are responsible for encouraging recycling in their buildings. Some examples of ways to encourage recycling
include:
Ensuring that recycling bins are accessible and are clearly labeled.
Posting signs that encourage double-sided copying near photocopy machines.
Setting up rechargeable battery stations in buildings where batteries are used
in large quantity.
6.3.3
Salvage
Salvageable material is collected by the Salvage Group in the Property Control
Department. The Salvage Group in the Property Control Department will pick up
and salvage the following types of unneeded items:
Office furniture
Electrical equipment
Appliances
Scrap metal
Wire (with or without insulation)
Blue-and-white-striped computer paper
Contact the Salvage Group in the Property Control Department for pickup of any
of the above items.
Note:
6.3.4
11 April 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R008
22-9
Data Collection
The Facilities Office ensures that the recycling subcontractor and the nonhazardous waste disposal subcontractor provide data to the EP&WM Department on the
quantities of recyclable material and nonhazardous waste collected from SLAC.
The Waste Minimization Coordinator uses this data to help identify the most beneficial waste minimization and pollution prevention measures for SLAC.
Hazardous Waste
Hazardous waste poses a potential threat to human health or the environment. Hazardous waste is
classified based on the process or chemicals from which it is derived, or certain hazardous characteristics such as toxicity, flammability, corrosiveness, and reactivity. If you need help determining
if a waste is hazardous, contact the EP&WM Department or refer to the Hazardous Materials Management Handbook (SLAC-I-750-0A06G-001).
Managers and supervisors must ensure that personnel who store, handle, use, or transfer hazardous waste have completed the required training. Required training includes training on waste
minimization and pollution prevention strategies. Managers and supervisors should use the ES&H
Task/Hazard Survey, available from the ES&H Training Team, to determine required training for
personnel. For instructions on how to register for training, see Chapter 24, Training.
HW&MCs must ensure that hazardous material and waste are stored, handled, used, and transferred in a manner that reduces waste and prevents pollution. If you have questions about waste
minimization and pollution prevention related to hazardous waste that are not answered by this
section, contact your supervisor, the Waste Minimization Coordinator, or your department or
groups HW&MC.
Information on waste minimization measures for the following activities is available in the ES&H
Document Room or from the ES&H Waste Minimization Coordinator:
Automobile maintenance and repair
Metal finishing and cleaning
Printed circuit-board cleaning
7.1
Reduce
Eliminate or reduce the source of waste generation through source reduction. To reduce
hazardous waste:
Limit the inventory of hazardous material to reduce the generation of out-ofdate hazardous material (which can become hazardous waste).
Substitute less hazardous and nonhazardous material for more hazardous
material where possible.
Eliminate equipment that uses hazardous material or replace it with equipment that uses nonhazardous or less hazardous material where technically
and economically feasible. For example, you can:
Eliminate an extra solvent cleaning bath.
Replace a polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB)-filled transformer with a
non-PCB-filled transformer at the end of the transformers useful life.
22-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R008
11 April 1995
7.2
Measures for reducing hazardous waste are especially cost-effective when the risks and
costs of cleaning up hazardous material spills are taken into account.
Reuse
Reusing hazardous material when possible minimizes waste generation. To reuse hazardous waste:
Contact the product manufacturer to determine if empty hazardous material
containers can be returned for reuse.
Reuse solvent or acid that is used for high-quality cleaning for lower quality
precleaning.
Send unneeded hazardous material to another SLAC department or DOE facility that has a use for it. (Contact the Waste Minimization Coordinator for assistance.)
Reuse hazardous material in a process when possible instead of generating
hazardous waste and then recycling it.
7.3
Recycle
Recycling hazardous material when possible minimizes waste generation. Examples of
recycling include:
Recycling a used solvent. Solvent recycling can be performed at SLAC using
proper process equipment.
Recovering, decontaminating, and reusing car-wash water.
11 April 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R008
22-11
7.4
Treat
The toxicity and volume of waste can be reduced by treating it chemically, physically, biologically, or thermally. One example at SLAC is the rinsewater treatment system, which
removes heavy metals (copper, nickel, tin, and others) from water before discharging it to
the sanitary sewer.
Note:
Treatment cannot always be implemented readily, since treating a hazardous waste may
require a permit from a regulatory agency. Consult the Waste Minimization Coordinator
before considering treatment of a hazardous material or waste.
Radioactive Waste
Low-level radioactive waste is occasionally generated at SLAC. Radioactive waste is managed by
the EP&WM Department. Radioactive waste can contaminate other forms of hazardous waste
(forming mixed waste) and nonhazardous waste if it comes into contact with them. For this reason, radioactive waste should be segregated from all other forms of hazardous and nonhazardous
waste. To avoid the formation of low-level radioactive wastes, materials or wastes should not be
left in the Radioactive Material Management Area. To avoid the formation of mixed wastes, substances classified as hazardous should not be used in the Radioactive Material Management Area,
if possible. Please refer to the Radioactive Material Management Manual (SLAC-I-760-0A30Z-001) for
measures and guidance on the management and reduction of low-level radioactive waste. For
assistance in identifying low-level radioactive waste, contact the Operational Health Physics
(OHP) Department.
Managers and supervisors must ensure that personnel who store, handle, use, or transfer hazardous or radioactive material or waste have completed required training. Required training includes
training on waste minimization and pollution prevention. Managers and supervisors should use
the ES&H Task/Hazard Survey, available from the ES&H Training Team, to determine required
training for personnel. For instructions on how to register for training, see Chapter 24, Training.
Recognizing Accomplishments
The efforts of personnel in identifying and implementing waste minimization and pollution prevention measures are recognized through awards. Waste minimization and pollution prevention
certificates are awarded based on the merit of the waste minimization and pollution prevention
activity, and on the recommendations of managers and supervisors. Managers and supervisors
should contact the Waste Minimization Coordinator to recommend personnel as recipients of
waste minimization and pollution prevention awards. The ES&H Division will evaluate the recommendations. Awards are presented by the ES&H Division and the Associate Director of the award
recipients division.
10
Purchasing Practices
SLAC is required by the EPA to purchase products that are recyclable or made from recycled mate-
22-12
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R008
11 April 1995
Where possible, substitute non-hazardous for hazardous materials. All SLAC personnel are
encouraged to purchase products listed in SLACs Standards Catalogue that:
Are recycled or recylable.
Are less hazardous.
Have reduced or recyclable packaging.
The Purchasing Department encourages purchasing practices, such as those listed above, that
reduce waste and prevent pollution. In addition, the Purchasing Department incorporates other
waste minimization and pollution prevention strategies in its purchasing practices. For example,
the Purchasing Department:
Considers the cost of waste disposal when evaluating product cost.
Assists the Waste Minimization Coordinator with tracking and recording purchasing activities associated with hazardous, recycled, and recyclable products.
Moderates inventories and procurement of hazardous material at SLAC in
coordination with SLAC personnel who purchase hazardous material.
The Purchasing Department also ensures that subcontractor requirements include practices to
minimize waste and prevent pollution.
11
New Projects
Before starting a new project that will generate waste, contact the Waste Minimization Coordinator for information on appropriate waste reduction measures. Managers and supervisors are
responsible for incorporating waste minimization and pollution prevention measures in plans for
new projects that will generate waste. The ES&H Waste Minimization Coordinator will provide
suggestions for minimizing waste and preventing pollution generated by the project.
12
Subcontractors
Subcontractors at SLAC must comply with the Waste Minimization and Pollution Prevention Program. If a subcontractor will be involved in a project that generates nonhazardous or hazardous
waste, they must perform their work in a manner that minimizes waste and prevents pollution.
13
New Personnel
New personnel receive brief training in waste minimization and pollution prevention in the
employee orientation class offered by the ES&H Training Team. (Contact the ES&H Training Team
for more information, or to enroll in the class.)
11 April 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R008
22-13
The following Bulletins have information that has not yet been incorporated into
this Chapter, or has changed since the publication of the Chapter. Information in
the Bulletins supercedes information in this Chapter.
Date
Issued
Bulletin 57
06/06/02
Title
New Posting and Entry Requirements for Industrial Areas
23
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
23-2
2 Responsibilities
23-2
23-2
23-2
23-2
23-3
2.5 Personnel
23-3
23-3
23-3
23-4
23-5
23-6
23-6
7 Obtaining Signs
23-7
8 Training
23-7
13 December 1999
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
23-1
Overview
The proper use of warning signs and devices (such as audible alarms and lights) can help prevent
serious workplace accidents. Correctly placed signs reduce the probability that an accident will
occur by alerting personnel to hidden workplace hazards and by supplying important information to deal with those hazards. Signs and devices are not to be used as a substitute for reducing or
eliminating a hazard.
Radiological warning signs and devices shall conform to the requirements in Title 10 Code of Federal
Regulations, Part 835 (10CFR835). All other warning signs and devices mentioned in this chapter
shall conform to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Regulations in Title
29 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1910 (29CFR1910) and the corresponding American National
Standards Institute (ANSI) standards. For more information on warning signs and devices, consult
the Safety, Health, and Assurance (SHA) Department, the Operational Health Physics (OHP)
Department, or the SLAC Radiological Control Manual, hereinafter referred to as the RadCon Manual,
(SLAC-I-720-0A05Z-001, current version).
Responsibilities
2.1
2.2
2.3
Building Managers
Building managers shall:
Periodically inspect signs and other warning devices for proper placement.
Inform managers and supervisors when signs are faded, illegible, or have been removed
without authorization.
Ensure audible alarms (such as fire alarms) are tested periodically, with the appropriate
maintenance personnel.
23-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
13 December 1999
2.4
2.5
Personnel
Personnel shall:
Comply with all safety controls related to warning signs and devices.
Inform their supervisors if warning signs and devices are faded, missing, or illegible.
3.1
Danger Signs
Danger signs indicate an immediate and extremely hazardous situation (such as
exposure to non-insulated, high-voltage conductors in a substation) that may
result in serious injury or death. Special precautions are required.
Danger signs shall have an upper panel containing the word DANGER in white
letters in a red field on a black rectangle. The message is in the lower panel in
black letters on a white background.
3.1.2
Warning Signs
Warning signs indicate a potentially hazardous situation (such as accessible, moving parts on automatically starting machinery) that may result in serious injury or
death.
Warning signs shall have an upper panel containing the word WARNING in
black letters in an orange field on a black rectangle. The message is in the lower
panel in black letters on an orange background.
3.1.3
Caution Signs
Caution signs remind personnel to use safe practices and indicate that less severe
hazardous situations (such as wet floors) may be present. Special precautions may
be necessary.
13 December 1999
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
23-3
Caution signs shall have an upper panel containing the word CAUTION in yellow letters in a black rectangle, a yellow background, and heavy black borders.
The message is in the lower panel in black letters on a yellow background.
3.1.4
3.1.5
3.1.6
3.1.7
Exit Signs
Exit signs are used to show the location of an exit when the exit is not readily
apparent. These signs shall have either external or internal illumination and may
have red or green letters on a white background; the letters shall measure no less
than 6 inches in height and 0.75 inches in width.
3.2
3.2.2
23-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
13 December 1999
3.2.3
Radiation Areas
Caution signs that contain the words RADIATION AREA, contain dosimetry
and entry requirements, and indicate dose rate readings are used to designate
areas where radiation dose rates from radioactive material or prompt sources of
radiation1 are greater than 5 mrem/h and less than or equal to 100 mrem/h at 30
cm from the radiation source.
3.2.4
3.2.5
3.2.6
Contamination Areas
Caution signs containing the words CONTAMINATION AREA and RWP
REQUIRED FOR ENTRY designate Contamination Areas. These areas contain
radioactive contamination levels (or the potential for radioactive contamination
levels) greater than the values specified in Table 2.2, Chapter 2 of the RadCon
Manual.
3.2.7
3.2.8
13 December 1999
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
23-5
23-6
Type of Warning
Meaning
Instructions
Red light
Klaxon horn
Yellow light
Caution
Green light
No precautions
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
13 December 1999
Obtaining Signs
SLAC Stores maintains a stock of frequently used signs. Contact SHA or OHP for information on
Training
Warning signs and devices are explained in the Employee Orientation to Environment, Safety, and
Health course. Radiological warning signs and devices are explained in the General Employee
Radiological Training and the Radiological Worker I training courses.
13 December 1999
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
23-7
NOTICE
WARNING
DOOR TO REMAIN
CLOSED WHEN NOT
IN IMMEDIATE USE
MACHINE STARTS
AUTOMATICALLY
WARNING
DANGER
CAUTION
DO NOT ENTER
PERMIT-REQUIRED
CONFINED SPACE
WET
FLOOR
CAUTION
CA
UTION
RADIOACTIVE
RADIOA
MATERIALS
MA
TERIALS
CAUTION
CA
UTION
DANGER
CAUTION
CA
UTION
RADIOACTIVE
RADIOA
LSA
RADIATION AREA
RWP
RWP Required
Required for
for Entry
Date
Dose Rate
mR/h
Contact
30 cm
DO NOT Remove without
authorization from OHP.
OHP.
Tech
CAUTION
CA
UTION
CAUTION
RADIOLOGICALLY
CONTROLLED AREA
CONTAMINATION AREA
ALL PERSONNEL MUST
FRISK BEFORE LEAVING
AIRBORNE
RADIOACTIVITY
AREA
DOSIMETER REQUIRED
FOR ENTRY
SAFETY
FIRST
EXIT
6-99
8501A1
23-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R20
13 December 1999
Training, Chapter 24
Bulletin Updates
Note:
The following Bulletins have information that has not yet been incorporated into
this Chapter, or has changed since the publication of the Chapter. Information in
the Bulletins supercedes information in this Chapter.
Date
Issued
Bulletin 64
04/28/03
Title
Medical Surveillance Programs at SLAC
24
Training
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
24-2
2 Training
24-2
3 Responsibilities
24-3
3.1
24-3
3.2
24-3
3.3
24-3
3.4
Personnel
24-4
24-4
4.1
24-4
4.2
24-5
4.3
Training Records
24-5
24-5
5.1
24-5
5.2
Training Catalog
24-6
5.3
24-6
24-6
7 Recordkeeping
24-6
7.1
24-7
7.2
On-the-Job-Training Documentation
24-7
8 Developing Courses
8.1
24-7
9 Training Exceptions
1 May 1996
24-8
24-8
9.1
Class Substitution
24-8
9.2
Challenge Examinations
24-8
9.3
Waivers
24-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R0013
24-1
24: Training
Overview
The purpose of ES&H training at SLAC is to:
Promote the safe and competent performance of employees.
Promote environmentally sound work practices.
Provide training as required by:
Federal laws.
State laws.
SLAC policy.
Department of Energy (DOE) Orders.
Training requirements apply to all personnel. Subcontractors who supervise their own personnel are responsible for providing their personnel with the necessary ES&H training prior
to working at SLAC. Subcontractors who do not supervise their personnel at SLAC may be
required to provide their personnel with necessary training prior to placement at SLAC.
Note:
Training
There are three types of courses required to meet all of the ES&H training needs at SLAC. The
Training Opportunities at SLAC document, issued three times a year, lists the courses that are
available. They are:
ES&H Courses.
These courses are either presented or sponsored by the ES&H Training
Team, and are listed in the ES&H section of the document.
Division Courses.
These are courses that are presented by each division for the personnel
within that division.
On-the Job Training (OJT) Courses.
OJT courses are one-on-one, job- or equipment-specific training conducted
by OJT trainers. OJT trainers may be either immediate supervisors or subject
matter experts, and the training is done in the actual work environment.
ES&H courses usually provide a general view on a specific topic. It is the responsibility of
supervisors and managers to provide division courses and job- or equipment-specific training
in the form of OJT.
24-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R0013
1 May 1996
24: Training
Responsibilities
3.1
3.2
3.3
Subject matter experts are SLAC personnel or hired experts who provide technical expertise for the development for
training courses.
2 Line safety trainers are SLAC personnel who provide training in their area of expertise.
1 May 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R0013
24-3
24: Training
Provide funding for ES&H courses and division courses dealing with ES&H
training issues.
Maintain a library of environment, safety, and health training material for
use by other organizations at SLAC.
Advise and assist managers and supervisors in course and training program
development by:
Providing information and expertise on course development, course
presentation, and outside training resources.
Setting standards for course development, instructors, training
methods, and documentation.
3.4
Personnel
Personnel are expected to:
Complete all required courses.
Use the knowledge learned from training to:
Perform their jobs in a safe, healthful, and environmentally sound
manner.
Comply with applicable laws, SLAC policy, and DOE Orders.
4.1
24-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R0013
1 May 1996
4.2
24: Training
4.3
To make corrections to the distribution list for these notices, contact the ES&H Document
Coordinator.
Training Records
Managers, supervisors, and operations managers maintain training records for divisional
courses and OJT training.
The ES&H Training Team maintains the ES&H Training Database which documents ES&H
courses. To retrieve individual training reports from the database, use the web form
located at
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/training/trainrec1.html
If you are unable to retrieve the information you require, contact the ES&H Training Team
for assistance.
5.1
1 May 1996
The ES&H Training Team can assist in identifying outside sources of training.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R0013
24-5
24: Training
5.2
Training Catalog
The ES&H training catalog is included in Training Opportunities at SLAC. This document
5.3
Recordkeeping
Individual training records must be kept indefinitely. Managers and supervisors maintain training
records for divisional and OJT courses. The ES&H Training Team will maintain records for ES&H
training courses.
The ES&H Training Team maintains the ES&H Training Database, which documents ES&H courses.
To retrieve reports from the database, log on to VM, use the command TRAINRPT, and follow the
menu instructions. An online help file is available. If you are unable to retrieve the information
your require, contact the ES&H Training Team for assistance.
24-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R0013
1 May 1996
7.1
24: Training
7.2
On-the-Job-Training Documentation
Managers and supervisors must ensure that OJT is documented by maintaining a
record of:
Learning objectives.
Manager or supervisor signature and date (to certify that the trainee has met
the learning objectives).
Trainee name, signature, and date.
Upon request, the ES&H Training Team will provide:
Samples of documentation forms for OJT.
Guidance on OJT design, teaching aids, and materials.
Developing Courses
The primary responsibility for course development belongs to managers and supervisors of
individuals who must complete the training. Citizen committees and the ES&H Training Team
may also take responsibility for course development. The ES&H Training Team is available to
give assistance in course development. Issues surrounding course development may include:
Specific regulatory requirements for a given course.
Identification of individuals to develop and present courses.
Suitability of outside training resources such as:
Off-the-shelf courses.
Off-site courses.
Audio-visual aids.
Training subcontractors and consultants.
Computer-based training (CBT).
Integration of site-specific information.
Prioritizing courses.
1 May 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R0013
24-7
24: Training
8.1
The ES&H Division presents the course On-The-Job Trainer Workshop for
managers, supervisors, and technical staff who are responsible for providing OJT.
This course clarifies the standards and procedures that are appropriate for OJT.
Training Exceptions
9.1
Class Substitution
Training received at another facility may, in some cases, be substituted for training
required at this facility. The ES&H Training Team must review and approve the test and
passing score of the replacement course.
9.2
Challenge Examinations
Personnel may be offered challenge examinations instead of attending classes.
9.3
Waivers
Training may be waived for an individual with well-established knowledge and skills.
The following steps must be completed to waive training:
The manager, supervisor, or course instructor must complete the Training
Waiver Form (available from the ES&H Training Team).
Justification for waiving the training requirement must be provided.
The department head or group leader may approve the waiver.3
24-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R0013
1 May 1996
24: Training
If approved, a copy of the completed Training Waiver Form must be sent to the
ES&H Training Team.
If approved, the manager or supervisor must maintain the Training Waiver
Form as part or the training record.
Note:
1 May 1996
The training waiver does not apply to Radiological Training. For more information, consult with the ES&H Training Team.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R0013
24-9
The following Bulletins have information that has not yet been incorporated into
this Chapter, or has changed since the publication of the Chapter. Information in
the Bulletins supercedes information in this Chapter.
Date
Issued
Title
Bulletin 23
03/06/92
25
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
25-2
2 Responsibilities
25-2
2.1
25-2
2.2
25-2
2.3
25-2
2.4
Personnel
25-3
3 Training
25-3
4 Hand Tools
25-3
4.1
Types
25-3
4.2
Hazards
25-4
4.3
Tool Defects
25-4
25-4
5.1
25-4
5.2
25-6
5.3
25-6
5.4
25-7
5.5
25-7
25-9
6.1
25-9
6.2
Inspection
25-9
6.3
Transportation
25-9
6.4
Storage
25-10
17 January 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
25-1
Overview
This document applies to all portable tool use for SLAC-related work by SLAC personnel. SLAC
provides both hand and powered portable tools that meet accepted safety standards. These standards are based upon the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards for
tools, Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1910, Subpart P.
It is SLAC policy to assure the safe condition of tools and equipment used by personnel. Improper
use of tools or the use of damaged tools may cause workplace injuries. A damaged or malfunctioning tool must not be used; it must be turned in for servicing and a tool in good condition
obtained to complete the job.
Personnel shall use the correct tool for the work to be performed. If they are unfamiliar with
the operation of the tool, they shall request instruction before starting the job. All personnel
who operate tools must be thoroughly familiar with the proper use and care of their tools.
Note:
SLAC personnel must not use personal tools for SLAC work.
Responsibilities
2.1
2.2
2.3
25-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
17 January 1996
2.4
Personnel
Personnel:
Use the appropriate tool for the job.
Inspect tools before use.
Inform supervision if unfamiliar with the tool to be used.
Report any tool deficiency to supervision.
Stop work immediately if a tool becomes damaged.
Wear appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).
Training
Personnel who use tools must be trained. Instruction manuals from tool manufacturers or factorytrained instructors should be used as the primary source of information. The training should
include:
How to select the proper tool for the job.
How to inspect the tool.
How to use the tool.
Tool storage.
The procedures for repair of faulty tools.
Note:
Supervisors shall ensure that their personnel are properly trained in the operation of any tool before
its use. If personnel are unfamiliar with the operation of the tool, they shall receive instruction
before starting the job.
Hand Tools
4.1
Types
Although it is not feasible to list the hundreds of hand tools available, they may be
grouped into the following general categories:
Striking tools (such as hammers, mallets, and sledges)
Turning tools (such as wrenches)
Metal-cutting tools (such as shears, snips, bolt cutters, wire cutters, hacksaws,
metal chisels, and files)
Wood-cutting tools (such as hand saws, drills, planes, axes, hatchets, mauls,
wedges, and wood chisels)
Material handling tools (such as crowbars and hooks)
Gardening tools (such as shovels, rakes, hoes, and post-hole diggers)
Screwdrivers
Pliers
Knives and miscellaneous cutting tools (such as scissors, scrapers, bits, and
awls)
17 January 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
25-3
4.2
Hazards
The primary hazards encountered when using hand tools include striking or contacting
part of the body with the hand tool or the work piece and projectiles flying off the tool or
work piece into the eyes. The most common injuries from the use of hand tools are:
Laceration or cut from a knife blade, saw, or other tool with a sharp surface or
jagged edge.
Contusions, or bruises from striking the fingers with the tool.
These injuries are generally caused by:
Not wearing appropriate PPE.
Using the wrong tool for the work to be performed.
Improper use of the tool.
Failure to inspect the tool before use.
Improper storage or transportation of the tool.
Defective tools.
4.3
Tool Defects
Tools that are not in proper working order shall be immediately removed from service. All
tools should be inspected for hazardous defects before each use. Common hazardous tool
defects include:
Mushroomed chisel heads.
Loose hammer heads.
Dull knives.
Bent screwdriver bits.
5.1
25-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
17 January 1996
Do Not:
Energize the tool until just before use.
Get near the moving parts of an electrical tool unless the power is off.
Lay electrical cords over sharp edges or through doorways or holes in walls.
Use any electric tool in an area where flammable gases or vapors may be
present unless the tool is rated for that application.
Use any tool that is sparking or appears to have an electrical short.
Use any tool with a damaged cord or exposed wiring.
Use an electric grinding wheel, buffer, or wire brush that wobbles or vibrates
excessively.
Use excessive force on saws or drills to cut through hard materials.
Use any tool unless the blade or bit is securely tightened.
Use any tool with the blade guard removed or rendered inoperable.
When using electrical power tools, the following requirements must be met for the
following tools:
5.1.1
Circular Saws
OSHA requires that all portable, power-driven circular saws with a blade
diameter greater than 2 inches be equipped with:
1. A constant pressure switch or control that will shut off the power when the
pressure is released.
2. Guards above and below the base plate or shoe. The guard must cover the
saw teeth whenever the saw is not in operation.
5.1.2
5.1.3
17 January 1996
This section on grinders does not include metal, wood, cloth, or paper discs
having abrasive surface layers.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
25-5
5.2
Safety Precautions
When using these types of tools, inspect them for:
A constant pressure throttle control that will shut off the power when the
pressure is released.
A handle or trigger lock or guard to prevent accidental activation of the tool.
A tip guard on chain saws.
A working blade brake.
Fuel leaks around the gasoline tank or fuel line.
Mufflers in good condition.
Spark plugs and wire connections in good condition.
5.2.2
Restrictions
Gasoline-powered tools may not be used:
In confined spaces.
In tunnels.
Gasoline-powered tools may be used inside buildings only after:
An industrial hygienist from the SHA department has checked for proper ventilation.
The smoke detectors for the building have been turned off by the building
manager.
5.3
Safety Precautions
When working in areas where lines cross over aisles, the hydraulic lines should be
suspended overhead to prevent creating a tripping hazard. Always inspect the
equipment before use. Check to be sure the hydraulic hoses are not kinked.
5.3.2
25-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
17 January 1996
After the load has been raised, it shall be cribbed, blocked, or otherwise
secured at once.
Hydraulic jacks exposed to freezing temperatures shall be supplied with an
adequate antifreeze liquid.
All jacks shall be properly lubricated at regular intervals as recommended by
the manufacturer.
Each jack shall be thoroughly inspected at times that depend upon the service
conditions. Inspections shall be not less frequent than the following:
For constant or intermittent use at one locality, once every 6 months.
For jacks sent out of shop for special work, when sent out and when
returned.
For a jack subjected to abnormal load or shock, immediately before
and immediately after each use.
Repair or replacement parts shall be examined for possible defects.
Out of order jacks shall be tagged accordingly and shall not be used until
repairs are made.
5.4
Do Not:
Kink the air hose or subject it to other physical damage.
Lay the air hose across aisles or walkways.
Squeeze the trigger on air hammers, impact wrenches, or other tools until the
tool is in contact with the work.
Use an air line if it has a leak.
Use the air hose for cleaning unless nozzle pressure is kept below 30 pounds
per square inch (psi) and effective chip protection is in place.
5.5
This section does not apply to devices designed for attaching objects to soft construction
materials such as wood, plaster, tar, drywall, or stud welding equipment.
5.5.1
Types
There are two types of powder-actuated (explosive) fastening tools: the lowvelocity type and the high-velocity type. Both types use explosives to drive studs,
pins, or fasteners into a work surface. The low-velocity tool operates under 300
feet per second when measured 6.5 feet from the muzzle end of the barrel. The
high-velocity tool discharges in excess of 300 feet per second when measured 6.5
feet from the muzzle end of the barrel.
Note:
17 January 1996
Personnel are not permitted to use a powderactuated tool unless instructed and licensed
by the manufacturer.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
25-7
5.5.2
Requirements
Because of the danger involved in the operation of powder-actuated fastening
tools, OSHA has developed strict requirements for their use. These requirements
state:
Only personnel who have received the manufacturers training and have been
licensed may operate explosive-actuated fastening tools.
Only tools meeting the design requirements in the American National Standard (ANSI) A10.3-1970 may be purchased. (Compliance with such design
requirements is announced by the manufacturer in advertising and catalogs.)
Tool users and any assistants shall wear eye protection during use.
Operators shall inspect each tool before use to assure that it is clean, that all
moving parts operate freely, and that the barrel is free from obstructions.
Operators shall assure that only manufacturer-recommended fasteners are
used in tools.
Operators shall immediately stop use when a tool defect is noticed.
Operators shall not load tools until just prior to the intended firing time.
Operators shall not point loaded or empty tools at other people.
Operators shall not leave loaded tools unattended.
In case of a misfire, operators shall hold the tool in the operating position for at
least 30 seconds before trying to operate the tool a second time. They shall wait
another 30 seconds, holding the tool in the operating position, then proceed to
remove the explosive load in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
Fasteners shall not be driven into very hard or brittle materials including, but
not limited to, cast iron, glazed tile, surface-hardened steel, glass block, live
rock, face brick, or hollow tile.
Driving into materials that are easily penetrated shall be avoided, unless such
materials are backed by a substance that will prevent the pin or fastener from
passing completely through and creating a flying-missile hazard on the other
side.
Fasteners shall not be driven directly into materials such as brick or concrete
closer than 3 inches from the unsupported edge or corner, or into steel surfaces closer than half an inch from the unsupported edge or corner, unless a
special guard, fixture, or jig is used.
When fastening other materials, such as a 2- by 4-inch wood section to a concrete surface, it is permissible to drive a fastener of no greater than 7/32-inch
shank diameter not closer than 2 inches from the unsupported edge or corner of the work surface.
Fasteners shall not be driven through existing holes unless a positive guide is
used to secure accurate alignment.
No fastener shall be driven into a spalled area caused by an unsatisfactory
fastening.
Tools shall not be used in an explosive or flammable atmosphere.
All tools shall be used with the correct shield, guard, or attachment recommended by the manufacturer.
The tool shall be inspected and repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications.
25-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
17 January 1996
6.1
6.2
Inspection
It is SLAC policy to assure the safe condition of tools and equipment used by SLAC personnel. All tools shall be inspected at regular intervals and before each use. If any tool is
defective, it shall be repaired in accordance with the manufacturers specifications or
replaced.
Note:
Tools that are not in proper working order are to be immediately removed from use.
6.3
Transportation
When transporting tools, observe the following precautions.
Do Not:
Carry power tools by their electric cord, air line, or hydraulic hose.
Carry sharp or pointed tools such as knives, scissors, screwdrivers, and chisels
with the edge or point upward or toward the body.
Carry a tool in such a way that it obstructs vision.
Give sharp or pointed tools to another person with the sharp end toward the
receiver.
Throw any tools at or toward another person.
17 January 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
25-9
6.4
Storage
When storing tools, always:
Store sharp tools in a specially designed cabinet or cupboard, or with a blade
guard in place.
Drain gasoline or other flammable fuels from tools if they are to be stored for
an extended period of time.
25-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R011
17 January 1996
Stormwater
Related Chapters
Excavations
Industrial Wastewater
Secondary Containment of
Hazardous Material and Waste
Spills
Waste Minimization and
Pollution Prevention
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
26-3
1.1
Purpose
26-3
1.2
Background
26-3
1.3
26-3
1.4
26-4
1.5
26-4
26-5
3 Responsibilities
26-5
13 October 2000
3.1
ES&H Coordinators
26-5
3.2
26-5
3.3
26-5
3.4
26-6
3.5
26-6
26-6
26-7
26-7
26-7
3.6
26-7
3.7
Personnel
26-7
3.8
Subcontractors
26-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
26-1
26: Stormwater
Chapter Outline
Page
Chemicals
26-8
4.1.1 Lead
26-8
4.1.2 Metals
26-8
26-8
26-8
4.2
Sediment
26-8
4.3
26-9
4.4
Other Material
26-9
26-9
5.1
26-9
5.2
26-9
6 Training
26-2
26-8
26-10
6.1
26-10
6.2
Employee Training
26-10
26-10
26-10
26-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
13 October 2000
26: Stormwater
Overview
1.1
Purpose
The purpose of this chapter is to document the policies governing stormwater
management at SLAC.
1.2
Background
Each year thousands of tons of pollutants enter San Francisco Bay. Fluids and metals from
vehicles, inadequate housekeeping of outdoor storage and work areas, exposed materials
or waste, construction activity, and illicit connections to the storm drain system are all
potential sources of pollutants. At SLAC these pollutants are carried by rain and runoff
into our storm drain system that discharges directly into San Francisquito Creek (and
ultimately adds to the pollutant loading of San Francisco Bay).
The Federal Clean Water Act (CWA) and the State Porter-Cologne Act are the principal
statutes that mandate for control of stormwater pollutants. Another driver that controls
stormwater pollutants is the State Hazardous Waste Source Reduction and Management
Review Act. The 1987 amendments to the CWA added section 402(p), which establishes a
framework for regulating municipal, industrial, and construction stormwater discharges
under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) program.
On November 16, 1990, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
published final regulations that established application requirements for stormwater
permits. Permits are required for stormwater associated with industrial activity that
discharges directly to surface water or indirectly through storm drain systems.
In California, the State Water Quality Control Board and nine Regional Water Quality
Control Boards (RWQCB) enforce the CWA. The San Francisco Bay RWQCB regulates SLAC
under the Industrial Activities Stormwater General Permit NPDES No. CAS000001-5/99
(General Permit).
The General Permit is the mechanism for implementing the federal requirements and the
Water Quality Control Plan (Basin Plan). The Basin Plan is specific to our region and
protects beneficial uses of various types of water bodies. The beneficial uses for inland
surface waters such as San Francisquito Creek include recreation, wildlife habitat
encompassing several rare and endangered species, cold and warm freshwater habitats,
and fish migration and spawning.
1.3
13 October 2000
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
26-3
26: Stormwater
1.4
1.5
26-4
In 40CFR112.2(a), the term oil denotes any form of oil including petroleum, fuel oil, sludge, oil refuse, and oil mixed with wastes
other than dredged spoil. California law (20HSC6.67) further defines crude oil or its fractions to be crude petroleum or all products in liquid form derived from petroleum.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
13 October 2000
26: Stormwater
Responsibilities
3.1
ES&H Coordinators
Each of the five SLAC divisions has an ES&H Coordinator. Each ES&H Coordinator is
chosen by his/her divisions Associate Director (AD) and serves as that divisions primary
Point-of-Contact (POC) for ES&H issues.
ES&H Coordinators must be familiar with all activities conducted in their respective
divisions and trained in storm water pollution prevention practices. ES&H Coordinators
bring compliance issues to the attention of the AD and coordinates compliance solutions
with the ES&H division. The current list of ES&H Coordinators can be found on the Web at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/reference/safecoor.html.
3.2
Assuring that the SLAC surface water BMPS are implemented within their areas
of responsibility.
Ensuring that their employees receive the required training.
Implementing ES&H policy with the personnel under their supervision.
3.3
13 October 2000
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
26-5
26: Stormwater
3.4
3.5
26-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
13 October 2000
26: Stormwater
3.5.2
3.5.4
Hazardous Wastes
Some process effluents generated at SLAC must be disposed of as hazardous waste. WM is responsible for handling and disposing of hazardous
waste. For more information see Chapter 17, Hazardous Waste, in this
manual.
3.5.2
Spills
In the event of a minor or non-hazardous release of material into the environment, including unauthorized releases to the storm drain, contact WM.
For more information, see Chapter 16, Spills, in this manual.
3.6
3.7
Personnel
Personnel must learn and comply with SLAC ES&H policies, practices, procedures, and
requirements. Specifically SLAC personnel are responsible for:
Integrating the stormwater BMPS into projects and work processes.
Reporting immediately to WM any unauthorized discharges to the storm
drain system. For more information see Chapter 16 Spills, in this manual.
Note:
13 October 2000
Connections that convey process water of any kind to the storm drain system is prohibited.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
26-7
26: Stormwater
3.8
Subcontractors
Subcontractors conducting construction work of any kind must adhere to the ES&H
elements of their contract including SLAC stormwater BMPS. Subcontractors must
maintain a clean and orderly work site.
4.1
Chemicals
Use, store, and properly dispose of solvents, paints, pesticides, fertilizer, fuels, and
process and maintenance chemicals properly to prevent them from entering the storm
drain system.
4.1.1
Lead
Lead is used as radiation shielding. Both lead and PCBS bioaccumulate. Because
they are concentrated in the environment through biological food webs, it is very
important to minimize any release into the environment.
4.1.2
Metals
Vehicle brake pads, water pipes, and flashing on buildings are known to be
sources of metals such as zinc and copper. Material and scrap stored outdoors can
also be a source if not covered and managed properly. These trace metals may be
carried by runoff as metal surfaces oxidize, flake, corrode, dissolve or leach away.
Paint chips, metal shavings, and bits of electrical wire can be washed into the
storm drain. To avoid this, sweep all outdoor storage and work areas frequently.
4.1.3
4.1.4
Polychlorinated Biphenyls
SLAC historically used polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBS) in transformers and
klystron oil. Though this use has ended, PCBS are still found on site in contaminated soil and in equipment. Both PCBS and lead bioaccumulate. Because they are
concentrated in the environment through biological food webs, it is very important to minimize any release into the environment.
4.2
Sediment
Sediment transport is the result of erosion and soil movement. Though a certain amount
of sediment enters naturally and can be tolerated by the natural drainage system, too
much reduces water quality and impacts the health of aquatic organisms. Construction,
irrigation, and drainage patterns can contribute to sediment entering the storm drain
system and San Francisquito Creek.
26-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
13 October 2000
4.3
26: Stormwater
4.4
Other Material
Any material that can affect the water quality of San Francisquito Creek must be
controlled. This includes floating material and debris (such as packing peanuts and
cigarette butts), color, temperature, turbidity, salinity and nutrients. The SLAC goal is for
nothing to go down the storm drain but stormwater runoff from rain.
5.1
5.2
13 October 2000
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
26-9
26: Stormwater
Refrigeration
Drinking fountain water
Fire hydrant flushing
Ground water and foundation or footing drainage
Landscape watering
Training
6.1
6.2
Employee Training
6.2.1
Training Requirements
Personnel training is required as part of the SWPPP. This includes training personnel who are responsible for:
1. Implementing activities identified in the SWPPP.
2. Conducting inspections, sampling, and visual observations.
3. Managing stormwater.
The training topics include spill response, good housekeeping, material handling
procedures, and actions necessary to implement all BMPS identified in the SWPPP.
The SWPPP shall identify training requirements. Records shall be maintained of all
training sessions held.
6.2.2
Training Goals
To meet the training goals of the BMPS, SLAC provides BMP awareness training
with work groups addressing how BMPS are to be implemented in specific operations. In addition, all personnel involved in the direct operation and maintenance
of oil-containing equipment and storage containers greater than 660 gallons
receive training to ensure an adequate understanding of how to prevent releases
of oil.
The instruction includes discussion regarding applicable pollution control laws,
rules, and regulations, and spill prevention planning. ES&H Course 105, Introduction to Pollution Prevention and Hazardous Waste/Material Handling
includes familiarization with the elements of the SPCC Plan and the Contingency
Plan, emphasizing the plans as references.
6.2.3
Awareness Training
The Employee Orientation to ES&H (EOESH) course provides some basic information on storm drains and spill procedures.
26-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
13 October 2000
Asbestos, Chapter 27
Bulletin Updates
Note:
The following Bulletins have information that has not yet been incorporated into
this Chapter, or has changed since the publication of the Chapter. Information in
the Bulletins supercedes information in this Chapter.
Date
Issued
Bulletin 62
05/01/03
Title
Properly Managing Asbestos Floor Tiles
27
Asbestos
Related Chapters
Chemical Carcinogen Control
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
27-2
2 Responsibilities
27-2
2.1
27-2
2.2
Purchasing Department
27-3
2.3
27-3
2.4
27-3
2.5
27-4
2.6
27-4
2.7
27-4
2.8
Subcontractors
27-4
2.9
27-5
27-5
27-5
4 Health Hazards
27-6
4.1
Asbestosis
27-6
4.2
Cancer
27-6
4.3
Skin Warts
27-6
5 Training
27-7
6 Safety Practices
27-7
27-8
8 Building Modifications
27-8
27-8
9.1
27-8
9.2
Sampling
27-8
10 Disposal
27-9
11 Subcontractors
27-9
2 June 1998
27-10
27-10
27-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
27-1
27: Asbestos
Overview
Asbestos1 and asbestos-containing materials (ACMs),2 when they are disturbed, may pose a threat
to human health. As a result, all work at SLAC that may disturb asbestos or ACMs is controlled to
ensure the safety of SLAC employees.
This chapter outlines SLACs asbestos management policy, which requires the immediate removal
or repair of all asbestos and ACMs that pose a significant health hazard due to location or condition. Asbestos and ACMs that are in good condition will be maintained in a condition that will not
produce a significant risk to SLAC employees. ACMs will be removed, repaired, or protected prior
to planned renovations, demolitions, or modifications that may result in disturbances. All removal
and repairs shall be conducted only by asbestos abatement3 subcontractors,4 hereafter referred to
as subcontractors, in a safe manner that is consistent with SLAC policy, applicable regulations,
Work Smart Standards, and recognized good practices.
Regulations applicable to this chapter include the Occupational, Safety, and Health Administration (OSHA) Title 29; Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Parts 1910.1001, 1926.58, and 1928.58; the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Title 40, CFR, Parts 61 and 763; Bay Area Air Quality Management District (BAAQMD) Regulation 11, Rule 2; and California Code of Regulations (CCR), Titles 8
and 22.
Asbestos compliance is complicated, due to the interplay of EPA, OSHA, BAAQMD, and CCR regulations. Therefore, University Technical Representatives (UTRs) and other individuals involved in
asbestos work must consult with the Safety, Health, and Assurance (SHA) Department and the
Environmental Protection and Restoration (EPR) Department on a regular basis to ensure compliance. For current telephone numbers and contact names relating to asbestos at SLAC, see the Environment, Safety, and Health (ES&H) Resource List at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/
Responsibilities
2.1
27-2
Asbestos is a generic term, referring to a group of naturally occurring fibrous mineral silicates.
Asbestos-containing materials are materials that contain asbestos at a concentration of 0.1% or greater by weight, area,
or count.
Demolition is the wrecking, intentional burning, or dismantling of any structural element or all of a building.
Renovation is an operation, other than a demolition, in which ACM is removed or stripped from any element of a building, structure, plant, or installation.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
2 June 1998
27: Asbestos
2.2
Purchasing Department
The buyer or contract administrator in the Purchasing Department enforces the terms of
the asbestos abatement subcontract. This enforcement may require withholding payment
from a subcontractor if the requirements of the asbestos abatement subcontract are not
met.
2.3
2.4
An unscheduled operation can occur within a planned renovation. For example, the unscheduled removal of floor tiles
in several buildings within a certain time frame, in no specific order, would be considered an unscheduled operation.
ACM waste is waste material that contains friable asbestos at a concentration of 0.1% or greater by weight, area, or
count, and asbestos-contaminated materials such as protective clothing and equipment. Friable asbestos is asbestos that
can be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to a powder when dry, under hand pressure, or that has been crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to a powder. Broken, deteriorated pipe insulation is an example of friable ACM waste.
2 June 1998
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
27-3
27: Asbestos
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
Subcontractors
Subcontractors shall:
Submit work plans to the UTR.
Perform all asbestos abatement work in compliance with applicable federal,
state, and local regulations, and SLAC policies related to environment, safety,
and health.
Monitor the asbestos fiber concentration in the air near the work site during
ACMs removal and provide the UTR with the monitoring results, as required
by the industrial hygienist.
Be subject to the stop work provisions of the contract in the event of a potential
hazard.
Implement appropriate warnings and barriers to prevent employee entry into
asbestos-controlled areas.
27-4
Small ACM tile removal work involves the removal of less than 100 linear or square feet of asbestos.
10
This time restriction could change in the future, depending upon air sampling results.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
2 June 1998
2.9
27: Asbestos
2.10
All Others
All other persons on the SLAC premises (including subcontractors, users, and visitors
working at SLAC) shall:
Follow asbestos safety practices.
Immediately report any suspected asbestos hazard to their manager or
supervisor.
Not perform any work that involves the removal of asbestos and ACMs (see
exceptions in Sections 2.5 and 2.8 in this chapter.
2 June 1998
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
27-5
27: Asbestos
Although SLAC policy requires that asbestos-free material be used whenever feasible, brakes on
some vehicles may still contain asbestos. When performing brake repair on vehicles, follow the
safety guidelines outlined in Procedures for Brake Repair (Business Services Division Procedure
75-1), available in the Transportation Department.
Health Hazards
ACMs can create a chronic health hazard if their asbestos fibers become airborne and are inhaled.
Asbestos fibers may become airborne due to material aging and deterioration, material damage, or
as a result of efforts to drill, cut, or remove the material. The major, chronic health hazards caused
by asbestos exposure are asbestosis and cancer. Acute health hazards include skin warts.
4.1
Asbestosis
Lung tissue scarring, known as asbestosis, is caused by long-term inhalation of asbestos
fibers that lodge deep in the lungs. Asbestosis typically results in shortness of breath and
heart strain. Cigarette smokers are at a higher risk of developing asbestosis when exposed
to asbestos than nonsmokers.
4.2
Cancer
Prolonged heavy exposure to asbestos may cause lung, stomach, and intestinal cancer.
Once again, cigarette smokers are at a substantially higher risk of developing lung cancer
when exposed to asbestos than nonsmokers.
4.3
Skin Warts
Single asbestos fibers embedded in the skin may cause non-cancerous warts. The warts
heal when the fiber is removed.
27-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
2 June 1998
27: Asbestos
Training
Safety professionals whose responsibility is to determine the presence or location of, assess the
condition of, or collect samples of, friable, nonfriable,11 or suspected asbestos or ACMs, must
maintain Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) certification through initial and
annual refresher training.
SLAC employees who perform small ACM tile removal work must complete the following
training:
Hazard Communication General Training
Introduction to Pollution Prevention and Hazardous Waste/Materials
Management
At least two hours of on-the-job training (OJT) and annual refresher OJT training, focusing on site-specific use, hazards, and procedures associated with
ACM tile removal work.
Safety Practices
To prevent exposure to asbestos:
Learn to recognize common ACMs.
Treat all suspected ACMs as if they are known ACMs.
Do not drill, scrape, or otherwise disturb walls, ceilings, or floors that may
contain suspected or known ACMs.
Request non-ACMs when preparing purchase requisitions for materials that
commonly contain asbestos.
Do not enter any area that a subcontractor has posted as an asbestos-controlled
area.
In addition to the responsibilities outlined in Section 2.8, SLAC employees who perform small
ACM tile removal work shall always contact an industrial hygienist in SHA for floor tile sampling
at least ten days prior to the start of work. The industrial hygienist will notify the appropriate
supervisor of test results as soon as they are received. If the floor tile or adhesive does not contain
asbestos, work may proceed without restrictions. However, if the floor tile or adhesive contains
asbestos, employees shall proceed with the following restrictions:
Remove all unprotected individuals from the work area to a distance of at least
20 feet if no wall, door, or other barrier is present.
Turn off or isolate the air supply and exhaust systems, such as by covering air
vents. In addition, turn off any local sources of air movements.
Isolate the work area to the extent possible by closing doors, windows, or
other openings.
Lightly mist any loose asbestos debris with an appropriate wetting agent
(usually water). Pick up or vacuum loose material or dust, using a vacuum
11
Nonfriable ACMs are asbestos or ACMs that, when dry and in their present form, cannot be crumbled, pulverized, or
reduced to powder by hand pressure. Asbestos cement products, transite board, pipe, plaster, stucco, paint, and mastics
are examples of nonfriable ACMs.
2 June 1998
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
27-7
27: Asbestos
equipped with a high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter. Wet wipe hard
surfaces after vacuuming.
Wet the material thoroughly before handling.
Use only hand tools to remove or repair tile materials.
Bag and dispose of expended HEPA filters and remove ACM waste in accordance with the requirements of this chapter and waste management practices
and procedures (see Waste Management in this manual).
Note:
Clearance air sampling is not required for small ACM tile removal work. Representative
personal air monitoring will be conducted by SHA to evaluate work procedures and ensure
that airborne asbestos levels are well below the permissible exposure limit (PEL).
Building Modifications
If a building modification project could potentially disturb ACMs, the supervisor of the building
modification project shall obtain a review of the project site from SHA. An industrial hygienist
from SHA will assess the risk of disturbing ACMs at the site of the planned modification. When a
building modification will be performed by a subcontractor, samples will be collected by an industrial hygienist, following appropriate protocol.
9.1
9.2
Sampling
Samples of suspected ACMs are collected when:
Suspected ACMs appear to be friable.
27-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
2 June 1998
27: Asbestos
SLAC employees undertake work that has the potential to expose them to airborne asbestos fibers.
Suspected ACMs will be disturbed during a building modification project.
Before SLAC employees undertake work that has the potential to expose them to airborne
asbestos fibers, samples will be collected by an industrial hygienist from SHA. The industrial hygienist will evaluate the work and send the samples to a certified lab for analysis. If
the samples contain asbestos, only qualified SLAC employees12 shall undertake the proposed work. SHA will add new ACMs found during sampling to the inventory and provide advice on management or abatement of these ACMs.
When a building modification is planned and the work will be performed by a subcontractor, the UTR shall request samples from SHA. When ACMs are discovered in buildings
at SLAC, an ACM Survey Form must be completed by the UTR and returned to SHA even if
the ACMs are removed. The subcontractor removing the ACMs shall be identified on the
ACM Survey Form. In no instance will SLAC certify to a subcontractor that building materials do not contain ACMs. When sampling results indicate that ACMs are present in buildings, SLAC will select subcontractors accordingly; however, subcontractors have the
ultimate responsibility for determining the hazards to which their workers will be
exposed.
10
Disposal
WM coordinates the disposal of all asbestos and ACM waste at SLAC and prepares the manifests.
The subcontractor shall include a description of their intended method of packaging asbestos and
ACM waste in the written work plan. WM will verify that the subcontractors method of packaging
asbestos and ACM waste meets all regulatory requirements. WM will provide the subcontractor
with additional instructions for packaging asbestos and ACM waste if the subcontractors proposed method of packaging asbestos and ACM waste does not meet all regulatory requirements.
11
Subcontractors
The UTR oversees the activities of subcontractors to ensure that they meet all obligations of the
asbestos abatement subcontract. Subcontractors must monitor the asbestos fiber concentration in
the air near the work site during the removal of ACMs and provide the UTR with the monitoring
results. The UTR must provide the monitoring results to SHA. Industrial hygienists from SHA may
also conduct parallel sampling at the work site when records of prior sampling indicate that the
subcontractors activities could pose a hazard to SLAC employees.
In some cases, asbestos abatement work will be generated by an internal work order and a subcontractor will be hired by a manager or supervisor. In these cases, a UTR is not appointed and a
project engineer must be identified on the internal work order, purchase order, or equivalent document. In these cases, the project engineer oversees the activities of subcontractors and acts as the
UTR.
Subcontractors must perform all asbestos abatement work in compliance with applicable federal,
state, and local regulations, and SLAC policies related to environment, safety, and health. The UTR
12
2 June 1998
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
27-9
27: Asbestos
verifies that asbestos abatement subcontracts conform to all applicable regulations. Buyers or contract administrators enforce the terms of the asbestos abatement subcontract. This enforcement
may require withholding payment from a subcontractor if the requirements of the asbestos abatement subcontract are not met. Subcontractors are also subject to the stop work provisions of the
asbestos abatement subcontract in the event of a potential hazard.
11.1
11.2
11.3
27-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R018
2 June 1998
The following Bulletins have information that has not yet been incorporated into
this Chapter, or has changed since the publication of the Chapter. Information in
the Bulletins supercedes information in this Chapter.
Date
Issued
Bulletin 65
5/12/03
Workers Compensation
Bulletin 66
5/27/03
Title
28
Accidents, Injuries,
Illnesses, and Exposures
Related Chapters
Emergency Preparedness
Medical
Traffic and Vehicular Safety
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
28-2
28-2
2.1
SLAC Employees
28-2
2.2
Non-SLAC Employees
28-5
28-7
28-7
28-7
28-7
7 Property Damage
28-7
28-8
28-8
9.1
28-8
9.2
28-9
10 Accident Investigation
28-9
10.1 Responsibility
28-9
10.2 Guidelines
28-9
1 May 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
28-1
Overview
This chapter describes SLAC and Stanford University policies and procedures regarding workrelated accidents, injuries, illnesses, and exposures. In addition, the chapter includes information
on workers compensation, procedures for reporting radioactive and other hazardous waste spills,
and procedures for investigating accidents.
For more information on reporting work-related accidents, see the SLAC Workbook for Occurrence
Reporting (Volume 01-03), SLAC Guidelines for Operations, (Volume 01-01), and the Stanford University Administrative Guide, Section 25.6, Accident and Incident Reporting.
SLAC Employees
This section explains the procedures that SLAC employees must follow for handling a
work-related accident, injury, illness, or exposure. SLAC employees are full- or part-time
employees. If you are unsure about an employees status, refer to Section 2.2 of this chapter for a definition of non-SLAC employees. Supervisors must accommodate SLAC
employees who request medical assistance.
2.1.1
2.1.2
28-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
1 May 1996
2.1.3
Unless employees have predesignated a personal physician on the Physician Predesignation Form (obtained from the SLAC Medical Department), all medical
care for the first 30 days of treatment after a work-related injury or illness must
be obtained from the Stanford Prompt Care Unit at the Stanford Hospital or the
Occupational Health Department of the Palo Alto Medical Clinic. After 30 days,
employees may seek medical care with a doctor of their choice.
2.1.4
2.1.5
See the Stanford University Administrative Guide, Section 25.6, Accident and Incident Reporting.
1 May 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
28-3
28-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
1 May 1996
2.2
Non-SLAC Employees
This section explains the procedures that non-SLAC employees should follow for handling
a work-related accident, injury, illness, or exposure. Non-SLAC employees include subcontractors, temporary personnel from an agency, visitors, non-employee experimenters, collaborators, and students from other institutions.
2.2.1
2.2.2
1 May 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
28-5
2.2.4
2.2.5
2.2.6
Billing
If non-SLAC employees are treated at the SLAC Medical Department, their
employer may be billed for such treatment. Non-SLAC employees who seek medical assistance must identify their employer to the medical provider. Bills or
reports from medical providers received by SLAC for non-SLAC employees will
28-6
See the Stanford University Administrative Guide, Section 25.6, Accident and Incident Reporting.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
1 May 1996
not be honored or forwarded. If the employer is not identified properly, the medical provider will typically bill the non-SLAC employee directly.
Property Damage
Personnel must immediately report accidents involving property damage to:
Supervisors of personnel who are involved in the accident.
The individual accountable for the property.
6
7
1 May 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
28-7
Supervisors must promptly report, by telephone, any property loss or any significant damage to
property in their custody to the Business Services Division (BSD). Departments must then send
BSD a memorandum identifying the property and giving complete details regarding the loss or
damage.
If the property damage is equal to or greater than $5,000, the supervisor responsible for the property must supply the Safety, Health, and Assurance (SHA) Department with the information necessary to complete the Property Loss Form (Department of Energy (DOE) F 5484.3). SHA will then
complete the form.
9.1
28-8
This category includes reporting of impaired individuals who are operating or may be operating machinery or vehicles.
Impaired behavior includes slurred speech, loss of coordination, and unsteady gait.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
1 May 1996
9.2
10
Accident Investigation
Note:
For information on investigative and corrective action, see the SLAC Workbook for Occurrence
Reporting (DOE-5000.3A) and the SLAC Guidelines for Operations, Guideline 7.
Accident investigation is the systematic collection and analysis of information pertaining to factors suspected of contributing to, or having caused, an undesired event. The goal of accident
investigations is to prevent the recurrence of accidents by identifying the causes, reducing the
probability that these causes will recur, and identifying the means for correcting deficiencies. Accident investigations do not place blame or initiate punishment.
10.1
Responsibility
The Associate Directors shall appoint a designated responsible manager for accident
investigations, in accordance with the SLAC Guidelines for Operations, Guideline 7, Section
8.2. Designated responsible managers should be familiar with the operation, equipment,
employees, and hazards involved.
10.2
Guidelines
The depth of the investigation required depends on the actual and potential injuries or
damages and the complexity of the relevant physical, psychological, and environmental
conditions.
10.2.1 Interviewing Personnel
As soon as reasonably possible, supervisors must make arrangements to discuss
the accident with the parties involved. The discussions must be held in an area
where relative privacy is ensured.
At the start of the interview, supervisors must explain that the purpose of the
investigation is to identify the causes of the accident so that corrective action can
be taken to prevent similar incidents. Accident prevention should be stressed.
Supervisors must:
Ask questions to determine:
Who was involved.
When the accident happened.
Where the accident happened.
How the accident occurred.
Why the accident occurred.
1 May 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
28-9
28-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R013
1 May 1996
29
Respirator Program
Related Chapters
Confined Space
Industrial Hygiene
Lead
Medical
Personal Protective
Equipment
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
29-2
2 Responsibilities
29-2
2.1
29-2
2.2
29-3
2.3
29-3
2.4
Independent Contractors
29-3
3 Training
29-3
29-4
29-4
29-5
7 Types of Respirators
29-5
7.1
Air-Line Respirator
29-5
7.2
Air-purifying Respirators
29-5
8 Dust Masks
29-6
29-7
9.1
29-7
9.2
29-8
9.3
Medical Evaluation
29-8
9.4
29-8
29-8
29-9
11.1 Inspection
29-9
11.2 Disinfection
29-9
29-9
11.4 Storage
29-9
30 October 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
29-1
Overview
The Department of Energy (DOE) requires that exposures to hazards in the workplace be maintained below the acceptable limits. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
and the American Conference of Government Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) have established
standard exposure limits for respiratory hazards.
Where practical, engineering controls such as fume hoods, proper ventilation, or the modification
of industrial processes are used to prevent occupational exposure to air contaminated with harmful dusts, mists, fumes, gases, vapors, or radioactive or toxic particles. Respirators are required
when an industrial hygienist has determined that the Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) is
exceeded, or it is anticipated that the limit will be exceeded.
If respirator use is required, an industrial hygienist will determine the type of respirator to be
used. The individual required to wear a respirator must, on an annual basis, pass the training
course, take the practical fit test, and receive a medical evaluation.
When a respirator is not required, an individual may choose to use a dust mask. The individual
choosing to wear a dust mask must first get authorization from an industrial hygienist and a medical evaluation prior to wearing the dust mask. Dust mask users may elect to take the general
training course. If dust mask use is elected and authorized, SLAC will provide the individual with
a National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) approved dust mask.
Responsibilities
2.1
Industrial Hygiene
Industrial Hygiene:
Provides assistance with the implementation of the Respirator Program.
Investigates reports of possible respiratory hazards.
Determines if a respirator or dust mask use is required.
Determines which type of respirator will be used for a specific hazardous
breathing condition based upon sampling data or exposures anticipated by an
industrial hygienist.
Provides personnel with practical training in the proper use of their modelspecific respirator, when respirator use is required.
Conducts fit tests to ensure that respirators are properly fitted, when respirator use is required.
Monitors activities that typically create hazardous breathing conditions.
2.1.2
Medical Department
The Medical Department:
Provides medical evaluations for personnel who are required to wear
respirators.
Provides medical authorization for personnel to wear respirators.
Provides medical evaluations for personnel who elect to wear a dust mask.
Provides medical authorization for personnel to wear dust masks.
29-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
2.1.3
2.2
2.3
2.4
Independent Contractors
Personnel who are not directly supervised by SLAC management must provide their own
OSHA compliant Respirator Protection Program (RPP), including respirators, if required.
Independent Contractor Respirator Programs are subject to audit by SLAC.
Training
Both personnel who are required to wear respirators and their immediate supervisor must be
properly trained to ensure the safe and effective use of respirators. There are two respirator classes
offered by the ES&H Division. The first class is a general training course on respirator safety. The
second class is a practical training and fit test given by an industrial hygienist. This practical training is specific to the type and model of respirator being used by the individual.
30 October 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
29-3
Both classes are mandatory for personnel who are required to wear respirators and must be documented. These personnel must take an annual refresher course and a practical fit test as long as
they are required to use a respirator. At a minimum, personnel required to wear respirators must
know:
How to properly inspect, don, check the fit, and wear their respirator.
How to properly maintain and store their respirator.
How to recognize emergency situations.
The operation, capabilities, and limitations of the respirator.
When and why respiratory protection is necessary.
Personnel who elect to wear a dust mask will receive written general training and fitting instructions when they pick up their disposable respirators at Stores. In addition to the written instructions, they may choose to take the general training course on respirator safety.
Managers or supervisors must take the general respirator safety course if they have any personnel
who are required to wear a respirator. This training must be completed before any of their personnel are allowed to wear a respirator.
For information on hazardous breathing conditions in confined spaces, see the chapter Confined
Space of this manual.
29-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
the situation, determine if respirator use is required or elective, and respond to the requestor with
a written evaluation. Industrial Hygiene surveys document exposure levels in the work place and
makes specific recommendations for respirator use. Immediate supervisors or managers shall
notify the SHA Department of changes in their work area that involve ventilation, new machinery,
or new chemical processes which may require respirator protection.
SLAC does not provide respirators or dust masks to Independent Contractors as defined in
Section 2.4.
Types of Respirators
A respirator is any device worn by an individual to supply air or to reduce the concentration of a
hazardous material in inhaled air. The respirators used at SLAC are:
1. Supplied air.
2. Air-purifying.
7.1
Air-Line Respirator
An air-line respirator supplies air to the facepiece through a hose or air line that is connected to an air supply. The air supply is not carried by the wearer. This type of respirator
comes in half-mask, full-face, and loose fitting hood styles. There are no air-line respirators available through Stores. These respirators may only be obtained with the authorization of an industrial hygienist.
7.2
Air-purifying Respirators
Air-purifying respirators filter and/or absorb contaminants from inhaled air. There are
two types of air-purifying respirators used at SLAC. They are:
Half-mask respirators.
Full-face respirators.
Note:
7.2.1
Half-Mask Respirators
A half-mask respirator uses absorbent cartridges and/or filters to remove contaminants from inhaled air. The type of contaminant removed depends on the
specific type of cartridge or filter used.
Note:
30 October 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
29-5
Stores has one type of half-mask disposable respirator available upon written
authorization from an industrial hygienist and the SLAC Medical Department.
This particular respirator is effective against specific organic vapors and acid
gases. It may not be used for dusts, fumes, mists, or non-listed acid gases.
Note:
7.2.2
This style of respirator does not provide eye protection and is not suitable for use
against chemicals that are skin or eye irritants.
Full-Face Respirators
Full-face respirators are purchased from the manufacturer with written authorization from an industrial hygienist and the SLAC Medical Department. A full-face
respirator uses absorbent cartridges and/or filters to remove contaminants from
inhaled air. The type of contaminant removed depends on the specific type of cartridge or filter used.
Note:
This style of respirator provides eye protection and may be used for
contaminants that are skin or eye irritants.
When a respirator user must wear corrective lenses, and a full-face respirator is
required, a glasses kit shall be fitted to provide good vision and a good seal of the
respirator.
Note:
Dust Masks
Dust masks are available for personnel who elect to wear them, upon approval of an industrial
hygienist and authorization from the Medical Department. They are used primarily as protection
against nuisance levels of particulates such as dusts, mists, and metal fumes produced when
welding, brazing, cutting, or other operations involving the heating of metals.
There are two types of NIOSH approved dust masks available from Stores for use at SLAC. They
are listed in the table below.
Table 29-1. Dust Masks Available from SLAC Stores
Dust Mask
Dust/Mist
Model 3M 9900
Certain dusts that can be produced by grinding, crushing, drilling, machining, spraying, or sawing.
Mists from sprays that do not also produce harmful vapors.
Certain dusts that can be produced by grinding, crushing, drilling, machining, spraying, or sawing.
Mists from sprays that do not also produce harmful vapors.
29-6
Metal fumes produced by welding, brazing, soldering, torchcutting, melting, and other operations involving heating of
metals.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
Note:
for personnel who elect to wear them. There are two different procedures for obtaining the respirators and dust masks.
Note:
Personnel must complete all required steps before using their respirator or dust mask at SLAC.
Personnel required to wear respirators may obtain them by following the procedures in the Respirator Users Form (RUF). Personnel who elect to wear dust masks may obtain them by following
the procedures in the Dust Mask Users Form (DMUF).
9.1
30 October 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
29-7
10. The requestor takes his/her respirator to Industrial Hygiene for a fit test and a
practical hands-on training session. A fit test must be done before the individual uses his/her respirator at SLAC.
Note:
Facial hair interferes with the respirator-to-face seal. Personnel who are required
to use a respirator must be clean-shaven where the mask contacts the face.
11. After the fit test and the practical, an industrial hygienist will sign the form,
retain the original copy of the form, and give the requestor their copy.
9.2
9.3
Medical Evaluation
No respirators or dust masks will be issued without a medical evaluation. Immediate
supervisors must ensure that personnel denied authorization by the Medical Department
to wear either a respirator or dust mask, as indicated on either the DMUF or RUF forms, are
not issued dust masks or respirators.
10
29-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
11
Groups that use respirators must have a written maintenance program and a designated
responsible party to oversee the maintenance program, as outlined in OSHA 1910.134.
11.1
Inspection
OSHA requires inspection of all respirators before and after use. A record must be kept of
inspection dates and findings for all respirators maintained for emergency use. Respirators that are not used routinely are to be inspected after each use and at least monthly. Respirator inspections must include:
11.2
Disinfection
A respirator should be cleaned and disinfected after each use. Respirators that are maintained for emergency use must be cleaned and disinfected after each use. The detergents
used to clean the respirator(s) should contain some type of biocide for disinfection.
To clean and disinfect respirators made of rubber:
Disassemble and wash with dishwashing detergent in warm water, using a
soft brush.
Thoroughly rinse to remove any detergent residue.
Air dry in a clean place.
Note:
11.3
Do not use organic solvents to clean the respirators or high heat to dry them, as this may
damage the elastomeric facepiece.
11.4
Storage
Respirator users should follow these guidelines for storing respirators:
Store respirators such that they are protected against dust, sunlight, heat,
extreme cold, excessive moisture, damaging chemicals, or contamination.
30 October 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
29-9
Respirators placed at stations and work areas for emergency use should be
quickly accessible at all times and should be stored in compartments built for
that purpose. The compartments should be clearly marked.
Instructions for proper storage of emergency respirators, such as gas masks
and self-contained breathing apparatus, are found in use and care instructions usually mounted inside the carrying case lid.
Do not store respirators in such places as lockers or tool boxes unless they are
in carrying cases or cartons.
Respirators should be packed or stored according to the manufacturers
instructions.
29-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
30
Air Quality
Related Chapters
Hazard Communication
Hazardous Material
Hazardous Waste
Traffic and Transportation
Safety
Waste Minimization and
Pollution Prevention
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
30-1
2 Responsibilities
30-2
30-2
30-2
30-2
2.4 Personnel
30-3
30-4
30-5
4 Air Permits
30-7
30-7
30-8
5 Training
30-8
30-8
30-4
30-5
Overview
It is SLAC policy to conduct its work in a manner that minimizes the impact of its operations on
human health and the environment. In order to comply with the Federal Clean Air Act and maintain the required ambient air quality standards (AQSs), SLAC adheres to the rules and regulations
administered by the Bay Area Air Quality Management District (BAAQMD) and the California Air
Resources Board (CARB). These rules pertain both to mobile sources, such as motor vehicles, and
stationary sources, such as industrial operations and associated equipment.
30 October 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30-1
This chapter outlines individual responsibilities for compliance with air quality standards for permitted air pollution sources; provides lists of air pollutants of concern; explains the sources and
types of emissions subject to permit requirements; and summarizes applicable regulations, inspections, and permit requirements. The chapter also discusses training requirements, waste minimization, and pollution prevention measures.
Responsibilities
2.1
2.2
2.3
30-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
2.4
Personnel
Personnel should:
Know how to recognize conditions that typically cause air pollution by receiving appropriate on-the-job training and any additional training required.
Comply with all air permit regulations and controls. (See Section 5, Training.)
Maintain records of all solvent use for permitted sources, proper operation of
pollution control equipment, equipment maintenance, and solvent recyclers.
Copies of these records should be forwarded to the EPR Department. Records
are not needed for wipe-cleaning operations.
Maintain adequate air space in cold cleaners and degreasers.
Notify their immediate supervisors when permitted source equipment and
abatement devices require repair or modification and perform all necessary
repairs.
Promptly notify their immediate supervisors of any known or suspected violations of air pollution regulations.
Ensure that storage containers for wipe cleaning cloths are covered when not
in use and are emptied on a regular basis.
Contact the WM Department to obtain hazardous waste containers and to dispose of their contents.
30 October 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30-3
3.1
Criteria Pollutants
Criteria pollutants are compounds that may endanger public health. These compounds include the following:
Carbon monoxide (CO)
Oxides of nitrogen (NOx)
Sulfur dioxide (SO2)
Particulate matter (PM10)
Ozone
Lead (Pb)
3.1.2
Organic Compounds
Organic compounds have received a great deal of attention in recent years due to
their contribution to smog and to the depletion of the ozone layer. For this reason,
the BAAQMD has strict rules on processes and products that utilize or contain
organic compounds.
The two most common organic air pollutants at SLAC are precursor organics and
non-precursor organics.
3.1.2.1
Precursors
Precursor organic compounds, which react with light to form photochemical tropospheric smog, include gasoline vapors, perchloroethylene, alcohols, and ketones.
3.1.2.2
Non-Precursors
Non-precursor organics are compounds that do not contribute to photochemical smog, but may deplete the ozone layer in the stratosphere.
This group includes methylene chloride, methyl chloroform, and chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), commonly referred to as Freons. At SLAC, nonprecursor organic compounds are used in equipment such as vapor
degreasers, cold cleaners, and air conditioning.
3.1.3
Air Toxics
Although these pollutants are not covered by ambient air quality standards, air
toxics are thought to cause or contribute to irreversible illness, incapacitating illness, or death.
30-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
Some air toxics, such as volatile organics, are also precursor compounds. Selected
substances from the list of Hazardous Air Pollutants (HAPs) that may typically be
found at SLAC are listed below.
Arsenic
Glycol ethers
Perchloroethylene or Perc
Asbestos
Hydrochloric acid (HCl)
Radionuclides
Cyanide
Nickel
1,1,1-Trichloroethane (TCA)
Beryllium
Lead
Mercury
Cadmium
Chromium
Methanol
3.2
30 October 1995
Pollution Source
Pollutant
Boilers
VOCs
Cutting/grinding
Particulates
Sandblasting
Particulates
Construction;
asbestos removal
Asbestos dust
VOCs
Solvent recyclers
VOCs
Sludge Dryer
Particulates
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30-5
3.2.1
Asbestos Operations
SLACs Asbestos Protection Program and OSHA considerations for asbestosrelated safety issues are described in the Asbestos chapter of this manual. In
general, only subcontractors are authorized to remove and package asbestos
material at SLAC.
All paint, coatings, paint/coating containers, and particulate filters must be disposed of as hazardous waste and must not be thrown into the regular trash. Contact the WM Department for more information.
3.2.3
3.2.4
Sandblasting Operations
SLAC has on-site sandblasting booths for cleaning equipment parts through abrasion. The sandblasting process uses both dry aluminum oxide and wet abrasives.
Used abrasives, paint chips, and other materials are drawn into a collection reservoir, typically a baghouse. Baghouses are like vacuum cleaners, collecting suspended dusts and solids from exhaust air as it passes through filter bags. Cyclone
baghouses perform a similar function, using centrifugal force and gravity. Filtered
air is then discharged to the atmosphere.
30-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
Consult the EPR Department before doing any dry sandblasting (such as preparation of buildings for repainting and fixed location equipment cleaning). Unconfined sandblasting is permitted on a case-by-case basis.
3.2.5
Sludge Dryers
Before it is sent off site for disposal, sludge from rinse water treatment/metal finishing operations passes through a filter press that removes excess water. The
sludge is then sent through a heater, where the remaining moisture is released. A
packed tower fume scrubber collects emissions from the dryer. Water is then
sprayed downward through the tower to absorb any gas and particulates given
off by the exhaust air as it travels upward.
3.2.6
Boilers
Boilers supply heat for climate control in buildings and to heat solutions for plat-
ing processes. These activities produce nitrogen oxides and carbon monoxide.
Proper maintenance and annual tune-ups to minimize emissions from the boilers
are performed on a regular basis.
3.2.7
Vehicles
Both personal and government vehicles are subject to the California Air
Resources Boards Smog Check program. The aim of the program is to keep vehicles within allowable emissions standards. SLAC maintains compliance records
for General Services Administration (GSA) and Department of Energy (DOE) vehicles.
Air Permits
The EPR Department provides assistance to ensure compliance with air permit conditions and
reviews operations that have a potential to cause air pollution. Copies of current permits can be
obtained from EPR. Contact the EPR Department to obtain applications for permits or permit modifications for:
New air pollution sources/control devices, such as the types listed above.
Air pollution sources/control devices that are added or removed from the site.
Changes in operating conditions.
To prevent delays, notify the EPR Department as soon as possible when you require an air permit.
4.1
30 October 1995
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30-7
4.2
Training
Personnel should receive appropriate on-the-job training to:
Ensure proper operation of process equipment that has the potential to generate air emissions.
Correctly operate associated air pollution control devices.
Complete required reporting forms.
On-the-job training is the responsibility of managers and supervisors. If necessary, the EPR Department can provide additional assistance.
Abatement and control devices can reduce pollutant emissions between 70% and 99%. Managers
should inspect abatement and control devices to ensure proper operation.
Environmental regulations aimed at reducing VOCs to minimize smog formation have resulted in
a conversion to low-solvent or water-based coatings. Check with the EPR Department for a list of
available options.
30-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R010
30 October 1995
31
Citizen Committees
Related Chapters
The SLAC ES&H Program
Electrical Safety
Fire Safety
Stop Work Authority and
Stopping Unsafe Activities
Hoisting and Rigging
Laser Safety
Pressure and Vacuum Vessels
Radiological Safety
Seismic Safety
Waste Minimization and
Pollution Prevention
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
31-2
31-2
2.1
Preamble
31-2
2.2
Appointments
31-3
2.3
Responsibilities
31-3
2.4
Emergency Powers
31-4
2.5
Committee Decisions
31-4
2.6
Reporting
31-4
2.7
Amendments
31-4
2.8
Meeting Schedule
31-5
3 Charters
31-5
3.1
31-5
3.2
31-6
3.3
31-7
3.4
31-8
3.5
31-8
3.6
31-9
3.7
31-10
3.8
31-11
3.9
31-12
31-13
31-14
13 October 2000
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
31-1
Overview
Citizen committees objectively review SLAC environment, safety, and health issues to help promote a safe and environmentally sound operation and to verify conformance with SLAC policy.
Each committee oversees a particular discipline and is composed of experts in that field. A Citizen
Committee review may include:
Assisting personnel evaluate hazards
Inspecting operations and projects
Interpreting industry standards
Recommending appropriate procedures and policies
Reviewing accelerator facility procedures, reviewing safety training programs
Verifying that design processes comply with safety regulations1
This chapter provides the General Charter for Citizen Committees, which includes stipulations common to all citizen committees and to each committee charter. Charter texts are also available
through the specific committee chairpersons; in the Environment, Safety, and Health (ES&H) Document Room; and on the SLAC ES&H World Wide Web Site at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/committees/committee.html
Committee member names can be found at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/slaconly/ccmem.html
Additional information on citizen committees may be found in Section 7 of Guideline 5, Safety
Organization in Volume 01-01 of the SLAC Guidelines for Operations, which can be found at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/pubs/gfo/gfoindex.html
2.1
Preamble
The responsibility for safety and for complying with ES&H regulations and standards at
SLAC belongs to the line organization. Citizen committees and the ES&H Division support
the line organization in this enterprise.
Group leaders, department heads, and project supervisors are responsible for informing
the relevant committee(s) of any project, installation, or activity that may require a citizen
committee review (prior to the start of operation). Passing citizen committee reviews
implies that the committees have not identified a safety objection to the proposed design
or procedure. It does not constitute a release for the group conducting the activity; the
primary responsibility for safety remains with the group. No reviewed activity shall take
place until the relevant committee completes this review and the responsible group has
addressed the findings.
31-2
Departments are responsible for applying current engineering standards and codes to designs before submitting the designs for
review.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
13 October 2000
2.2
Appointments
Committee members are appointed by the Director upon the recommendation of the
Environment, Safety, and Health Coordinating Council (ES&HCC) and the chairperson of
the relevant committee. Nominations shall have the intent of bringing a range of expertise
to the committees.
Chairpersons serve for five years and members serve for three years. Committee members
are not expected to serve as chairpersons for more than two consecutive terms, but may be
reappointed as committee members after completing two consecutive terms as
Chairperson.
In situations where unique qualifications are required for the Chair, appointment to a
third term as Chairperson may be considered. Committee members are normally expected
to serve no more than two consecutive terms, but may be appointed for a third term in
situations where their unique qualifications are required to conduct the Committees business.
2.3
Responsibilities
2.3.1
Chairpersons
Chairpersons shall:
Approve final committee reports, including meeting minutes.
Coordinate and assign tasks to committee members, consultants, and others
who carry out committee work.
Determine committee agendas.
Stop operations that could cause major injury or serious physical harm, if
empowered through their committee charters.
Submit committee charter changes to the ES&HCC for recommendation to
the Director.
2.3.2
Chairperson Designees
If the chairperson is unavailable, he or she will designate one of the committee
members to serve as alternate chairperson.
2.3.3
Secretaries
Secretaries shall:
Coordinate agenda details.
Ensure that needed reports are available for meetings.
Retain, record, and distribute meeting minutes and voting results.
Send completed committee reports and minutes to chairpersons for final
approval and distribute the items in accordance with Section 2.6,
Reporting.
2.3.4
Members
Members carry out tasks assigned by the chairperson.
2.3.5
Ex Officio Members
Ex Officio members, who hold their membership by virtue of their other responsibilities at the Laboratory, shall also have full voting privileges.
13 October 2000
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
31-3
2.4
Emergency Powers
Committee chairpersons of the following committees have Stop Work Authority, as
outlined below and in Section 2, Chapter 2 of the ES&H Manual Stop Work Authority and
Stopping Unsafe Activities.
Earthquake Safety Committee
Electrical Safety Committee
Environmental Safety Committee
Fire Protection Safety Committee
Hazardous Experimental Equipment Committee
Hoisting and Rigging Safety Committee
Pressure and Vacuum Vessel Safety Committee
Radiation Safety Committee
Committee chairpersons can only stop activities that they consider imminently dangerous
to personnel, property, or the environment. The activity in question must be within their
area of expertise. For activities performed by subcontractors, committee chairpersons
shall first stop the activity and then immediately contact the University Technical Representative (UTR) or Project Engineer.
Stop work orders can only be rescinded by the committee chairperson who gave the order
or by the Director. Committee chairpersons should inform affected department heads,
group leaders, and the ES&H Associate Director of the reasons for the work stoppage.
2.5
Committee Decisions
A quorum for each committee is a simple majority of the committee members and is
required to conduct business. A simple majority vote of the quorum is the minimum
requirement for making decisions. However, committees seek to resolve issues in a mutually acceptable manner. Dissenting members and affected individuals may appeal decisions to the Director by preparing a minority opinion report.
2.6
Reporting
Citizen Committees report to the Director and advise on subject matter pertaining to their
area of expertise. Committee secretaries document and distribute committee findings,
conclusions, recommendations, and meeting minutes to the Director, the ES&HCC, and the
ES&H Associate Director, as well as other groups and individuals to whom the documentation may be of interest (such as the Safety Overview Committee, the Medical Department, building and line managers, ES&H Department Heads of the respective area of
expertise, and the ES&H Document Room).
Note:
Minutes for the Citizen Committees meetings are available on the WWW at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/committees/committee.html
2.7
Amendments
Committee chairpersons submit recommendations for charter amendments and policy
changes to the ES&HCC for concurrence. The ES&HCC will forward the recommendations
to the Director for approval.
31-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
13 October 2000
2.8
Meeting Schedule
Meetings shall be held as necessary or as specified in the committee charter.
Charters
All citizen committees conform to the General Charter for Citizen Committees, which outlines stipulations that are common to all citizen committees. Each committee charter contains both specifics
and exceptions to the General Charter for Citizen Committees that pertain only to that committee.
3.1
Composition
Membership includes:
A senior SLAC employee who serves as chairperson.
An ES&H Division representative.
Chairpersons of all the other citizen committees.
The chairperson of the Operating Safety Committee.
The following serve as ex-officio members:
Accelerator Department Safety Officer (ADSO)
SSRL ES&H Coordinator
3.1.2
Function
The Committee:
Coordinates and assigns safety reviews of new experiments/projects or
facility modifications to other citizen committees. The committee assigned
to review the experiment/project or modification gives its approval before
the activity can
proceed.
Creates short-term committees, as appropriate, to address safety problems
not covered by the existing committee structure.
Issues formal approval when all safety questions are satisfactorily resolved.
Meets with relevant safety representatives to discuss safety questions.
Receives project Fact Sheets for new experiments/projects or facility modifications, describing the undertaking and its associated hazards.
13 October 2000
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
31-5
The committee chairperson conducts safety audits for each accelerator facility
with assistance from site-wide, short-term committees consisting of representatives with appropriate expertise. Each SLAC accelerator facility shall be audited at
least once every five years. Audit reports shall be provided to the ES&HCC on or
before July 1 of the year in which the audit is conducted. Audits include:
Assessment of the facilitys safety systems.
Assessment of compliance with SLAC safety policies and procedures.
Evaluation of safety training programs and records.
Evaluation of conduct of operations.
3.1.3
Meeting Schedule
Meetings will be held as necessary, or at least once every six months.
3.2
Composition
Membership includes:
A Radiation Physics Department physicist.
A Research Division representative who will serve as chairperson.
An Operational Health Physics (OHP) supervisor.
An SSRL representative.
The Accelerator Department Safety Officer.
3.2.2
Function
The Committee:
Evaluates annual exposure records for SLAC groups.
Identifies and evaluate procedures that control exposures or releases.
Investigates the circumstances surrounding an individual annual exposure
greater than 1,500 mrem.
Proposes changes in operating procedures or equipment design that may
reduce exposures or releases, or may otherwise optimize them for the overall gain of SLAC.
Reviews the exposure history of SLAC groups.
Reviews the investigation report for each annual exposure greater than
500 mrem.
3.2.3
Meeting Schedule
Meetings will be held as necessary, or at least once per quarter.
Note:
31-6
See Chapter 9 Radiation Safety of this manual for more information on the SLAC ALARA
program.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
13 October 2000
3.3
Composition
Committee members are appointed by the Director upon recommendation of the
Chairperson. Membership includes:
The SLAC Construction Inspector.
The SLAC Emergency Management Coordinator.
3.3.2
Functions
The Committee:
Assigns responsibility for the correction of hazards identified during field
inspections.
Conducts field inspections at least once a year to identify earthquake hazards that are not related to design review.
Reports inspection findings directly to the Director and to the responsible
building and line managers.
Reviews:
Buildings, structures, equipment, and systems to identify hazards that
may result from an earthquake.
Experimental designs and installations for compliance with earthquake
safety criteria.
New construction project specifications submitted by the Site Engineering and Maintenance (SEM) Department. Submitted specifications
should include design criteria, construction plans, and internal arrangement of equipment or furnishings.
The Committee may make a request to the Director to hire consultants to assist
with design reviews. Funding for such consultants will be administered by the
ES&H Division.
3.3.3
Emergency Powers
The Chairperson of this committee has Stop Work Authority, in accordance with
the Emergency Powers section of the General Charter for Citizen Committees.
3.3.4
Meeting Schedule
Meetings will be held as necessary or at least once each month.
13 October 2000
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
31-7
3.4
Composition
Membership includes:
A representative from Stanford Synchrotron Radiation Laboratory (SSRL)
A representative from ES&H
Representatives from all departments that design, install, or maintain electrical equipment
3.4.2
Functions
The Committee:
Identifies electrical safety hazards by reviewing and evaluating:
Electrical issues brought to the attention of the committee.
Major new installations and projects.
Interprets, reviews, and publicizes new or revised information, regulations,
and standards for electrical safety.
Recommends remedial action.
Recommends safety measures for eliminating or reducing electrical
hazards.
3.4.3
Emergency Powers
The Chairperson of this committee has Stop Work Authority, in accordance with
the Emergency Powers section of the General Charter for Citizen Committees.
3.4.4
Meeting Schedule
Meetings will be held as necessary, or at least once every six months.
Note:
3.5
See Chapter 8 Electrical Safety of this manual for more information on the SLAC
electrical safety program.
Composition
Members have experience with environmental management or waste production
and includes:
A Mechanical Fabrication Department representative.
A SEM Department representative.
A representative and an alternate from each division, one of whom will be
named chairperson.
The ES&H Waste Minimization and Pollution Prevention Program Coordinator, an ex officio member.
31-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
13 October 2000
3.5.2
Functions
The Committee:
Acts as an advisory group on environmental safety matters to the site.
Approves plans to protect site environmental safety during emergencies
and during normal operations.
Keeps informed of current environmental information and ensures that
those concerned are informed of Committee plans and activities.
Recommends appropriate performance objectives and measures that meet
SLAC goals.
Recommends changes in existing environmental safety policy and recommends new policies.
Reviews and evaluates waste streams to identify waste reduction and pollution prevention opportunities.
Reviews new projects in their preliminary phase to determine waste reduction and pollution prevention opportunities and environmental compliance.
Studies accidents involving environmental safety to ascertain causes and
recommend remedial action.
3.5.3
Meeting Schedule
Meetings will be held as necessary, or at least once per month.
3.5.4
Emergency Powers
The Chairperson of this committee has Stop Work Authority, in accordance with
the Emergency Powers section of the General Charter for Citizen Committees.
3.5.5
Note:
3.6
See Chapter 22 Waste Minimization and Pollution Prevention of this manual for more
information on the SLAC environmental safety program.
Composition
Membership includes:
A fire system maintenance technician (for maintenance).
A mechanical engineer (for sprinkler systems).
A representative from Laboratory Safeguards and Security.
An accelerator operator (for alarm acknowledgment and response).
An electrical engineer (for alarm systems).
The Fire Protection Engineer.
The senior officer assigned to SLAC from the Palo Alto Fire Department
(for fire fighting and inspection).
13 October 2000
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
31-9
3.6.2
Function
The Committee:
Develops, maintains, and implements SLAC fire protection policies and
requirements.
Recommends:
Fire safety and fire protection programs (which include inspection,
appraisal, and maintenance policies).
Fire safety policy changes.
Fire safety standards.
Reviews:
Fire safety standards.
Proposals for buildings and projects.
3.6.3
Emergency Powers
The Chairperson of this committee has Stop Work Authority, in accordance with
the Emergency Powers Section of the General Charter for Citizen Committees.
3.6.4
Meetings
Meetings will be held as necessary, or at least once each month.
Note:
3.7
See Chapter 12 Fire Safety of this manual for more information on the SLAC
fire protection program.
Composition
Membership includes:
A senior engineer who serves as an secretary and who:
Coordinates the work of the staff members who are to carry out work
assigned to them by the chairperson.
Reviews projects that fall under HEEC jurisdiction and assigns them to
HEEC members, consultants, and others, all in conjunction with the
chairperson.
A senior physicist who serves as chairperson and who:
Reviews projects that fall under HEEC jurisdiction and assigns them to
HEEC members, consultants, and others, all in conjunction with the
committee
secretary.
A senior physicist who serves as chairperson designee.
Consultants (from outside the committee) who advise on particular problems as needed.
31-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
13 October 2000
Functions
The Committee:
Investigates accidents or near misses involving equipment subject to
HEEC review.
Performs safety reviews of designs and tests (especially when there are no
recognized standards, experimental requirements conflict with such standards and equivalencies are required, or the installation presents unusual
hazards due to the equipment placement or location).
Reviews installations which include:
Hazardous atmospheres, cryogenic installations, and non-code conforming pressure and vacuum vessels throughout the site.
An unusual combination of hazards that may require additional measures.
Reviews operating procedures.
3.7.3
Emergency Powers
The Chairperson of this committee has Stop Work Authority, in accordance with
the Emergency Powers section of the General Charter for Citizen Committees.
3.7.4
3.7.5
Meeting Schedule
Meetings will be held as necessary, or at least once a year.
3.8
Composition
Membership includes representatives from departments that are engaged in
hoisting and rigging activities.
13 October 2000
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
31-11
3.8.2
Functions
The Committee:
Determines the criteria for developing and implementing licensing, training, and testing programs for SLAC employees (and contractor employees
with a SLAC supervisor) who operate hoists, cranes, and forklifts.
Determines the criteria for licensing all operators of hoists, cranes, and forklifts at SLAC.
Oversees a program to evaluate the status and condition of slings and lifting fixtures and regulate the procurement of these items.
Oversees a program to inspect, service, and maintain all hoisting and rigging equipment.
Oversees an inspection program for rigging equipment.
Oversees an ongoing daily, major-maintenance program that will be periodically reviewed by the Safety, Health, and Assurance (SHA) Department.
Sets lift classification criteria. Classification criteria include ordinary or
special, depending on the method of handling or the qualifications
required for a specific hoisting and rigging task.
3.8.3
Emergency Powers
The Chairperson of this committee has Stop Work Authority, in accordance with
the Emergency Powers section of the General Charter for Citizen Committees.
3.8.4
Meeting Schedule
Meetings will be held at least once every six months.
Note:
3.9
See Chapter 41 Hoisting and Rigging of this manual for more information on the SLAC
hoisting and rigging program.
Composition
Membership includes:
A microwave specialist.
A modulator specialist.
An ES&H Division representative.
An SSRL Division representative.
The Laser Safety Officer.
31-12
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
13 October 2000
3.9.2
Functions
The Committee:
Keeps interested parties informed about relevant safety controls.
Makes inspections of installations, as needed.
Recommends appropriate safety controls and other non-ionizing radiation
safety policies.
Reviews new electromagnetic-power generator installations in the
laboratory.
3.9.3
Meeting Schedule
Meetings will be held at least once per year.
Note:
3.10
See Chapter 10 Laser Safety of this manual for more information on the SLAC
laser safety program.
13 October 2000
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
31-13
3.11
31-14
See Chapter 9 Radiation Safety of this manual, Volume 01-01 of the SLAC Guidelines
for Operations, and the Radiological Control Manual (SLAC-I-720-0A057-001) for more
information on SLAC radiation safety policies.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R021
13 October 2000
32
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
32-2
2 Responsibilities
32-2
2.1
Departments
32-2
2.2
32-3
2.3
32-3
2.4
32-3
2.5
32-3
2.6
32-4
2.7
All Others
32-4
3 Inspections
32-4
3.1
Inspection Specifications
32-5
3.2
Inspection Logs
32-5
3.3
Inspection Forms
32-6
32-6
5 Labeling Requirements
32-6
5.1
32-6
5.2
32-7
5.3
Hazardous Waste
32-9
32-9
6.1
Installation
32-9
6.2
Maintenance
32-9
6.3
Disposal
32-9
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
32-1
Overview
Equipment 1 containing oils2 or significant levels of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) can be a
potential threat to human health and to the environment, particularly in the event of a spill or fire.
This chapter outlines SLAC policy, which is aimed at reducing the environmental impact of PCB
and oil-filled equipment. The chapter includes sections on installation, use, maintenance, and disposal of such equipment.
SLAC policy applies to the following kinds of equipment:
Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 112; Oil Pollution Prevention; Toxic Substances Control Act
(TSCA); Regulations on Handling, Storage, and Disposal of PCBs, Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations,
Part 761); state regulations; National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 110, Emergency
and Standby Power Systems; and the SLAC Plant Engineering Department (PED) document entitled
Guidelines for the Management of Oil-Filled and PCB-Containing Equipment, Volume 11-40.
For health-related concerns regarding PCB and oil-filled equipment, see Chemical Carcinogen
Control and Industrial Hygiene in this manual. For specific names and telephone numbers of
departments and individuals referred to in this chapter, see the ES&H Resource List.
Responsibilities
2.1
Departments
Departments that are owners or operators of equipment containing oils or PCBs shall:
Determine the need for secondary containment and spill-control measures in
consultation with EPR during planning stages and before purchasing oil-filled
equipment (see Secondary Containment and Spills in this manual).
Ensure that equipment meets the guidelines outlined in Surface Water in
this manual.
Observe the guidelines in Guidelines for the Management of Oil-Filled and PCBContaining Equipment to repair, service, and prepare the equipment for disposal.
32-2
The term oil includes, but is not limited to, petroleum, fuel oil, sludge, oil refuse, and oil mixed with wastes.
For more information on how to determine if equipment poses a threat to the environment, contact the Environmental
Protection and Restoration (EPR) Department.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
32-3
2.6
2.7
All Others
All other persons on the SLAC premises (including subcontractors, users, and visitors
working at SLAC) who perform work on PCB and oil-filled equipment shall:
Review projects with their supervisor to determine what training is required to
perform work related to PCB and oil-filled equipment, and be trained accordingly.
Use safe and environmentally sound work practices.
Inspect equipment according to Section 3 of this chapter.
Report incidents of leaks or spills to their supervisors and to WM, in accordance with Spills in this manual.
Note:
Inspections
The recommended or required frequency of inspections is provided in Guidelines for Management of
Oil-Filled and PCB-Containing Equipment and in Tables 32-1 and 32-2.
Note:
Inspection Frequency
Required annually
Required annually
Equipment that has no secondary containment; has volumes < 660 gallons; and is not located near a storm drain,
stream, storm water run-off channel, or off-site property1
Equipment that has no secondary containment; has volumes < 660 gallons; and is located near a storm drain,
stream, storm water run-off channel, or off-site property
Klystrons
1. For more information on how to determine if equipment poses a threat to the environment, contact the Environmental Protection and Restoration EPR Department.
32-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
Inspection Frequency
Transformers (in use or stored for reuse) containing concentrations of PCBs 500 parts per million (ppm)
Required quarterly
Transformers (in use or stored for reuse) containing concentrations of PCBs between 50 ppm500 ppm
Daily inspections until cleanup is completed and until the transformer is repaired
or replaced
Required weekly
Containers and articles3 stored for disposal and containing concentrations of PCBs 500 ppm
Required weekly
3.1
Inspection Specifications
Visual inspections of the equipment shall include checking for:
Correct labeling (see Section 5 of this chapter).
Presence of oil stains near the equipment or its secondary containment.
Presence of leaks or weep marks on the equipment. Leaks must be corrected as
promptly as safety and operations permit.
Significant physical damage, such as cracks.
3.2
Inspection Logs
Inspection logs maintained by the responsible department shall contain the:
Date and time of inspection.
Name and signature of the inspector.
Findings (such as incorrect or missing labels, damage to equipment, and presence of leaks). Findings shall be followed by corrective actions and the date
that these actions were taken.
Notes on any leaking PCB articles and PCB containers.
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
32-5
3.3
Inspection Forms
The responsible department shall submit completed copies of all required inspection
forms to EPR and retain copies of the completed forms in their department records.
If a transformer containing concentrations of PCBs 500 ppm leaks, cleanup must be initiated
within 48 hours of discovery. The transformer must be inspected daily until cleanup is complete
and until the transformer is repaired or replaced. Copies of the daily inspection logs shall be forwarded to EPR.
Labeling Requirements
5.1
32-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
5.2
Figure 32-1.
Equipment that is contaminated with concentrations of PCBs ppm 50 but < 500 ppm shall have
affixed to its surface the type of label depicted in Figure 32-2. This label has white letters on an
orange background, surrounded by a white border.
397
Figure 32-2.
15 December 1997
8289A2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
32-7
Equipment that has concentrations of PCBs > 50 ppm shall have the label depicted in Figure 43-3.
This label has white letters on a green background, surrounded by a white border.
397
8289A3
32-8
A large, high-voltage capacitor contains 1.36 kilograms or more of dielectric fluid and operates at or above 2,000 volts.
A large, low-voltage capacitor contains 1.36 kilograms or more of dielectric fluid and operates below 2,000 volts.
A PCB-article container is any device used to contain PCB articles whose surfaces have not been in direct contact with
PCBs.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
For more information about how to obtain required labels, contact PED or the EPR
employee in charge of PCB and oil-filled equipment compliance.
5.3
Hazardous Waste
All items contaminated with oil or PCBs and equipment that is non-reusable shall carry
the appropriate labels in compliance with state and federal regulations and SLAC policies
and procedures (see Hazard Communication in this manual or call WM).
6.1
Installation
Installation of oil-filled equipment shall be performed by trained and qualified individuals, in coordination with, or under the supervision of, the SLAC Facilities Department or
qualified PED employees.
Prior to installation, new oil-filled equipment that conforms to the inclusion criteria of this
chapter shall be inspected by EPR for environmental protection requirements.
6.2
Maintenance
Procedures for specific or unusual maintenance requirements shall be handled by the
responsible department.
Oil that will be reused or recycled shall be drained into an approved container and labeled
appropriately.
Note:
6.3
Capacitors shall not be repaired and shall be disposed of as hazardous waste when removed
from service.
Disposal
Oil waste, PCB waste, items contaminated with either oil or PCB, PCB and oil containers,
and non-reusable equipment containing PCBs shall be disposed of in accordance with
established procedures (see Hazardous Waste in this manual) and in coordination with
WM. Contact WM before disposing of these items and notify PED when equipment is
removed from service.
If departments cannot clearly determine whether or not a piece of equipment contains
PCBs, the equipment shall be disposed of as PCB waste.
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
32-9
33
Self Assessment
Related Chapters
ES&H Program
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
33-1
33-3
2.1
Responsibilities
33-3
3 Peer Review
33-6
3.1
33-6
3.2
33-6
33-7
4.1
Responsibilities
33-7
4.2
33-8
Overview
This chapter outlines the SLAC Self-Assessment Program (SAP). The Program has three main components: the Safety and Environment Discussion Program (SEDP), the Peer Review process, and
the Internal Oversight Program (IOP).
SEDP is an annual process involving the SLAC work force that identifies hazards and concerns
related to environment, safety, and health (ES&H). SEDP is based on information gathered from
annual ES&H discussions and stated, current SLAC objectives. Figure 33-1 outlines SEDP in flow-
chart form.
Peer Review is an annual process that brings ES&H professionals from the Department of Energy
(DOE), other DOE laboratories, universities, and private industry to SLAC to review portions of the
SLAC ES&H Program. Figure 33-1 outlines the peer review process in flowchart form.
IOP is an ongoing program of surveillance and auditing of ES&H programs to identify actions that
do not conform with SLAC policies and procedures or the SLAC Work Smart Standards. The IOP
procedures are outlined in the Quality Assurance and Compliance (QA&C) Oversight Procedure.
The IOP is based on applicable DOE orders; federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and ordinances; SLAC policies and procedures (such as performance objectives, criteria, and measures);
and accepted industrial practices and procedures. DOE performance assessment review and operational awareness issues are not dealt with in this chapter; for more information on these topics,
see the DOE Performance Assessment Plan.
There are two main objectives in the SAP:
1. To ascertain the state of environment, safety, and health at SLAC and identify
strengths and deficiencies.
2. To provide a formalized system to resolve deficiencies.
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
33-1
review committee.
SLAC Director sends out all hands
memo announcing discussion date.
discussion leaders.
ES&H Associate Director recommends
corrective action to ES&HCC.
concurrence.
Associate Directors
designate individuals
responsible for
corrective actions
required within their
divisions.
wide discussion
findings and
suggested corrective
actions to ES&HCC.
ES&HCC designates
priorities/responsibilities
for implementing
corrective actions.
Designees report
corrective action plans,
milestones, and progress
to PPO.
Figure 33-1. Outlines of the SEDP and the Peer Review Processes
33-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
2.1
Responsibilities
2.1.1
Director
The SLAC Director shall:
Order an annual shutdown of operations for ES&H discussions.
Approve focus topics submitted by SEDAC for the annual ES&H discussions.
2.1.2
Associate Directors
Associate Directors shall:
Designate ad hoc Divisional Response Groups (DRGs).
Appoint an appropriate individual (such as an ES&H division safety
coordinator) to lead division DRGs.
Appoint SEDP group leaders within their divisions.
Define the scope of SEDP groups within their divisions.
Refer site-wide issues raised in the ES&H discussions to SEDAC.
Review the discussion findings, including the summary report prepared by the Program Planning Office (PPO) and approved by that
divisions SEDAC representative, and the data supplied by the respective divisions SEDP group leader.
Forward data on the top priority issues1 identified during the ES&H
discussions to the ES&H Division and the corresponding associate
directors.
During the safety discussions, each discussion group votes on which two issues are top priority, that is, most likely to
compromise the environment or cause illness or injury to employees.
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
33-3
2.1.4
2.1.5
2.1.6
33-4
A corrective action is a measure taken to rectify underlying conditions adverse to ES&H and to prevent repetition of
findings/observations.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
2.1.8
2.1.9
All Others
All other persons on the SLAC premises, including subcontractors, users, and visitors who are working at SLAC, may attend the ES&H discussions and contribute
ideas for improving safety.
Note:
15 December 1997
The need for participation of subcontractors, users, and visitors will be determined by individual associate directors.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
33-5
Peer Review
3.1
Responsibilities
3.1.1.1 SLAC Director
The SLAC Director shall appoint the Peer Review Committee, based upon
recommendations received from ES&H Management.
3.1.1.2 Environment, Safety, and Health Division Management
Environment, Safety, and Health (ES&H) Division management shall nominate members for the Peer Review Committee.
3.1.1.3 Peer Review Committee
The Peer Review Committee shall:
Report directly to the SLAC Director.
Evaluate the:
Quality of SLACs ES&H management system.
Integration of ES&H in the workplace.
Effectiveness of the ES&H Division organization and management.
ES&H Divisions responsiveness to the needs of the research
community.
Quality and effectiveness of each of the ES&H program elements included in the review.
Prepare a final written report within one month of the review and
make the report available for the annual DOE appraisal.
3.2
33-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
4.1
Responsibilities
4.1.1
Consultants
Consultants shall audit facilities, buildings, projects, programs, or operations
(both offsite and onsite), as needed.
4.1.2
4.1.3
An audit is defined as a documented assessment of a facility, building, project, program, or operation (both onsite and
offsite) designed to monitor the progress of necessary corrective actions, to verify compliance with laws and regulations
as well as SLAC policies and procedures, and/or to evaluate field organization practices and procedures.
A surveillance inspection is defined as a documented examination of a facility, building, project, program, or operation
designed to verify compliance with laws and regulations as well as SLAC policies and procedures, and to monitor or
assess necessary corrective actions. The scope of a surveillance inspection can range from examination of a single item
of equipment to a detailed inspection of an entire process or project. Given the emphasis on compliance to specific
requirements, a surveillance inspection shall usually involve a visit to an activity site to view the action being taken and
discussions with facility supervisors or operating personnel.
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
33-7
4.1.4
4.1.5
4.2
Planning
The QA&C Group Leader shall develop an annual QA&C Schedule, in consultation
with the ES&H Division Associate Director. This schedule defines the type and frequency of audits and surveillance inspections performed, based on SLAC requirements; outside agency requirements such as DOE and Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) requirements; inherent risk; public sensitivity; accident experience;
and lack of current ES&H information about an organization, facility, or function.
4.2.2
Inspections
The methods used to perform audits and surveillance inspections are defined in
the approved SLAC QA Policies and Procedures Manual. The manual contains individual procedures and checklists and also provides lines of inquiry to assess an
organizations adherence to accepted industrial practices and procedures.
All audit and surveillance inspection activities consist of two phases: pre-inspection planning and preparation activities, and inspection activities. Pre-inspection
planning and preparation activities may include:
Procedure development and guidance for audits or surveillance
inspections.
33-8
An observation is a documented recognition of a potential problem with compliance, an area where improvements can
be made, or a questionable activity or process that may develop into a noncompliant condition if left uncorrected.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
Follow-up Actions
The QA&C Group uses audit and surveillance findings to identify strengths and
risk areas in established standards, analyze their causes, and suggest corrective
actions.
4.2.4
Types of Findings
Findings fall into three general categories: compliance/performance findings,
best management practices (BMP) findings, and noteworthy practice findings.
Compliance/performance findings address conditions that:
May put an individual or the environment at risk for injury or harm.
May not satisfy applicable requirements; regulations; ordinances;
laws; standard operating procedures (SOPs); performance objectives,
criteria, and measures; permits; or agreements.
Result in the near-certain probability of causing a noncompliance with
applicable Work Smart Standards, as a result of a noncompliance with
a SLAC SOP.
Result in insufficient characterization of ES&H issues or unresolved
ES&H issues.
BMP findings address conditions indicating that, in the absence of a regulatory
requirement and in the professional judgment of the audit or surveillance inspection team, best or accepted industry practices are not being applied.
Noteworthy practice findings address conditions or activities that are identified
as noteworthy and will have general application to other SLAC organizations. A
practice may be noteworthy because its design and/or execution successfully
addresses activities that have frequently resulted in compliance/performance
problems SLAC-wide.
In addition to identifying findings, audits identify and document observations as
well as probable causal factors for each finding. An observation addresses conditions or activities that, in the judgment of the audit or surveillance team, is a
potential problem with compliance areas, and where improvement could be
made. An observation also may address a questionable activity or process that
could develop into a noncompliant condition if left uncorrected. Probable causal
factors are the underlying reasons why findings occur or continue to occur. If the
causal factors are addressed, future related findings will be eliminated.
15 December 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
33-9
Audit findings are communicated to the ES&HCC and to appropriate senior management and staff members via the audit report. The audit report always contains
a request for an action plan from the audited organization that addresses audit
findings. In contrast, surveillance inspection findings are communicated to line
organizations and staff members only through individual findings.
4.2.5
Tracking System
The status of all findings and observations identified during audits and surveillance inspections are tracked using the QATS. QATS is a computer-based tracking
system that is maintained by PPO for the QA&C Group. It is the mechanism that
ensures that all findings and observations are tracked to their ultimate closure or
final disposition. QATS is designed to provide a means of:
Capturing pertinent data about findings and observations identified
by QA&C evaluations.
Verifying and certifying the data entered into the system.
Monitoring the completion of required corrective actions.
Accessing certified online data.
Generating quality, standard reports.
The QA&C Group performs follow-up inspections to validate corrective actions in
order to ensure implementation of appropriate resolutions of findings and observations.
4.2.6
33-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R017
15 December 1997
34
Biohazards
Related Chapters
Accidents, Injuries, Illnesses,
and Exposures
Industrial Hygiene Program
Medical
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
34-1
2 Responsibilities
34-2
2.1
Medical Department
34-2
2.2
34-2
2.3
34-2
2.4
Researchers
34-2
3 Classification
34-3
4 Administrative Procedures
34-3
34-3
6 Animal Handling
34-3
34-4
Overview
A biohazard is defined as a microorganism that is a biological pathogen capable of replication and
of causing disease in humans, animals, or plants. For the purposes of this chapter, biohazards refer
only to organisms used at SLAC for research. SLAC conducts limited research involving biohazards
in restricted, pre-approved areas.1
This chapter defines SLACs biohazards policy, which is based on National Institutes of Health
(NIH) Guidelines, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Regulations, and the
Stanford Biosafety Manual.
1
The majority of research involving biohazards is conducted at the Stanford Synchrotron Radiation Laboratory (SSRL).
22 October 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R014
34-1
34: Biohazards
This policy applies to all personnel at SLAC, including visitors, users, and employees.
Responsibilities
2.1
Medical Department
The Medical Department shall treat personnel who have skin punctures from needles or
other objects that could be contaminated with biohazards.2 To obtain treatment outside of
normal business hours, go to:
The Palo Alto Medical Clinic Urgent Care Center, 920 Bryant Street (at Channing Avenue), Palo Alto. (Urgent Care is open 7:00 AM to 10:00 PM daily. Clinic
switchboard is open 24 hours at 9-853-2958.)
Stanford Hospital Emergency Room off Quarry Road (24-hour service; phone
(415) 723-5111).
2.2
2.3
2.4
Researchers
Researchers working with biohazards shall:
Complete the application form required by the Stanford University Administrative Panel on Biosafety (APB) entitled, Request for Institutional Review/
Approval for Research Involving Biohazardous Agents, Recombinant DNA,
and USDA-Regulated Material.4
Receive all appropriate on-the-job training before working with biohazards.
Conduct experiments, store and dispose of biohazards, and comply with
safety controls, all in accordance with the Stanford Biosafety Manual.
34-2
See Accidents, Injuries, Illnesses, and Exposures and Medical in this manual for more information.
Copies can be obtained from the Stanford Biosafety Office at (415) 725-1473.
This form can be obtained from division safety officers/safety coordinators or by calling (415) 725-1473.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R014
22 October 1996
34: Biohazards
Classification
Division safety officers/safety coordinators shall use the Stanford Panel on Biosafety document
(Classification of Biohazardous Agents) to assign hazard levels for proposed experiments. If necessary, this guide will be supplemented by relevant documents from the Public Health Service, the
NIH, and the US and California Agriculture Departments. Experiments involving recombinant
DNA will be classified according to the NIH guidelines.
Administrative Procedures
The Stanford University Administrative Panel on Biosafety will review all experiments involving
the use of Class 2 or 3 biohazards or recombinant DNA research proposals. Researchers should
obtain an application form from their division safety officers/safety coordinators.
Researchers working with biohazards at SSRL must complete and sign the SSRL Biohazards Handling Agreement and submit written response procedures that shall be followed in the event of accidental spills of sample material.5
Animal Handling
Research involving animals shall comply with all rules and regulations mandated by the Stanford
University Animal Care and Use Panel. For applications and forms, call the Administrative Panel
for Laboratory Animal Care (APLAC) at (415) 723-4550. For information on animal handling, call
the Department of Comparative Medicine at (415) 723-3876.
22 October 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R014
34-3
34: Biohazards
If autoclaving blood, the blood must be inside a red bag that displays the biohazard symbol.
Do not:
Eat, drink, smoke, apply cosmetics, handle contact lenses, or store food in
areas where biohazards are stored or used.
Mouth pipette or otherwise come in direct contact with biohazardous agents.
Leave the door open while an experiment is in progress.
Bring pets or family members into the lab while an experiment is in progress.
34-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R014
22 October 1996
35
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
35-2
2 Responsibilities
35-2
2.1
35-2
2.2
35-2
2.3
Medical Department
35-3
2.4
35-3
2.5
Personnel
35-3
3 Effects
35-4
4 Identification
35-4
5 Evaluation
35-4
6 Safety Controls
35-4
7 Medical Surveillance
35-5
8 Disposal
35-5
35-6
10 Training
35-6
11 Purchasing
35-6
22 October 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R014
35-1
Overview
This chapter outlines the SLAC Chemical Carcinogen Control Program (CCCP). The CCCP establishes policy to minimize use of chemical carcinogens (cancer-causing chemicals) and keep personnel occupational exposure to chemical carcinogens below the Permissible Exposure Level (PEL)
set by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 1910.1000 to 1910.1048. The term chemical carcinogen is used in this chapter to refer
only to industrial chemical carcinogens that are required to perform SLAC job duties.1
The CCCP applies to all SLAC employees and to non-SLAC employees who have a SLAC supervisor. SLAC subcontractor personnel are subject to the chemical carcinogen control regulations stipulated in contracts.
This chapter describes the identification, evaluation, and control of occupational exposure to
chemical carcinogens and outlines individual responsibilities.
Responsibilities
2.1
2.2
35-2
This chapter does not address non-industrial chemical carcinogens such as tobacco and food additives.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R014
22 October 1996
2.3
Medical Department
The Medical Department shall:
Perform annual medical monitoring of personnel who are classified as most
exposed and medical exams for other personnel who are referred by an
industrial hygienist (see Medical in this manual).
Provide information on health effects associated with industrial chemical carcinogen use, upon request.
2.4
2.5
Personnel
Personnel shall:
Receive the appropriate OJT from supervisors before working with chemical
carcinogens.
Receive annual medical monitoring if they are classified as most exposed
employees and baseline monitoring, as required (see Medical and Industrial Hygiene Program in this manual).
During normal working procedures, industrial hygienists use industrial hygiene survey results to design and implement controls to keep personnel exposure below the PEL. If managers or personnel suspect that the PEL has been
exceeded, they should contact the Medical Department or an industrial hygienist.
22 October 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R014
35-3
Know and comply with all work practices and safety controls to reduce occupational exposure to chemical carcinogens.
Report all occupational chemical carcinogen exposure incidents to their supervisor.
Be familiar with the proper disposal methods for chemical carcinogens (contact WM for more information).
Effects
Chemical carcinogens are found in industrial compounds, pesticides, food additives, and other
substances. It is estimated that occupational chemical carcinogen exposure accounts for 34% of
the estimated 1,000,000 new cancer cases diagnosed in the U. S. each year. Occupational exposure
to chemical carcinogens may cause personnel to become more susceptible to cancer.
Cancer risks associated with occupational chemical carcinogen exposure depend on potency and
dose. Dose is related, in turn, to length of exposure and route of entry into the body.
Identification
At SLAC, a chemical is identified as a carcinogen if the product label or MSDS identifies it as such,
or if a mixture contains 1/10 of 1% of a chemical carcinogen.
Chemical carcinogens found at SLAC include asbestos, beryllium, cadmium, benzene (in gasoline),
butyl cellosolve, chloroform, trichloroethylene, zinc chromate, and methylene chloride. To obtain
a comprehensive, current list of classified chemical carcinogens, contact an industrial hygienist.
For current telephone extensions, see the Environment, Safety, and Health (ES&H) Resource List, also
located on the World Wide Web at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/resource.html
Note:
Beryllium oxide ceramic is used as a klystron resonance cavity window. Beryllium copper alloys are
occasionally used in small quantities for special applications. Beryllium copper alloys may be
sheared, formed, or soft-soldered at SLAC, after obtaining an industrial hygiene survey. All other
operations involving beryllium must be done at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL).
Evaluation
Industrial hygienists shall evaluate work area hazards and assess the need for safety controls by
providing baseline monitoring for personnel and monitoring of hazards during use.
Safety Controls
Industrial hygienists determine safety controls by analyzing results of industrial hygiene surveys.
Engineering controls, such as fume hoods, eye washes, filters, and redesign of work stations shall
be the primary safety controls used to minimize occupational exposure to chemical carcinogens.
Administrative controls, such as changes in work habits and use of Personal Protective Equipment
(PPE), may also be required.
35-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R014
22 October 1996
Personnel shall apply the following safety controls when working with chemical carcinogens:
Do not eat, drink, or smoke in areas where chemical carcinogens are used.
Check MSDSs and chemical container labels for instructions on the correct use
of chemical carcinogens.
Use the required PPE and other safety controls correctly.
Work with chemical carcinogens on non-permeable surfaces (such as absorbent paper with a non-permeable lining).
Open containers and perform all operations involving volatile chemical carcinogens in fume hoods or other suitable containment equipment, whenever
possible.
Use small amounts of chemical carcinogens whenever possible.
Transport chemical carcinogens in sealed containers.
Wash any contaminated skin with hand soap and water immediately. If contamination occurs during a regular day shift, go to the Medical Department to
receive further treatment. If the contamination occurs during a non-day shift,
go to the Palo Alto Medical Clinic3 or the Stanford University Hospital Emergency Room.4
Protect pumps used with chemical carcinogens from contamination by attaching absorbent pump traps.
Label contaminated equipment and supplies for waste disposal according to
the proper procedure (contact WM for more information).
See Spills in this manual before cleaning up any chemical carcinogen spills.
Medical Surveillance
The Medical Department shall provide annual medical monitoring of personnel. In addition, the
Department will examine exposed employees after an occupational exposure incident such as an
accidental spill or skin contact. Upon request, the Department shall provide information on health
effects associated with occupational chemical carcinogen use (see Medical in this manual).
Disposal
All chemical carcinogens shall be disposed of in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. See Hazardous Waste in this manual for more information.
Palo Alto Medical Clinic Urgent Care Center, 920 Bryant Street (at Channing Avenue), Palo Alto. Urgent Care is open
7:00 AM to 10:00 PM daily. The clinic switchboard is open 24 hours; phone number (415) 853-2958.
Stanford University Hospital Emergency Room (24-hour service; phone (415) 723-5111).
22 October 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R014
35-5
10
Training
To assist managers, supervisors, and industrial hygienists to provide OJT, the ES&H Division offers
a training module that explains the safe handling of industrial chemical carcinogens.
The training module includes the following topics related to chemical carcinogens:
Safety controls and emergency procedures
Characteristics
Effects of occupational exposure
Safe work practices
Individual responsibilities
Labeling requirements
Correct disposal
Contact the ES&H Training Secretary for more information. For current telephone extensions, see
the Environment, Safety, and Health (ES&H) Resource List, also located on the World Wide Web at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/resource.html
11
Purchasing
Chemical carcinogens shall be used at SLAC only when no other practical substitutes are available.
Check with an industrial hygienist for more information on non-carcinogenic alternatives.
35-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R014
22 October 1996
36
Cryogenic Safety
Related Chapters
Accidents, Injuries, Illnesses,
and Exposures
Compressed Gases
Confined Space
Hazardous Equipment and
Unsafe Operations
Personal Protective Equipment
Pressure and Vacuum Vessels
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
36-2
2 Responsibilities
36-2
2.1
36-2
2.2
36-2
2.3
Medical Department
36-2
2.4
36-2
2.5
Personnel
36-3
3 Hazards
36-3
3.1
Hazards to Personnel
36-3
3.2
Hazards to Equipment
36-3
4 Safety Controls
36-4
4.1
System Design
36-4
4.2
Cryogen Storage
36-4
4.3
36-4
5 Safety Precautions
36-4
5.1
Equipment Precautions
36-4
5.2
36-4
22 October 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R014
36-1
Overview
SLAC uses liquid nitrogen, helium, and other cryogens (liquefied gases) for a variety of applications, including the cooling of superconducting magnets and as a convenient source of contaminant-free gas for oxygen displacement and leak detection. This chapter describes SLACs cryogenic
safety policy, which reflects industry safe practices. For more information, see Guidelines for Operations, Chapter 26, Safe Use of Liquefied Nitrogen.
The requirements in this chapter apply to SLAC employees and to subcontractor personnel who
have a SLAC supervisor. Subcontractor personnel who do not have a SLAC supervisor are subject
to safety controls stipulated in contracts.
Responsibilities
2.1
2.2
2.3
Medical Department
The Medical Department examines and treats personnel who have minor cryogeninduced injuries.
2.4
36-2
Either HEEC or PSC, or both, shall approve experimental equipment and installations that have cryogenic hazards.
Contact HEEC to determine which facilities need inspection.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R014
22 October 1996
2.5
Personnel
Personnel shall:
Comply with all relevant safety controls.
Receive on-the-job training.
Hazards
Health hazards involving cryogens include frostbite/burns, skin lesions, asphyxiation, and vision
impairment. Immediately call 9-911 if there is an emergency involving cryogens. See Accidents,
Injuries, Illnesses, and Exposures in this manual for more information regarding minor injuries.
Liquid flammables used at SLAC (which include hydrogen, propane, isobutane, and petroleum
gas) can cause fires and explosions. Fighting cryogen fires can be extremely dangerous, as hydrogen burns with a nearly invisible flame. In addition, carbon dioxide fire extinguishers can cause a
static discharge energetic enough to reignite a blaze.2
The sections below discuss the hazards to personnel and to equipment resulting from accidents
involving cryogens:
3.1
Hazards to Personnel
3.1.1
3.1.2
Asphyxiation
When a cryogen is spilled in a small area,3 it will evaporate and expand rapidly,
displacing breathing air and eventually causing asphyxiation. Cold gases and
gases that are heavier than air concentrate in low places where ventilation is poor,
such as sumps or pits.
3.1.3
Obscured Vision
Spilled cryogens can condense water vapor from the air, producing a groundhugging fog that can obscure vision and cause trips and falls.
3.2
Hazards to Equipment
Equipment that comes in contact with cryogens can:
Burst, if it contains a rapidly boiling or evaporating cryogen.
Small areas include confined spaces, small rooms, and other poorly ventilated enclosures. Please see Confined Space
in this manual for the precise definition of a confined space.
22 October 1996
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R014
36-3
Safety Controls
4.1
System Design
Cryogen system designers shall seek review of their designs and follow the recommendations from HEEC, PSC, and SHA.
Most cryogen storage containers and systems fall under the requirements outlined in the
SLAC Pressure Safety Program (see Pressure and Vacuum Vessels and Compressed
Gases in this manual).
4.2
Cryogen Storage
Only personnel who are authorized by the facility owner should have access to facilities
where cryogens are stored. Means of access control include, but are not limited to, gates,
doors, or fences.
4.3
Safety Precautions
5.1
Equipment Precautions
Use only containers specifically designed for holding cryogens.
Follow approved procedures for handling and use.
Store small, empty containers indoors or in areas free from rain or excessive
moisture.
5.2
36-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R014
22 October 1996
37
Emergencies
Related Chapters
Accidents, Injuries, Illnesses,
and Exposures
Fire Safety
Medical
Evacuation, Exit Paths, and
Emergency Lighting
Hazardous Equipment and
Unsafe Operations
Hazardous Material
Hazardous Waste
Seismic Safety
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
37-2
1.1
37-2
1.2
37-3
2 Responsibilities
37-4
2.1
37-4
2.2
37-4
2.3
37-4
2.4
37-5
2.5
Incident Commander
37-5
2.6
37-5
2.7
37-6
2.8
Building Managers
37-6
2.9
Medical Department
37-6
37-6
37-7
37-7
37-7
3.1
Types of Emergencies
37-7
3.2
Classifications of Emergencies
37-8
4 Emergency Prevention
37-9
5 Emergency Response
37-9
5.1
Calling 9-911
37-9
5.2
37-10
5.3
Evacuating
37-10
37: Emergencies
Chapter Outline
Page
6 Emergency Facilities
37-11
6.1
37-11
6.2
Fire Station
37-11
6.3
Rescue Trailer
37-11
6.4
37-11
6.5
Medical Facilities
37-11
6.6
37-12
Overview
All SLAC personnel must know how to react during an emergency to:
Protect people from injury
Protect the environment
Minimize property damage
Minimize any off-site effect of an on-site emergency
Restore operations
Effective emergency preparedness includes training response personnel, having an effective
communication system, and improving emergency information availability. SLAC Emergency
Management Organization personnel initiate appropriate action to restore operational integrity as
soon as possible after an emergency.
This chapter outlines personnel responsibilities, types and classifications of emergencies, and
explains what to do in emergencies. Emergency information in this chapter is based on National
Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1600 Recommended Practice for Disaster Management and the
Stanford University Emergency Plan.
For more detailed information on the SLAC Emergency Management Program, see the SLAC Emergency Preparedness Plan (SLAC-I-730-0A14A-001). It is available on the World Wide Web at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/manuals/manuals.html
1.1
37-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
18 September 2003
37: Emergencies
1.2
18 September 2003
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
37-3
37: Emergencies
The SLAC Emergency Preparedness Program has seven elements (listed below) that were
developed and managed by the Emergency Management Coordinator. These elements are
coordinated with the Main Control Center (MCC), Palo Alto Fire Department (PAFD),
SLAC Safeguards and Security, the SLAC Medical Department and the SLAC Environment,
Safety, and Health (ES&H) Division.
Hazard Assessment
Emergency Preparedness Plan
Emergency Preparedness Plan Implementing Procedures
Emergency Resource Database
Building/Facility Emergency Plans
Self-Help Program
Emergency Readiness Assurance Plan
Responsibilities
For more detail on responsibliities, see the SLAC Emergency Preparedness Plan.
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/manuals/manuals.html
2.1
2.2
2.3
37-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
18 September 2003
37: Emergencies
Carrying out the provisions of the contract for fire services at SLAC
Supervising the preparedness and training of the Fire Station 7 crew
Note: After-hours and weekends the Battalion Chief will respond from off-site.
2.4
2.5
Incident Commander
The Incident Commander (IC) is the senior fire officer on site or, if the incident is a law
enforcement issue, the senior law enforcement officer on site. The IC:
Assumes operational command and coordination at the Incident Command
Post (ICP) or Emergency Operations Center (EOC)
Maintains contact with and receives policy direction from the ICP
Initiates the SLAC emergency support response
Requests mutual-aid support from off-site agencies when needed
Coordinates the tactical actions at the scene of the emergency
Has full authority to make decisions and implement the necessary response
activities
Declares an emergency condition and determines its classification
Organizes the resources needed to respond, mitigate, and recover from an
emergency condition
Determines the level of response and the response priorities for the emergency
management organization
Issues protective orders for SLAC personnel
Makes recommendations to state and local emergency service organizations
for off-site protective actions
Organizes and leads the emergency management team/policy group
Approves press releases related to an emergency response
Approves any emergency policy issues
2.6
18 September 2003
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
37-5
37: Emergencies
Radiation Safety
Hazardous Materials and Hazardous Waste
Environmental Cleanup
2.7
2.8
Building Managers
Building Managers are responsible for:
Developing Facility Emergency Plans for their buildings, as identified in the
Building Managers Manual (SLAC-I-720-0A03Z-001).
Note: A template of facility emergency plans in MS Word format is available on the
ES&H website.
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/forms/feptinst.html
Updating their facility emergency plan as needed, to reflect all current hazards
Conducting an annual evacuation drill
Performing post-emergency duties that include assessing building conditions
after an earthquake, accounting for all occupants, securing utilities, and
issuing a status report related to the building to the EOC
Taking steps to protect employees and minimize environmental and property
damage
2.9
Medical Department
The Medical Department is located on the first floor of the A&E Building (Building 41,
Room 135). Staff are available from 8am to 5pm on weekdays. The Medical Department is
responsible for:
Managing and operating the medical triage point located at Building 250
Responding to medical emergencies at SLAC (in conjunction with the PAFD)
Providing occupational health screening of SLAC personnel and emergency
responders
2.10
37-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
18 September 2003
2.11
37: Emergencies
2.12
Types of Emergencies
Types of emergencies include natural disasters, technological events, and criminal activity
that can cause safety or security issues for the site. The type of emergencies which can be
experienced at SLAC include but are not limited to:
Natural Events:
Earthquake
Wildland fire
Floods
High winds
Low temperature
High temperature
Technological Events:
Hazardous material spill or release
Radiation contamination
Energy shortages
Vehicle or equipment accidents
18 September 2003
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
37-7
37: Emergencies
Explosions
Criminal Events:
Bomb threats
Terrorist activity
Workplace violence
3.2
Classifications of Emergencies
These Classification Levels coincide with the Stanford University and State of California
Classification Levels. The designation of an emergency level is initially made by the EOIC
in consultation with the Director or designate. Upon responding to the incident, the fire
department, security, or department head may designate an emergency level. The designated level of an emergency may change as the incident intensifies or comes under
control.
3.2.1
Level-1 = Incident
A Level-1 is a minor, localized department or building incident that is quickly
resolved using existing SLAC resources or limited outside help. A Level-1 situation has little or no impact on personnel or resources outside the locally affected
area. The security force, fire department, or building management normally handles an incident.
Level-1 incidents do not require the activation of the emergency plan or the EOC.
Impacted personnel or departments coordinate directly with security, fire department, ES&H, or Site Engineering and Maintenance (SEM) to resolve the situation.
Examples: Small spill, individual medical emergency, security alarm, small grass fire,
dumpster fire
3.2.2
Level-2 = Emergency
A Level-2 is a major emergency that disrupts sizeable portions of SLAC. Level-2
emergencies may require assistance from external organizations. These emergencies may escalate and threaten serious consequences for mission-critical functions
or may threaten life safety (including situations that could cause extensive damage to the environment).
Level-2 emergencies require a limited activation of the EOC. The person in charge
will determine which EOC functional areas need to be staffed.
Examples: Structure fire, large haz-mat spill, utility outage, flooding, large natural
cover fire, workplace violence
3.2.3
Level-3 = Disaster
A Level-3 disaster involves the entire SLAC site and surrounding community.
Normal operations are suspended. The effects of a disaster are wide-ranging and
complex. Resolution of disaster conditions requires a coordinated effort on the
part of all SLAC employees. Extensive coordination with Stanford University,
DOE, and other external jurisdictions will be needed.
In a Level-3, the Emergency Plan is automatically activated and all designated
members of the emergency organization report to the EOC.
Examples: Major earthquake, firestorm
37-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
18 September 2003
37: Emergencies
Emergency Prevention
Unfortunately, emergencies are inevitable. Regardless of how many precautions we may take,
some events are simply out of our control. Accidents will happen. Earthquakes will happen.
Storms will knock out power.
Although precautions you take now may not always prevent an emergency, preparation can significantly reduce the amount of damage to your equipment and reduce the amount of time your laboratory will be shut down following an emergency.
SLAC policy is to be as well prepared for each emergency situation as possible. Even though
systems are in place to respond to an emergency at the site level, the most important precautions
are those taken at the personal level, in the laboratory, by you.
Checklist for Emergency Preparedness
Reduce hazards in your area
Educate yourself in emergency procedures
Know when and how to evacuate the building (know alternate exits)
Know where your emergency assembly point (EAP) is
Know when and how you may re-enter the building
Take a first-aid class from Red Cross or ES&H
Take fire extinguisher training from the Palo Alto Fire Department
Participate in drills
Keep exit corridors clear
Be prepared mentally
Make back up copies of your computer files
The SLAC Emergency Management Coordinator has further information and brochures on emergency preparedness topics. Brochures are available in PDF or word formats and can be requested
by e-mailing <preparedness@slac.stanford.edu>. Any preparedness questions can also be
directed to this e-mail address.
Emergency Response
5.1
Calling 9-911
Call 9-911 from on-site phones at SLAC to reach the Palo Alto Emergency Communications
Center.
Note: Cell Phone 911 calls are answered by California Highway Patrol (CHP) in Vallejo, CA.
When using a cell phone to report an emergency at SLAC, a quicker response time can be ensured by
calling the Palo Alto Communications Center directly at (650) 321-2231.
The operator will request important information from you. Be prepared to tell him/her
the following:
Who you are and where you are - be sure and tell them you are at SLAC
18 September 2003
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
37-9
37: Emergencies
5.2
Situation
Response
Medical Emergency
Fire
Earthquake
Radiological Incident
Bomb Threat
5.3
Evacuating
Every occupied building should have a specific Facility Emergency Guide. See your
Building Manager for a copy.
For details on the order of response on an emergency evacuation, please see Figure 37-1,
Building Evacuation Flowchart on page 13.
37-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
18 September 2003
37: Emergencies
Emergency Facilities
6.1
6.2
Fire Station
Palo Alto Fire Department Station-7 is located in Building 82. The fire engine and firefighters are under the command of the PAFD Fire Battalion Chief.
6.3
Rescue Trailer
The rescue trailer at the fire station is equipped with several heavy rescue tools that are
available in an emergency. These include:
Generator
Pneumatic jack hammer
Self Contained Breathing Apparatus with remote air line
Air lifting bags
Confined space rescue equipment
6.4
6.5
Medical Facilities
6.5.1
Medical Department
The SLAC Medical Department is located on the first floor of the A&E Building
(Building 41).
18 September 2003
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
37-11
37: Emergencies
6.5.2
Triage Trailer
The Medical Triage Area is located at Building 250 just southeast of the A&E
Building (Building 41). The SLAC Medical Department is responsible for the
Medical Triage Area. This facility contains first aid supplies needed to operate a
medical triage area.
6.6
37-12
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
18 September 2003
37: Emergencies
18 September 2003
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022.1
37-13
The following Bulletins have information that has not yet been incorporated into
this Chapter, or has changed since the publication of the Chapter. Information in
the Bulletins supercedes information in this Chapter.
Date
Issued
Bulletin 59
06/06/03
Title
Changes to the Hoisting and Rigging Program
41
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
41-2
2 Responsibilities
41-3
2.1
41-3
2.2
ES&H Division
41-3
2.3
41-3
2.4
41-3
2.5
41-4
2.6
41-4
2.7
Subcontractors
41-5
2.8
Rigging Personnel
41-5
2.9
Transportation Department
41-5
2.10 Customers
41-5
3 Training
41-5
4 Certifications
41-6
41-6
6 Rigging Operations
41-7
7 Safety Precautions
41-7
7.1
Lifting, General
41-8
7.2
Special Lifts
41-8
7.3
Lifting Fixtures
41-8
7.4
Suspended Loads
41-8
8 Inspections
41-9
8.1
Preliminary
41-9
8.2
Daily
41-9
8.3
Quarterly
41-9
8.4
Annual
41-9
8.5
Quadrennial
41-9
8.6
41-9
21 March 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
41-1
Chapter Outline
8.7
Page
Forklifts
41-10
9 Requirements
41-10
9.1
Maintenance
41-10
9.2
Recordkeeping
41-10
41-10
Overview
The SLAC Hoisting and Rigging (H&R) Program is designed to provide a safe work environment
for those who perform H&R functions, and to minimize damage to equipment and property. This
chapter defines SLAC H&R policy and applies to all SLAC activities involving, but not limited to,
H&R equipment such as:
Hoists2.
Aerial lifts.
Forklift trucks3.
Chain falls.
Come-alongs.
Lifting fixtures.
Slings.
Note:
41-2
This chapter does not apply to pallet movers, dollies,4 or Tommy Gates.
A machine for lifting and lowering a load vertically and moving it horizontally with the hoisting mechanism.
A high-lift, self-loading truck, equipped with load carriage and forks, for transporting and tiering loads.
Dollies include hand carts, manually operated barrel handlers, and platforms on wheels used for moving loads.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
21 March 1997
Responsibilities
2.1
2.2
ES&H Division
The ES&H Division:
Designs and develops H&R courses in collaboration with Plant Engineering
Department (PED) subject matter experts.
Administers all H&R operator training programs by:
Coordinating the scheduling, registration, and presentation of
courses.
Documenting course content, attendance records, instructor qualifications, and evaluations.
2.3
2.4
The H&C Engineer tasks are expected to require approximately one tenth of a full-time employee (FTE).
21 March 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
41-3
2.5
2.6
The ropes, chains, and other gear used to support, position, and control equipment or materials.
Special lifts are parts, components, assemblies, or lifting operations designated as such because the effect of dropping,
upset, or collision of items could:
(a) Present a potentially unacceptable risk of personnel injury or property damage.
(b) Cause undetectable damage resulting in future operational or safety problems.
(c) Result in significant release of radioactivity, significant work delay, or other undesirable conditions.
41-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
21 March 1997
Performs site hoisting and rigging services as requested (PED Rigging Group).
Performs and/or coordinates repair of all types of cranes, forklifts (more than
10,000 pound capacity), aerial lifts, and lifting fixtures.
Performs structural engineering of lifting fixtures.
Issues licenses for crane operators.
2.7
Subcontractors
Subcontractors performing hoisting and rigging operations at SLAC must follow all applicable safety requirements. Contact SHA for further information.
2.8
Rigging Personnel
SLAC H&R personnel consist of both professional and incidental operators. Personnel who
operate H&R equipment must:
Attend the required training for hoists, cranes, or forklifts before using the
equipment.
Observe all established safety regulations relating to safe lifting and handling
techniques.
Follow all safety procedures.
Visually inspect the equipment before each days use.
Note:
2.9
Transportation Department
The Transportation Department of the Facilities Office provides inspection, service, and
maintenance on all forklifts not exceeding 10,000 pounds capacity.
2.10
Customers
Customers are personnel who request H&R services. When requesting H&R services, they
must:
Provide technical information on relevant characteristics of the apparatus,
including special lifting fixtures, when required.
Provide technical information on any non-H&R hazards that may be encountered during the H&R operation.
Provide information on the equipment to be rigged or moved.
Training
SLAC hoists, cranes, and forklifts may only be operated by trained and certified operators. The
ES&H Division arranges training and is responsible for administering all H&R operator training
programs. Contact the ES&H training team coordinator for details.
Note:
21 March 1997
H&R operators must receive H&R training to assure competency and to be in compliance with
OSHA regulations and DOE requirements.
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
41-5
All operators and riggers must be re-certified at least once every four years. They must have an
identification card which is provided and signed by the instructor.
SLAC equipment is to be used by trained SLAC personnel. Upon approval of the subcontractors
documentation by the H&C Engineer, subcontractors may be allowed to use SLAC equipment.
Note:
Certifications
All certifications involve classroom lectures, written examinations, and practical examinations.
Certifications are required for:
Crane operators.
Forklift operators.
Hoist operators.
4.1
4.2
41-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
21 March 1997
Neuromuscular disease
Orthopedic impairments
Respiratory dysfunction
Rheumatic disease
Vascular disease
2. Visual acuity less than 20/40 in both eyes.
3. Peripheral vision lower than 70 degrees.
4. Color blindness. (Personnel must be able to recognize the red, green, and
amber colors of traffic signals.)
5. Average hearing loss in the better ear greater than 40 decibels at 500 Hz, 1,000
Hz, and 2,000 Hz, with or without a hearing aid.
6. Abnormal Rombergs sign. (Loss of balance during a neurological exam.)
7. Blood pressure greater than 160/90.
8. Loss of a foot, leg, hand, or arm.
9. Mental condition, such as schizophrenia, affective psychoses, paranoia, anxiety, or depressive neuroses.
10. The use of controlled substances such as amphetamines, narcotics, or any
other habit-forming drugs.
Rigging Operations
H&R operations at SLAC involve two types of rigging. They are:
1. Professional rigging. Only professional riggers or personnel who have been
specifically trained and certified may move objects that:
Weigh more than 6,000 pounds.
Will not fit within a 5 x 5 x 5 cube.
Require special handling or rigging.
2. Incidental rigging. Incidental rigging is generally performed by personnel
who are not professional riggers, but who lift equipment as an incidental part
of their job. Incidental lifts are those that:
Weigh 6,000 pounds or less.
Will fit within a 5 x 5 x 5 cube.
Do not require special handling or rigging.
Safety Precautions
Responsibility for all rigging jobs is shared between the rigging crew and the customer. Both riggers and customers must respect the responsibility and authority of the other to prevent or terminate any action that is judged to be unsafe or improper. Rigging and lifting procedures must be
developed and discussed with the H&C Engineer and the rigging crew supervisor. In addition,
final procedural review and approval for special-lift hardware must be obtained from the H&C
Engineer.
21 March 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
41-7
7.1
Lifting, General
Mechanical devices must be used for lifting and moving objects that are too heavy or
bulky for safe manual handling. Personnel who have not been trained must not operate
power-driven mechanical devices to lift or move objects of any weight.
Note:
7.2
A crane shall not be loaded beyond its rated load 10except for test purposes.
Special Lifts
The criteria for determining special lifts are:
Lifts that may require unconventional lifting equipment.
Lifts that, if the item is dropped, upset, or collided with may:
Present a danger to personnel or property.
Cause undetectable damage resulting in future operational or safety
problems.
Result in a significant release of radioactivity, such as items that have
radiation levels greater than 100mrem/hr, or lifting containers of
radioactive liquids.
Result in significant work delay, or other undesirable conditions.
While special lift procedures are customarily prepared for one-time use, general high-consequence special lift procedures may be employed to accomplish routine recurrent special
lift operations. Each person involved in a special lift must be familiar with the procedure
before beginning work. A pre-lift meeting with all participating personnel must be held
before the lift. The procedure must be thoroughly reviewed by the H&C Engineer. For
detailed lifting procedures, see the SLAC Hoisting & Rigging Manual,available from the
PED.
7.3
Lifting Fixtures
All lifting fixtures such as shackles, hoist rings, eye bolts, and SLAC-designed lifting fixtures shall be designed according to sound mechanical engineering principles. The owner
of a fixture shall arrange that the item:
Is inspected at least once every four years, or upon request.
Is load tested to 125% of rated capacity before initial use.
Is subjected to a magnetic particle inspection before and after a load test.
Is clearly marked with load capacity.
7.4
Suspended Loads
Loads moved with any material-handling equipment shall not pass over any personnel.
Choose the load path before moving the load. While moving the load, control the load
path to eliminate the possibility of injury to personnel in the event that the material-handling equipment fails.
10
41-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
21 March 1997
Never leave a suspended load unattended. Before leaving, lower the load to the working
surface and secure the material-handling equipment.
Inspections
Upon request, PED will assist in arranging for examination and certification of hoisting and rigging equipment.
8.1
Preliminary
All cranes, hoists, and accessory equipment shall be examined, certified, and proof-loadtested as required by the ANZI B30 series before being placed in service for the first time.
8.2
Daily
All hoists, cranes, and accessory equipment must be inspected daily by the hoist and
crane operator to assure that all equipment is in proper working order and that hoist
chains or ropes are free of kinks or twists. Inspection tags must be completed daily and
attached to each hoist and crane and to all secondary equipment being used.
Note:
8.3
The daily inspection is required only on days when the equipment is used.
Quarterly
Cranes shall undergo inspection every three months. Additional inspections depend upon
the severity of service and the use environment. Contact the H&C Engineer for more information on these inspections.
8.4
Annual
Rope reeving must be inspected for compliance with the manufacturers recommendations before the first use and annually thereafter. Contact PED to arrange these inspections.
8.5
Quadrennial
All crane hooks and lifting fixtures rated at or above a ten-ton capacity must be submitted
to a non-destructive examination at least once every four years. Contact PED or the H&C
Engineer for more information on these inspections.
8.6
21 March 1997
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
41-9
8.7
Forklifts
Inspection schedules and recommendations for forklifts with capacities of 10,000 pounds
or less vary by manufacturer. Contact the Transportation Department for details.
Requirements
9.1
Maintenance
All hoist, crane, and forklift maintenance and repair work must be performed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations or requirements. Routine maintenance
shall be performed by PED according to its established schedules and applicable requirements. Equipment not maintained in accordance with manufacturers requirements shall
be removed from service.
9.2
Recordkeeping
In addition to the initial manufacturers data report and the mandated periodic inspection
reports, records should be kept of the equipments service history.
10
41-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R015
21 March 1997
43
Industrial Wastewater
Program (Sanitary Sewer)
Related Chapters
Excavations
Secondary Containment
Spills
Stormwater
Waste Minimization and
Pollution Prevention
Chapter Outline
Page
1 Overview
43-2
43-3
3 Responsibilities
43-3
3.1
43-3
3.2
43-4
3.3
43-4
3.4
43-4
3.5
43-5
3.6
43-5
43-5
43-6
43-6
43-6
3.7
43-6
3.8
Personnel
43-6
25 May 2001
43-7
4.1
43-7
4.2
Conditional Discharges
43-7
4.3
43-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
43-1
Chapter Outline
4.4
Page
Regulated Activities
43-8
4.4.1 Sitewide
43-8
43-8
43-8
43-8
43-9
4.4.6 Cafeteria
43-9
43-9
4.4.8 Miscellaneous
43-9
43-9
43-9
4.5
Accidental Discharges
43-9
4.6
43-10
Overview
This chapter outlines the responsibilities and programs required to comply with the rules and
regulations administered by the West Bay Sanitary District (the sanitary district) and the South
Bayside System Authority (the sewage treatment plant). These rules pertain only to wastewater1
discharged to the sanitary sewer.
Our relationship with the sanitary district and the sewage treatment plant is formalized in
discharge regulations and wastewater discharge limits. These limits are necessary to protect the
sanitary sewer and treatment plant as well as its operators, and are based on the ability of the
sewage treatment plant to treat wastewater to safe levels before discharge to the San Francisco
Bay.
SLAC operates under three wastewater discharge permits. The first addresses sitewide
prohibitions and limits. Compliance is monitored at a discharge point at the site boundary on
Sand Hill Road. The second addresses discharge from the plating shop rinse water treatment plant
(RWTP). The last addresses discharge from the batch treatment plant (BTP). These permits may be
revised at any time for the purposes of protecting and accommodating new regulations impacting
the sanitary sewerage facilities.
Wastewater: Sewage and any and all waste substances, whether liquid, solid, gaseous, or radioactive, associated with human habitation, or of
human or animal origin, or from any producing, manufacturing or processing operation of whatever nature, including such waste placed within
containers of any nature prior to, and for purposes of, disposal and water, whether treated or untreated, discharged into, or permitted to enter into
the sewerage facilities
43-2
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
25 May 2001
Factors that may impact SLAC include increased restrictions and conditions on quality and
quantity of discharges to the sanitary sewer. The SLAC Industrial Wastewater Program addresses
these through current compliance and the establishment of a management system that can adapt
to a more restrictive regulatory environment in the future.
To prevent exceeding SLAC wastewater permit limits it is important that all discharges to the
sewer be evaluated. Pollutants can be introduced through industrial processes, or as a result of
dumping material down sinks or floor drains. SLAC is committed to working closely with our
local agencies to ensure the continued protection of the communitys sewage treatment plant and
ultimately the San Francisco Bay.
Responsibilities
3.1
respective divisions. They must also be familiar with industrial wastewater permit requirements
and Best Management Practices (BMPs) that relate to those activities. The ES&H Coordinator may
bring compliance issues to the attention of the Associate Director and coordinate compliance
solutions with the ES&H Division. The current list of ES&H Coordinators can be found on the
web at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/reference/safecoor.html
The Environment Restoration and Protection (EPR) Department must review and approve all new or non-routine discharges to the sanitary
sewer prior to discharge.
25 May 2001
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
43-3
3.2
3.3
3.4
43-4
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
25 May 2001
Coordinating with EPR and the Operational Health Physics (OHP) department to
ensure wastewater discharges are in compliance with permit requirements.
Coordinating with WM for disposal of hazardous waste.
Delivering cooling-system flushing effluent to the Mechanical Fabrication Department
(MFD) for treatment and disposal.
Inspecting, cleaning, servicing, calibrating, and maintaining flow meters required
under the sewage treatment plant permit. This must be done at least annually and
whenever required for proper operation.
Maintaining the sanitary sewer system on site. This includes replacement, repair,
cleaning and flushing, removing blockages, and implementing preventive maintenance
programs.
3.5
effluents prior to discharge to the sanitary sewer system. MFD is responsible for:
Ensuring that discharges of treated wastewater for both the BTP and the Plating Shop
RWTP in Building 38 (B-038) comply with permit limits.
Complying with monitoring and record-keeping requirements for those operations
under their control. This includes documenting procedures, process upsets and
changes, and sampling results. Any process upsets and changes must be reported to
EPR as soon as possible.
3.6
25 May 2001
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
43-5
3.6.2
3.6.3
3.6.4
3.7
3.8
SEM must be contacted before any changes to the sanitary sewer are made.
Personnel
SLAC personnel are responsible for:
Learning and complying with SLAC ES&H policies, practices, procedures and
requirements regarding acceptable discharges to the sanitary sewer.
Coordinating with EPR when evaluating the installation of new effluent-producing
processes. Only permitted discharges to the sanitary sewer system are allowed. The
EPR Department must review and approve all new or non-routine discharges to the
sanitary sewer system prior to discharge.
Coordinating with WM to dispose of chemicals and hazardous waste.
43-6
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
25 May 2001
Reporting accidental discharges to the sanitary sewer immediately (see Section 4.5).
For more information see Chapter 16, Spills, in this manual.5
Coordinating with SEM for proper connections of processes to the sanitary sewer
system.
Note:
4.2
Conditional Discharges
The following types of discharges are prohibited unless they are evaluated and included in the
SLAC industrial discharge permits or they receive a non-routine discharge permit (see 4.4.9):
Any stormwater, groundwater, rain water, street drainage, sub-surface drainage, or
yard drainage.
Any unpolluted water, including, but not limited to, cooling water, process water, or
blow-down water from cooling towers or evaporative coolers.
Waste from garbage grinders.
Any discharge that is reported to the sewage treatment plant or the sanitary district must also be reported to one of the following
to be entered in the Department of Energy (DOE) Occurrence Reporting and Processing System (ORPS):
ES&H SHA Department
Main Control Center (MCC) Engineering Operator in Charge (EOIC) or the Accelerator Department Safety office
when MCC is not operational
Stanford Positron-Electron Asymmetric Ring (SPEAR) Control Room EOIC or the Stanford Synchrotron
Radiation Laboratory (SSRL) Safety Office when the SPEAR Control Room is not operational
25 May 2001
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
43-7
Any substance discharged directly into an opening into the sewerage facilities other
than wastes or wastewater through an approved building sewer.
Any holding tank waste.
Any radioactive waste.
4.3
4.4
Regulated Activities
SLAC has a number of permitted discharges. Specific operations and activities covered under the
SLAC permits are discussed below.
4.4.1
Sitewide
Mandatory Wastewater Discharge Permit WB 970401-F addresses sitewide discharge prohibitions and limits. Compliance with permit conditions is monitored at a discharge point
at the SLAC site boundary on Sand Hill Road. This permit can be revised at any time for
the purposes of protecting the sanitary sewerage facilities and workers, and accommodating new regulations impacting the sewage treatment plant or the sanitary district.
4.4.2
Cooling Systems
Cooling tower blow-down water is permitted for discharge to the sanitary sewer. Effluents
from periodic cleaning and flushing of heat exchanger lines and closed-loop cooling systems are transported to the RWTP or BTP for treatment prior to discharge to the sanitary
sewer. Contact MFD for details and requirements.
4.4.3
43-8
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
25 May 2001
4.4.5
4.4.6
Cafeteria
Discharges of food, oil, and grease are restricted. Garbage grinders must have the capacity
to shred waste so that waste particles are carried freely into and through the sewerage
facilities under normal flow conditions. Food-preparation sinks and dishwashers must be
plumbed to grease traps that are inspected and pumped on a regular basis.
4.4.7
Grinding Operations
The discharge of water from the precision bench grinding of bulk silicon crystals at the
Stanford Synchrotron Radiation Laboratory (SSRL) is permitted with the condition that
there are no chemicals used in this process and a 5-micron in-line filter is used to remove
particulates before the water is discharged.
4.4.8
Miscellaneous
SLAC is permitted to discharge:
Groundwater from underground sumps, vaults, and tunnels that meet permit concentration limits.
Monitoring well purge water with known constituents meeting permit concentration
limits.
Rain water from secondary containments that have been treated to remove solids
and organics.
4.4.9
Non-Routine Discharges
All discharges that are non-routine or unusual in nature must receive specific authorization
from the sewage treatment plant and the sanitary district prior to discharge. Contact EPR
prior to discharge to assist in characterization and coordination with these agencies.
Approval for discharge may include fees and constraints on quantity and timing of
discharge.
4.5
Accidental Discharges
Any accidental spills or discharges to the sanitary sewer system that violate the permit conditions
must be reported. The following are examples of types of discharges to the sanitary sewer that must
be reported to EPR:
Non-hazardous waste discharges:
A non-routine discharge due to a pipe break or similar event
Any release having a pH less than 6 or greater than 12.5
Any release of potentially radioactive water (also report this to OHP)
Any treatment process upset that may allow a discharge outside of the permit
conditions (such as high or low pH, discharge prior to treatment, equipment failure
or operator error)
25 May 2001
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
43-9
or discharge occur.6
Note:
4.6
discharge limits and ultimately protect the San Francisco Bay. Activities that are affected by the
implementation of BMPs include:
Clean-outs, Floor Drains, Sinks and Toilets.
Grinding Operations.
Machine and Maintenance Shops.
Power Washing Buildings or Shielding Material.
Power Washing or Steam Cleaning Equipment and Vehicles.
Steam Cleaning (Metal Finishing).
Wet Chemistry and Photographic Laboratories.
BMPs for specified activities can be found on the web at:
http://www.slac.stanford.edu/esh/reference/Wastewater/index.html
Any discharge that is reported to the sewage treatment plant or the sanitary district must be reported to one of the following to be
entered in the Department of Energy (DOE) Occurrence Reporting and Processing System (ORPS):
ES&H SHA Department
Main Control Center (MCC) Engineering Operator in Charge (EOIC) or the Accelerator Department Safety office
when MCC is not operational
Stanford Positron-Electron Asymmetric Ring (SPEAR) Control Room EOIC or the SSRL Safety Office when the
SPEAR Control Room is not operational
43-10
SLAC-I-720-0A29Z-001-R022
25 May 2001